CA2518193A1 - Use of ep2 selective receptor agonists in medical treatment - Google Patents
Use of ep2 selective receptor agonists in medical treatment Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2518193A1 CA2518193A1 CA002518193A CA2518193A CA2518193A1 CA 2518193 A1 CA2518193 A1 CA 2518193A1 CA 002518193 A CA002518193 A CA 002518193A CA 2518193 A CA2518193 A CA 2518193A CA 2518193 A1 CA2518193 A1 CA 2518193A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkylene
- alkyl
- independently
- facilitating
- substituted
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 title claims abstract description 63
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 63
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title description 19
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 157
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 206010017076 Fracture Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 208000030016 Avascular necrosis Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 206010031264 Osteonecrosis Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 210000003041 ligament Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 208000002815 pulmonary hypertension Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 208000037848 Metastatic bone disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 206010030043 Ocular hypertension Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 208000025865 Ulcer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 210000003298 dental enamel Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 210000004905 finger nail Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 210000004906 toe nail Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 230000036269 ulceration Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 452
- -1 5-oxo-1,2,4-oxadiazolyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 230
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 119
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 119
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 105
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 96
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical group N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 85
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 85
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 79
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 65
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 58
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 51
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 43
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 35
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 33
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 28
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000006272 (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 claims description 8
- WOHRHWDYFNWPNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N evatanepag Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1CN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C=NC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC(OCC(O)=O)=C1 WOHRHWDYFNWPNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004504 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005236 alkanoylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005115 alkyl carbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005422 alkyl sulfonamido group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005529 alkyleneoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006598 aminocarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000019000 fluorine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005518 carboxamido group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000006296 sulfonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims 3
- 125000002861 (C1-C4) alkanoyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000004769 (C1-C4) alkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000004738 (C1-C6) alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000006700 (C1-C6) alkylthio group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000005862 (C1-C6)alkanoyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000006701 (C1-C7) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 claims 2
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004454 (C1-C6) alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000003161 (C1-C6) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 121
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 114
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 102
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 100
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 93
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 90
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid Substances CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 81
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 67
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 66
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 61
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Inorganic materials [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 56
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 53
- 101001117519 Homo sapiens Prostaglandin E2 receptor EP2 subtype Proteins 0.000 description 52
- 102100024448 Prostaglandin E2 receptor EP2 subtype Human genes 0.000 description 50
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 101000836978 Homo sapiens Sperm-associated antigen 11B Proteins 0.000 description 49
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 46
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 43
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 40
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 36
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 35
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 35
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 32
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 32
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 30
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 29
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 25
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 24
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 23
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 22
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 22
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 22
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 22
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 21
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 21
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 21
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 19
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 19
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 18
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 17
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 108050006599 Metalloproteinase inhibitor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 102100039364 Metalloproteinase inhibitor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Na+] PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 15
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 230000009969 flowable effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lactic Acid Natural products CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 14
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N dinoprostone Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 14
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 229960002986 dinoprostone Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 13
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 11
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 239000000199 parathyroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 10
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N prostaglandin E2 Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(O)CC(=O)C1CC=CCCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 101001117509 Homo sapiens Prostaglandin E2 receptor EP4 subtype Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102100024450 Prostaglandin E2 receptor EP4 subtype Human genes 0.000 description 9
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 9
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- XXROGKLTLUQVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N allyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC=C XXROGKLTLUQVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000003263 anabolic agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940124325 anabolic agent Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 8
- ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium diisopropylamide Chemical compound [Li+].CC(C)[N-]C(C)C ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000011775 sodium fluoride Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000013024 sodium fluoride Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 8
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-bromosuccinimide Chemical compound BrN1C(=O)CCC1=O PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Nitrite anion Chemical compound [O-]N=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 102000003982 Parathyroid hormone Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000445 Parathyroid hormone Proteins 0.000 description 7
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical class [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000010640 amide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003324 growth hormone secretagogue Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229960001319 parathyroid hormone Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 7
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydropyrrole Substances C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- QERYCTSHXKAMIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CS1 QERYCTSHXKAMIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000004953 trihalomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000001399 1,2,3-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 6
- 125000001376 1,2,4-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(N=C1)* 0.000 description 6
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- INLLPKCGLOXCIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromoethene Chemical compound BrC=C INLLPKCGLOXCIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 6
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 6
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Chemical compound [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- NHGXDBSUJJNIRV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC NHGXDBSUJJNIRV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004951 trihalomethoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004530 1,2,4-triazinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=NC=C1)* 0.000 description 5
- 125000003363 1,3,5-triazinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CN=C1)* 0.000 description 5
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yldiazenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102100024447 Prostaglandin E2 receptor EP3 subtype Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 102000015433 Prostaglandin Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010050183 Prostaglandin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 5
- NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Raney nickel Chemical compound [Al].[Ni] NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000002785 azepinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnamic acid group Chemical class C(C=CC1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000002826 nitrites Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000003585 oxepinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000000583 progesterone congener Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 5
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000003777 thiepinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000005940 1,4-dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004179 3-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(Cl)=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940122361 Bisphosphonate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 4
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101001117517 Homo sapiens Prostaglandin E2 receptor EP3 subtype Proteins 0.000 description 4
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229940045714 alkyl sulfonate alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000001503 aryl iodides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzodioxan Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCCOC2=C1 BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 4
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 4
- 150000004663 bisphosphonates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002617 bone density conservation agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008468 bone growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000009547 dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000004795 grignard reagents Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 4
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 4
- YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound [Li+].C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000007248 oxidative elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Pd+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 4
- IUBQJLUDMLPAGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N([K])[Si](C)(C)C IUBQJLUDMLPAGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 239000003586 protic polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 4
- JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bromide Chemical compound [Na+].[Br-] JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000005329 tetralinyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 4
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000437 thiazol-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])N=C(*)S1 0.000 description 4
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetrachloride Chemical compound Cl[Ti](Cl)(Cl)Cl XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 4
- 125000004502 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004529 1,2,3-triazinyl group Chemical group N1=NN=C(C=C1)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004506 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001781 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- JPRPJUMQRZTTED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCO1 JPRPJUMQRZTTED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HKDFRDIIELOLTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dithianyl Chemical group [CH]1CSCCS1 HKDFRDIIELOLTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001698 2H-pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004364 3-pyrrolinyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001826 4H-pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CCC=C1)* 0.000 description 3
- RMNPVYMZZVGCSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[3-[3-(3-chlorophenyl)propylamino]propyl]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C(C(=O)O)=CC=C1CCCNCCCC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 RMNPVYMZZVGCSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100033367 Appetite-regulating hormone Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710111255 Appetite-regulating hormone Proteins 0.000 description 3
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007818 Grignard reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229910017974 NH40H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 108700020797 Parathyroid Hormone-Related Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000043299 Parathyroid hormone-related Human genes 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N Progesterone Chemical class C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000012321 Prostanoid EP2 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108050002848 Prostanoid EP2 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101150109738 Ptger4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000006069 Suzuki reaction reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000001347 alkyl bromides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001351 alkyl iodides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000000123 anti-resoprtive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004618 benzofuryl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001743 benzylic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylpropyl)aluminum Chemical compound CC(C)C[Al]CC(C)C SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;methylsulfanylmethane Chemical compound [B].CSC MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;oxolane Chemical compound [B].C1CCOC1 UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- PYRZPBDTPRQYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CCCC1 PYRZPBDTPRQYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004855 decalinyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 3
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004786 difluoromethoxy group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 3
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000026030 halogenation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005658 halogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910000042 hydrogen bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-LWMBPPNESA-N levotartaric acid Chemical class OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-LWMBPPNESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001979 organolithium group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000011164 ossification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- VIVPWOMJFLICOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 VIVPWOMJFLICOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005694 sulfonylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 3
- WWYNJERNGUHSAO-XUDSTZEESA-N (+)-Norgestrel Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](CC)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 WWYNJERNGUHSAO-XUDSTZEESA-N 0.000 description 2
- DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+)-estrone Natural products OC1=CC=C2C3CCC(C)(C(CC4)=O)C4C3CCC2=C1 DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CYPYTURSJDMMMP-WVCUSYJESA-N (1e,4e)-1,5-diphenylpenta-1,4-dien-3-one;palladium Chemical compound [Pd].[Pd].C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 CYPYTURSJDMMMP-WVCUSYJESA-N 0.000 description 2
- IBVGSPOHLFKLHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-butylphenyl)methanamine Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=C(CN)C=C1 IBVGSPOHLFKLHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IHVWXOBNNUPHKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-butylphenyl)methanamine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCCCC1=CC=C(CN)C=C1 IHVWXOBNNUPHKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CHMAEAFFKRYPQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N (7-methoxy-7-oxoheptyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)CCCCCCN CHMAEAFFKRYPQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000004520 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- FUQNMWDFNCBVOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-bromoethoxy)-3-chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(OCCBr)=C1 FUQNMWDFNCBVOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PJUPKRYGDFTMTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxybenzotriazole;hydrate Chemical compound O.C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 PJUPKRYGDFTMTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-tetrazole Substances C=1N=NNN=1 KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XHEUSYWVAIWXJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(4-cyclohexylphenyl)methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C2CCCCC2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 XHEUSYWVAIWXJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OGIMKEQCCLFQHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(4-pyridin-3-ylphenyl)methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=NC=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 OGIMKEQCCLFQHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FUOVOUJWRPEWMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[1-benzofuran-2-ylmethyl(pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl)amino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 FUOVOUJWRPEWMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CYGURBYATNPAOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl-[(4-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)methyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=NC=NC=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 CYGURBYATNPAOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YDWQGJJAAZWINA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl-[[4-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)phenyl]methyl]amino]methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2SC=CN=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 YDWQGJJAAZWINA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PVASZFUVJJNHIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-chlorophenyl)prop-2-enamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 PVASZFUVJJNHIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAVREABSGIHHMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(C=O)=C1 IAVREABSGIHHMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- VJNASTJRCFFSTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[3-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)prop-1-ynyl]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C(C(=O)O)=CC=C1C#CCNC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 VJNASTJRCFFSTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COWZPSUDTMGBAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromothiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)S1 COWZPSUDTMGBAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LMIHDKFZOCIOPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-[(4-butylphenyl)methyl-methylsulfonylamino]heptanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=C(CN(CCCCCCC(O)=O)S(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 LMIHDKFZOCIOPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OGSPWJRAVKPPFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Alendronic Acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O OGSPWJRAVKPPFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000006386 Bone Resorption Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamyl chloride Chemical compound NC(Cl)=O CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical class OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 2
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Etidronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(O)(C)P(O)(O)=O DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000669513 Homo sapiens Metalloproteinase inhibitor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MPBVHIBUJCELCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibandronate Chemical compound CCCCCN(C)CCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O MPBVHIBUJCELCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical class [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ICTXHFFSOAJUMG-SLHNCBLASA-N Norethynodrel Chemical compound C1CC(=O)CC2=C1[C@H]1CC[C@](C)([C@](CC3)(O)C#C)[C@@H]3[C@@H]1CC2 ICTXHFFSOAJUMG-SLHNCBLASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150053131 PTGER3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000773293 Rappaport Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- IWEQQRMGNVVKQW-OQKDUQJOSA-N Toremifene citrate Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O.C1=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=C1C(\C=1C=CC=CC=1)=C(\CCCl)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWEQQRMGNVVKQW-OQKDUQJOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OEKMGABCSLYWOP-DHUJRADRSA-N [4-[(2s)-7-(2,2-dimethylpropanoyloxy)-4-methyl-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-ylethoxy)phenyl]-2h-chromen-3-yl]phenyl] 2,2-dimethylpropanoate Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C(=C(C3=CC=C(OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C=C3O2)C)C=2C=CC(OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)=CC=2)=CC=C1OCCN1CCCCC1 OEKMGABCSLYWOP-DHUJRADRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OMZAMQFQZMUNTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;1-[[4-[2-(azepan-1-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methylindol-5-ol Chemical compound CC(O)=O.C=1C=C(OCCN2CCCCCC2)C=CC=1CN1C2=CC=C(O)C=C2C(C)=C1C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OMZAMQFQZMUNTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DUYNJNWVGIWJRI-LJAQVGFWSA-N acolbifene Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C(=C(C3=CC=C(O)C=C3O2)C)C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)=CC=C1OCCN1CCCCC1 DUYNJNWVGIWJRI-LJAQVGFWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001263 acyl chlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005042 acyloxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005206 alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001348 alkyl chlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Al](Cl)Cl VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 230000001195 anabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001543 aryl boronic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001499 aryl bromides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000000065 atmospheric pressure chemical ionisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960000817 bazedoxifene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- UPABQMWFWCMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benethamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCC1=CC=CC=C1 UPABQMWFWCMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RROBIDXNTUAHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphanium Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O[P+](N(C)C)(N(C)C)N(C)C)N=NC2=C1 RROBIDXNTUAHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000005347 biaryls Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000024279 bone resorption Effects 0.000 description 2
- ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron tribromide Chemical compound BrB(Br)Br ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro formate Chemical compound ClOC=O FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001886 ciliary effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 229960002286 clodronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ACSIXWWBWUQEHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N clodronic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)P(O)(O)=O ACSIXWWBWUQEHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N diethyl azodicarboxylate Substances CCOC(=O)\N=N\C(=O)OCC FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZHXTWWCDMUWMDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxyboron Chemical compound O[B]O ZHXTWWCDMUWMDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WUDNUHPRLBTKOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl isocyanate Chemical compound CCN=C=O WUDNUHPRLBTKOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229960005236 ibandronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GXESHMAMLJKROZ-IAPPQJPRSA-N lasofoxifene Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@@H](C3=CC=C(C=C3CC2)O)C=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCC3)=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 GXESHMAMLJKROZ-IAPPQJPRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004400 levonorgestrel Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- SGEWFZYSRHJDRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-(3-cyanophenyl)acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(C#N)=C1 SGEWFZYSRHJDRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HWMUEORPNLJONC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-[3-[3-(3-chlorophenyl)propylamino]propyl]thiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound S1C(C(=O)OC)=CC=C1CCCNCCCC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 HWMUEORPNLJONC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl acetate Chemical compound COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940053934 norethindrone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VIKNJXKGJWUCNN-XGXHKTLJSA-N norethisterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VIKNJXKGJWUCNN-XGXHKTLJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001858 norethynodrel Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Pd]Cl PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000000849 parathyroid Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- LCPDWSOZIOUXRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenoxyacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 LCPDWSOZIOUXRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bromide Chemical compound [K+].[Br-] IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 125000005470 propylenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003166 prostaglandin E2 derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- GZUITABIAKMVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N raloxifene Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1=C(C(=O)C=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCCC3)=CC=2)C2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1 GZUITABIAKMVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004622 raloxifene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BKXVVCILCIUCLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N raloxifene hydrochloride Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1=C(C(=O)C=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCCC3)=CC=2)C2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1 BKXVVCILCIUCLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940095743 selective estrogen receptor modulator Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000333 selective estrogen receptor modulator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium periodate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]I(=O)(=O)=O JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006103 sulfonylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AKKHONAFSHTNGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-[3-(aminomethyl)phenoxy]acetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(CN)=C1 AKKHONAFSHTNGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZONAHPNNTRDFTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 5-[3-[2-benzylsulfanylethyl(pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl)amino]propyl]thiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound S1C(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1CCCN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C=NC=CC=1)CCSCC1=CC=CC=C1 ZONAHPNNTRDFTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VXUYXOFXAQZZMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium(IV) isopropoxide Chemical compound CC(C)O[Ti](OC(C)C)(OC(C)C)OC(C)C VXUYXOFXAQZZMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001585 trabecular meshwork Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- SMYMDRJWEFCCCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloro(trichloromethoxy)methane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)OC(Cl)(Cl)Cl SMYMDRJWEFCCCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WZEOZJQLTRFNCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoro(trifluoromethoxy)methane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC(F)(F)F WZEOZJQLTRFNCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Zn+2] JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229960004276 zoledronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XRASPMIURGNCCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N zoledronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(P(O)(O)=O)(O)CN1C=CN=C1 XRASPMIURGNCCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PROQIPRRNZUXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (16alpha,17betaOH)-Estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-3,16,17-triol Natural products OC1=CC=C2C3CCC(C)(C(C(O)C4)O)C4C3CCC2=C1 PROQIPRRNZUXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INEHJXCWEVNEDZ-LUDNRVPPSA-N (2s,3s)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid;(5r,6s)-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethoxy)phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O.C1([C@@H]2[C@@H](C3=CC=C(C=C3CC2)O)C=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCC3)=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 INEHJXCWEVNEDZ-LUDNRVPPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOTDNAGZXRCBOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-cyclohexylphenyl)methanamine Chemical compound C1=CC(CN)=CC=C1C1CCCCC1 HOTDNAGZXRCBOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXWBQOJISHAKKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-formylphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 VXWBQOJISHAKKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REHJTMDOJHAPJV-IVTQUDKZSA-N (6s,8r,9s,10r,13s,14s,17s)-17-hydroxy-6,10,13-trimethyl-17-prop-1-ynyl-2,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-decahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-one;hydrate Chemical compound O.C1([C@@H](C)C2)=CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@](C#CC)(O)[C@@]2(C)CC1 REHJTMDOJHAPJV-IVTQUDKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSYWFJBHXIUUCZ-XGXHKTLJSA-N (8r,9s,10r,13s,14s,17r)-17-ethynyl-13-methyl-2,3,4,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16-dodecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-ol Chemical compound C1CCC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC=C21 HSYWFJBHXIUUCZ-XGXHKTLJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHOKBGHAEUVRMO-SLHNCBLASA-N (8r,9s,13s,14s,17r)-17-ethynyl-13-methyl-2,3,4,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-dodecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-ol Chemical compound C1CCCC2=C1[C@H]1CC[C@](C)([C@](CC3)(O)C#C)[C@@H]3[C@@H]1CC2 DHOKBGHAEUVRMO-SLHNCBLASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEOBKPHJNAILCW-FUMNGEBKSA-N (8s,13s,14s,17s)-17-(2-chloroethynyl)-17-hydroxy-13-methyl-1,2,6,7,8,11,12,14,15,16-decahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-one Chemical compound C1CC(=O)C=C2CC[C@@H]([C@H]3[C@@](C)([C@](CC3)(O)C#CCl)CC3)C3=C21 KEOBKPHJNAILCW-FUMNGEBKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PXGPLTODNUVGFL-BRIYLRKRSA-N (E,Z)-(1R,2R,3R,5S)-7-(3,5-Dihydroxy-2-((3S)-(3-hydroxy-1-octenyl))cyclopentyl)-5-heptenoic acid Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)C=C[C@H]1[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1CC=CCCCC(O)=O PXGPLTODNUVGFL-BRIYLRKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFKGOJWPSXRALK-SNAWJCMRSA-N (e)-3-(3-chlorophenyl)prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 FFKGOJWPSXRALK-SNAWJCMRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IHLIKBAZKLZHMJ-WLHGVMLRSA-N (e)-but-2-enedioic acid;7-methyl-2-piperidin-1-yl-5h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-one Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O.N1=C2N(C)C(=O)CC2=CN=C1N1CCCCC1 IHLIKBAZKLZHMJ-WLHGVMLRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAAZPARNPHGIKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dibromoethane Chemical compound BrCCBr PAAZPARNPHGIKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000000180 1,2-diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1COC(=O)CO1 RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSJVOSZFQCWPSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-bromoethoxy)-3,5-dichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC(Cl)=CC(OCCBr)=C1 VSJVOSZFQCWPSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005851 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005846 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005848 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZGEGCLOFRBLKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Heptene Chemical group CCCCCC=C ZGEGCLOFRBLKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAVRSHOUEXATJE-FBQZJRKBSA-N 1-[(8s,9s,10r,13s,14s,17s)-3-cyclopentyloxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-decahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]ethanone Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CC[C@@H]1[C@@]1(C)CC2)C)C(=O)C)C=C1C=C2OC1CCCC1 XAVRSHOUEXATJE-FBQZJRKBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKFNOUUKULVDOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-amino-1-phenylmethyl phosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZKFNOUUKULVDOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZUPZGFPHUVJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane Chemical compound COCCBr YZUPZGFPHUVJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JMLWXCJXOYDXRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-3-iodobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(I)=C1 JMLWXCJXOYDXRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005847 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005849 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IBNGPIOSWCMJGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylindole-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C)C(C=O)=CC2=C1 IBNGPIOSWCMJGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- OVSKIKFHRZPJSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-D Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1Cl OVSKIKFHRZPJSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJMQDWMDXIGLLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)ethanamine Chemical compound NCCOC1=CC(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1 FJMQDWMDXIGLLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHBBQMHTRDEPCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-formylphenoxy)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(C=O)=C1 KHBBQMHTRDEPCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMILONVYAUZURK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-(aminomethyl)phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC(CC(O)=O)=C1 OMILONVYAUZURK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CLCJGIREVMCLLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-(hydroxyiminomethyl)phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound ON=CC=1C=C(OCC(=O)O)C=CC1 CLCJGIREVMCLLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GEUFSEAYXWQWEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(1-methylimidazol-4-yl)sulfonyl-[(4-pyridin-3-ylphenyl)methyl]amino]methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound CN1C=NC(S(=O)(=O)N(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=NC=CC=2)CC=2C=C(OCC(O)=O)C=CC=2)=C1 GEUFSEAYXWQWEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARJXDYOJLKERHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(1-methylimidazol-4-yl)sulfonyl-[(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)methyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound CN1C=NC(S(=O)(=O)N(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2N=CC=CN=2)CC=2C=C(CC(O)=O)C=CC=2)=C1 ARJXDYOJLKERHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIMWYCWOTBNNAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(1-methylimidazol-4-yl)sulfonyl-[(4-pyrimidin-5-ylphenyl)methyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound CN1C=NC(S(=O)(=O)N(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=NC=NC=2)CC=2C=C(CC(O)=O)C=CC=2)=C1 YIMWYCWOTBNNAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORXPBWCZVXPEAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(1-methylimidazol-4-yl)sulfonyl-[[4-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)phenyl]methyl]amino]methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound CN1C=NC(S(=O)(=O)N(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2SC=CN=2)CC=2C=C(OCC(O)=O)C=CC=2)=C1 ORXPBWCZVXPEAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LERLJTBYXXKACE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(4-butylphenyl)methyl-(5-pyridin-2-ylthiophen-3-yl)sulfonylamino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCC)=CC=C1CN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C=C(SC=1)C=1N=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC(CC(O)=O)=C1 LERLJTBYXXKACE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVXQIRSZMASGPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(4-butylphenyl)methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCC)=CC=C1CN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C=NC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC(CC(O)=O)=C1 GVXQIRSZMASGPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SROKBBWJJRUPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(4-pyrazin-2-ylphenyl)methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2N=CC=NC=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 SROKBBWJJRUPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHXPGRUYODYDJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(4-pyridin-2-ylphenyl)methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2N=CC=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 MHXPGRUYODYDJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UREOFQKKBVSFAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(4-pyridin-4-ylphenyl)methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=CN=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 UREOFQKKBVSFAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONEOSXXRUXIKIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[(5-phenylfuran-2-yl)methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2OC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 ONEOSXXRUXIKIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NMZVFDQELZSBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-ylmethyl(pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl)amino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=C3OCCOC3=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 NMZVFDQELZSBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNJSQZVBKSJEKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[2-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)ethyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(CN(CCOC=2C=C(Cl)C=C(Cl)C=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 KNJSQZVBKSJEKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCUPLOVQAOCXAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[2-(3-chlorophenoxy)ethyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CN(CCOC=2C=C(Cl)C=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 SCUPLOVQAOCXAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVKHRRYVUXJXDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1CN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C=NC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC(CC(O)=O)=C1 GVKHRRYVUXJXDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIKLMFUMLYLWRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[benzenesulfonyl-[(4-butylphenyl)methyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCC)=CC=C1CN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC(CC(O)=O)=C1 ZIKLMFUMLYLWRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGWPNDQZISOOQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl-[(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)methyl]amino]methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2N=CC=CN=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 LGWPNDQZISOOQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NZAGZOZTESLWDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl-[(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)methyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2N=CC=CN=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 NZAGZOZTESLWDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLJNZSKZDUHLTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[[pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl-[[4-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)phenyl]methyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CN(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2SC=CN=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 VLJNZSKZDUHLTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMUPQWIGCOZEOY-JOCHJYFZSA-N 2-amino-2-methyl-n-[(2r)-1-(1-methylsulfonylspiro[2h-indole-3,4'-piperidine]-1'-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylmethoxypropan-2-yl]propanamide Chemical compound C([C@@H](NC(=O)C(C)(N)C)C(=O)N1CCC2(C3=CC=CC=C3N(C2)S(C)(=O)=O)CC1)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 UMUPQWIGCOZEOY-JOCHJYFZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QUAJHCSLZMRTTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-n-[3-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-1-oxo-1-[3-oxo-3a-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-6,7-dihydro-4h-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl]propan-2-yl]-2-methylpropanamide Chemical compound C1CC2=NN(CC(F)(F)F)C(=O)C2(CC=2N=CC=CC=2)CN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(C)(N)C)COCC1=CC=C(F)C=C1F QUAJHCSLZMRTTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PGFIHORVILKHIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromopyrimidine Chemical compound BrC1=NC=CC=N1 PGFIHORVILKHIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMVZDSQHLDGKGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O KMVZDSQHLDGKGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004493 2-methylbut-1-yl group Chemical group CC(C*)CC 0.000 description 1
- HMBSMLATJKWAHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethoxy)phenyl]-3,4-dihydro-1h-isoquinolin-6-ol Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C(C=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCC3)=CC=2)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 HMBSMLATJKWAHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NEAHTABRXFKZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyridin-4-yl-3h-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Chemical compound C1=NC=CC(C=2NC3=CN=CC=C3N=2)=C1 NEAHTABRXFKZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- APIXJSLKIYYUKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3 Isobutyl 1 methylxanthine Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(CC(C)C)C2=C1N=CN2 APIXJSLKIYYUKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004189 3,4-dichlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(Cl)C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- CASRSOJWLARCRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dichlorobenzaldehyde Chemical compound ClC1=CC(Cl)=CC(C=O)=C1 CASRSOJWLARCRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPOMSPZBQMDLTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dichlorophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1 VPOMSPZBQMDLTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWCPCBZNAUDRIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-chlorophenyl)propan-1-amine Chemical compound NCCCC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 DWCPCBZNAUDRIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMNINPBAOTMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-chlorophenyl)propanal Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(CCC=O)=C1 GAMNINPBAOTMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMCWOGATSZLJKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-4-propoxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound CCCOC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1O PMCWOGATSZLJKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- LQLBILPEELCFQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)benzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1C1=NC=CS1 LQLBILPEELCFQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HERVRULEZPWOIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2-methylphenyl)benzaldehyde Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 HERVRULEZPWOIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DODQJNMQWMSYGS-QPLCGJKRSA-N 4-[(z)-1-[4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-phenylbut-1-en-2-yl]phenol Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 DODQJNMQWMSYGS-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARIREUPIXAKDAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-butylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 ARIREUPIXAKDAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGZNJCXNPLUEQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-butylbenzonitrile Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 KGZNJCXNPLUEQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYEIZVYJDLYMIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorothiophene-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound ClC1=CSC(C=O)=C1 YYEIZVYJDLYMIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCJVBDBJSMFBRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-diphenylphosphanylbutyl(diphenyl)phosphane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)CCCCP(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 BCJVBDBJSMFBRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBVFRSJFKMJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-1-benzofuran-7-carbaldehyde Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C=O)C2=C1C=CO2 MBVFRSJFKMJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPTKITMTUSAJRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-formyl-n-methylbenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound CNS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 OPTKITMTUSAJRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCICUQFMCRPKHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-imidazol-1-ylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1N1C=NC=C1 DCICUQFMCRPKHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEJFDPPZUXABRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pyrazin-2-ylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1C1=CN=CC=N1 QEJFDPPZUXABRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NMLYGLCBSFKJFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pyridin-2-ylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 NMLYGLCBSFKJFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXZUVHZZIZHEOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pyridin-3-ylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1C1=CC=CN=C1 NXZUVHZZIZHEOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBJXDIYHLGBQOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pyridin-4-ylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1C1=CC=NC=C1 MBJXDIYHLGBQOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUYLMPWKVWDXBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pyrimidin-2-ylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1C1=NC=CC=N1 JUYLMPWKVWDXBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BXNXTOLXLPQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pyrimidin-5-ylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1C1=CN=CN=C1 BXNXTOLXLPQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PHWWDULLRBCJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[3-[3-(3-chlorophenyl)propyl-(2-chlorophenyl)sulfonylamino]propyl]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C(C(=O)O)=CC=C1CCCN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C(=CC=CC=1)Cl)CCCC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 PHWWDULLRBCJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMRQWJBSWTVHBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[3-[butylcarbamoyl-[3-(3-chlorophenyl)propyl]amino]propyl]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1CCCN(C(=O)NCCCC)CCCC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)S1 FMRQWJBSWTVHBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKLOKCSXMDTNEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[3-[pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl-[[4-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)phenyl]methyl]amino]propyl]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C(C(=O)O)=CC=C1CCCN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C=NC=CC=1)CC1=CC=C(C=2SC=CN=2)C=C1 AKLOKCSXMDTNEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMJHNNPEPBZULA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-phenylfuran-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O1C(C=O)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 BMJHNNPEPBZULA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XDOLZJYETYVRKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Aminoheptanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCCC(O)=O XDOLZJYETYVRKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMQKDOCUWFCMEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-[2-[4-(1-hydroxyhexyl)phenyl]-5-oxocyclopentyl]heptanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C(O)CCCCC)=CC=C1C1C(CCCCCCC(O)=O)C(=O)CC1 XMQKDOCUWFCMEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRDABNWSWOHGMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N AEBSF hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.NCCC1=CC=C(S(F)(=O)=O)C=C1 WRDABNWSWOHGMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-VAWYXSNFSA-N AIBN Substances N#CC(C)(C)\N=N\C(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000007848 Alcoholism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004384 Alopecia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWAUPFMBXBWEQY-ANULTFPQSA-N Altrenogest Chemical compound C1CC(=O)C=C2CC[C@@H]([C@H]3[C@@](C)([C@](CC3)(O)CC=C)C=C3)C3=C21 VWAUPFMBXBWEQY-ANULTFPQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010087765 Antipain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 200000000007 Arterial disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZJZOHFDIYSCSPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.OP(=O)OP(O)(O)=O Chemical compound C.OP(=O)OP(O)(O)=O ZJZOHFDIYSCSPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N Carbon-14 Chemical compound [14C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QMBJSIBWORFWQT-DFXBJWIESA-N Chlormadinone acetate Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 QMBJSIBWORFWQT-DFXBJWIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 208000014311 Cushing syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010011951 Decompression Sickness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNZYKNKBJPZETN-WELNAUFTSA-N Dialdehyde 11678 Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1[C@H](C[C@H](/C(=C/O)C(=O)OC)[C@@H](C=C)C=O)NCC2 ZNZYKNKBJPZETN-WELNAUFTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-CBZIJGRNSA-N Estrone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-CBZIJGRNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000004248 Familial Primary Pulmonary Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004930 Fatty Liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000012671 Gastrointestinal haemorrhages Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015872 Gaucher disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XURCMZMFZXXQDJ-UKNJCJGYSA-N Gestonorone caproate Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@@H]2[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)CCCCC)[C@@]1(C)CC2 XURCMZMFZXXQDJ-UKNJCJGYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJJXHLWLUDYTGC-ANULTFPQSA-N Gestrinone Chemical compound C1CC(=O)C=C2CC[C@@H]([C@H]3[C@@](CC)([C@](CC3)(O)C#C)C=C3)C3=C21 BJJXHLWLUDYTGC-ANULTFPQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005569 Gout Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003747 Grignard reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102100029100 Hematopoietic prostaglandin D synthase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010019708 Hepatic steatosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004705 High-molecular-weight polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000007446 Hip Dislocation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020100 Hip fracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000988802 Homo sapiens Hematopoietic prostaglandin D synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DOMWKUIIPQCAJU-LJHIYBGHSA-N Hydroxyprogesterone caproate Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)CCCCC)[C@@]1(C)CC2 DOMWKUIIPQCAJU-LJHIYBGHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020880 Hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JJKOTMDDZAJTGQ-DQSJHHFOSA-N Idoxifene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN2CCCC2)=CC=1)/C1=CC=C(I)C=C1 JJKOTMDDZAJTGQ-DQSJHHFOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004218 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010023204 Joint dislocation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012448 Lithium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- YNVGQYHLRCDXFQ-XGXHKTLJSA-N Lynestrenol Chemical compound C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 YNVGQYHLRCDXFQ-XGXHKTLJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005850 N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012565 NMR experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101100030361 Neurospora crassa (strain ATCC 24698 / 74-OR23-1A / CBS 708.71 / DSM 1257 / FGSC 987) pph-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IMONTRJLAWHYGT-ZCPXKWAGSA-N Norethindrone Acetate Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@@H]2[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@](C#C)(OC(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 IMONTRJLAWHYGT-ZCPXKWAGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000019502 Orange oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LHPBUFXEIOLURH-GQZONRFDSA-N Oxogestone Phenpropionate Chemical compound O([C@H](C)[C@@H]1[C@]2(CC[C@@H]3[C@H]4CCC(=O)C=C4CC[C@H]3[C@@H]2CC1)C)C(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 LHPBUFXEIOLURH-GQZONRFDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033645 Pancreatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FQYUMYWMJTYZTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenyl glycidyl ether Chemical compound C1OC1COC1=CC=CC=C1 FQYUMYWMJTYZTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008601 Polycythemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023146 Pre-existing disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008866 Prostaglandin E receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088540 Prostaglandin E receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940121820 Prostaglandin EP2 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127473 Prostaglandin Receptor Agonists Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010064911 Pulmonary arterial hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010039163 Right ventricular failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IIDJRNMFWXDHID-UHFFFAOYSA-N Risedronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(P(O)(O)=O)(O)CC1=CC=CN=C1 IIDJRNMFWXDHID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000000231 Sesamum indicum Species 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- DKJJVAGXPKPDRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tiludronic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)C(P(O)(O)=O)SC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 DKJJVAGXPKPDRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021626 Tin(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- APQHKWPGGHMYKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tributyltin oxide Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)O[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC APQHKWPGGHMYKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFIDKNMXIYHURY-YIHNMZODSA-N [(3s,8r,9s,10r,11s,13s,14s,17r)-17-acetyloxy-17-ethynyl-11,13-dimethyl-2,3,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16-dodecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl] acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)O[C@H]1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H](C)C[C@]4(C)[C@@](C#C)(OC(C)=O)CC[C@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 GFIDKNMXIYHURY-YIHNMZODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KSCZWFXQKITHSL-OKCNGXCSSA-N [(3s,8r,9s,10r,13s,14s,17r)-17-acetyl-17-acetyloxy-6-chloro-10,13-dimethyl-1,2,3,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-decahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl] acetate Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@](C(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)CC[C@H]2[C@@H]2C=C(Cl)C3=C[C@@H](OC(=O)C)CC[C@]3(C)[C@H]21 KSCZWFXQKITHSL-OKCNGXCSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWSXBCZCPVUWHT-VIFKTUCRSA-N [(8r,9s,10r,11s,13s,14s,17r)-17-acetyl-11,13-dimethyl-3-oxo-1,2,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16-dodecahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl] acetate Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H](C)C[C@]4(C)[C@](C(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)CC[C@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 IWSXBCZCPVUWHT-VIFKTUCRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWSKHPDYSWDMNC-YRNSVOBJSA-N [(8r,9s,10r,13s,14s,16r,17r)-17-acetyl-6-chloro-10,13,16-trimethyl-3-oxo-2,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-octahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl] acetate Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)[C@@]1(C)CC2 WWSKHPDYSWDMNC-YRNSVOBJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSJMYDLEWUWIAN-KYPKCDLESA-N [(8r,9s,10r,13s,14s,17r)-17-acetyl-6-chloro-13-methyl-3-oxo-1,2,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16-decahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl] acetate Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C2=CC(=O)CC[C@@H]2[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 PSJMYDLEWUWIAN-KYPKCDLESA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAHVOECKJGGQPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)phenyl]methylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CN)=C1 UAHVOECKJGGQPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRCICXIVPRNPLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N [amino(phosphono)methyl]phosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(N)P(O)(O)=O FRCICXIVPRNPLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFDMEODWJJUORJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [dimethylamino(phosphono)methyl]phosphonic acid Chemical compound CN(C)C(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O BFDMEODWJJUORJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004054 acenaphthylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010001584 alcohol abuse Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025746 alcohol use disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940062527 alendronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004343 alendronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AHBKIEXBQNRDNL-FVCOMRFXSA-N algestone acetophenide Chemical compound C1([C@@]2(C)O[C@@]3([C@H](O2)C[C@@H]2[C@@]3(CC[C@@H]3[C@@]4(C)CCC(=O)C=C4CC[C@H]32)C)C(=O)C)=CC=CC=C1 AHBKIEXBQNRDNL-FVCOMRFXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950006673 algestone acetophenide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001334 alicyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- BHELZAPQIKSEDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N allyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC=C BHELZAPQIKSEDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000746 allylic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000971 altrenogest Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KDLNOQQQEBKBQM-DICPTYMLSA-N anagestone acetate Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)CCC=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@](OC(C)=O)(C(C)=O)CC[C@H]21 KDLNOQQQEBKBQM-DICPTYMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950002552 anagestone acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005251 aryl acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001502 aryl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MCGDSOGUHLTADD-UHFFFAOYSA-N arzoxifene Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=C(OC=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCCC3)=CC=2)C2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1 MCGDSOGUHLTADD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950005529 arzoxifene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007514 bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloroformate Chemical compound ClC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006065 biodegradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002529 biphenylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037118 bone strength Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000031709 bromination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005893 bromination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- 229950008654 butaprost Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- KVLLHLWBPNCVNR-SKCUWOTOSA-N capromorelin Chemical compound C([C@@]12CN(CCC1=NN(C2=O)C)C(=O)[C@@H](COCC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(C)(C)N)C1=CC=CC=C1 KVLLHLWBPNCVNR-SKCUWOTOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004623 carbolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006244 carboxylic acid protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940125692 cardiovascular agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002327 cardiovascular agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007073 chemical hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000170 chemical ionisation mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007810 chemical reaction solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001616 chlormadinone acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorotrimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)Cl IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950000136 cingestol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940035811 conjugated estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GBRBMTNGQBKBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper;diiodide Chemical compound I[Cu]I GBRBMTNGQBKBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009109 curative therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001940 cyclopentanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanone Chemical class O=C1CCCC1 BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011393 cytotoxic chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006114 decarboxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950006075 delmadinone acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CGBCCZZJVKUAMX-DFXBJWIESA-N delmadinone acetate Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 CGBCCZZJVKUAMX-DFXBJWIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000017858 demethylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010520 demethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004976 desogestrel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RPLCPCMSCLEKRS-BPIQYHPVSA-N desogestrel Chemical compound C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3C(=C)C[C@](CC)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 RPLCPCMSCLEKRS-BPIQYHPVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JGFBRKRYDCGYKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutyl(oxo)tin Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](=O)CCCC JGFBRKRYDCGYKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940117389 dichlorobenzene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YNHIGQDRGKUECZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloropalladium;triphenylphosphanium Chemical compound Cl[Pd]Cl.C1=CC=CC=C1[PH+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1[PH+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 YNHIGQDRGKUECZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003887 dichlorophen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950006690 dimethisterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- SKUHWSDHMJMHIW-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl-[hydroxy(oxido)phosphoryl]methyl]-hydroxyphosphinate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])(=O)C(P(O)([O-])=O)SC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 SKUHWSDHMJMHIW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004913 dydrogesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JGMOKGBVKVMRFX-HQZYFCCVSA-N dydrogesterone Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@@]2(C)[C@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 JGMOKGBVKVMRFX-HQZYFCCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010039262 elastatinal Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000004626 essential fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960001348 estriol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PROQIPRRNZUXQM-ZXXIGWHRSA-N estriol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H]([C@H](O)C4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 PROQIPRRNZUXQM-ZXXIGWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003399 estrone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VUCAHVBMSFIGAI-ZFINNJDLSA-M estrone sodium sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VUCAHVBMSFIGAI-ZFINNJDLSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960002568 ethinylestradiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FCZCIXQGZOUIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphinothioyloxyacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)COP(=S)(OCC)OCC FCZCIXQGZOUIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-ethoxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)N=NC(=O)OCC FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950007424 ethynerone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ONKUMRGIYFNPJW-KIEAKMPYSA-N ethynodiol diacetate Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@@](C#C)(OC(C)=O)CC[C@H]2[C@@H]2CCC3=C[C@@H](OC(=O)C)CC[C@@H]3[C@H]21 ONKUMRGIYFNPJW-KIEAKMPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940012028 ethynodiol diacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004585 etidronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002941 etonogestrel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GCKFUYQCUCGESZ-BPIQYHPVSA-N etonogestrel Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3C(=C)C[C@](CC)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 GCKFUYQCUCGESZ-BPIQYHPVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000010706 fatty liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002436 femur neck Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JKQQZJHNUVDHKP-SZMVRVGJSA-N flurogestone acetate Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@]2(F)[C@H]1[C@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)C)[C@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O JKQQZJHNUVDHKP-SZMVRVGJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012631 food intake Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005643 gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000030304 gastrointestinal bleeding Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950007273 gestaclone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VUWYSFAIXUWQRQ-VMKBGRNBSA-N gestaclone Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C2=CC(=O)[C@@H]3C[C@@H]3[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3C[C@@]3(C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 VUWYSFAIXUWQRQ-VMKBGRNBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005352 gestodene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SIGSPDASOTUPFS-XUDSTZEESA-N gestodene Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](CC)([C@](C=C4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 SIGSPDASOTUPFS-XUDSTZEESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003812 gestonorone caproate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004761 gestrinone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003147 glycosyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000024963 hair loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229950002886 haloprogesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GCCIFDUTISMRTG-TUPTUZDRSA-N haloprogesterone Chemical compound C1([C@@H](F)C2)=CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@](C(=O)C)(Br)[C@@]2(C)CC1 GCCIFDUTISMRTG-TUPTUZDRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002373 hemiacetals Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylenetetramine Chemical compound C1N(C2)CN3CN1CN2C3 VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229920006158 high molecular weight polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002657 hormone replacement therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000052775 human PTGER2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950000801 hydroxyprogesterone caproate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001077 hypotensive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950002248 idoxifene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003427 indacenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001502 inorganic halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910017053 inorganic salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004410 intraocular pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950010500 lasofoxifene tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011981 lindlar catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001910 lynestrenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RMGJCSHZTFKPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;ethene;bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].[CH-]=C RMGJCSHZTFKPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XWCQLLDGXBLGMD-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;pentane;bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].CCCC[CH2-] XWCQLLDGXBLGMD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002690 malonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000606 medrogestone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HCFSGRMEEXUOSS-JXEXPEPMSA-N medrogestone Chemical compound C1=C(C)C2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(=O)C)(C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HCFSGRMEEXUOSS-JXEXPEPMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBKDYNNUVRNNRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N medronic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)CP(O)(O)=O MBKDYNNUVRNNRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002985 medroxyprogesterone acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PSGAAPLEWMOORI-PEINSRQWSA-N medroxyprogesterone acetate Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@](OC(C)=O)(C(C)=O)CC[C@H]21 PSGAAPLEWMOORI-PEINSRQWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003846 melengestrol acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- TWXDDNPPQUTEOV-FVGYRXGTSA-N methamphetamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 TWXDDNPPQUTEOV-FVGYRXGTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ULSSGHADTSRELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(Br)=C1 ULSSGHADTSRELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYMQCLGUHSIDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-(3-formylphenoxy)acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(C=O)=C1 AYMQCLGUHSIDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFUBFLSGFOHPKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-(3-formylphenyl)acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(C=O)=C1 FFUBFLSGFOHPKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XOVYNPJYGLDTCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[3-[(pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino)methyl]phenyl]acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(CNS(=O)(=O)C=2C=NC=CC=2)=C1 XOVYNPJYGLDTCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IILFRXXXEDMJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[3-[[(4-butylphenyl)methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]methyl]phenyl]acetate Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCC)=CC=C1CN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C=NC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC(CC(=O)OC)=C1 IILFRXXXEDMJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZOQETCEZDRPGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-(3-aminopropyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCCN)S1 TZOQETCEZDRPGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NZROUZYCYKMAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-[3-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propyl]thiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCCNC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)S1 NZROUZYCYKMAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPSVQNZACTWEOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-[3-[3-(3-chlorophenyl)propyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]propyl]thiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound S1C(C(=O)OC)=CC=C1CCCN(S(=O)(=O)C=1C=NC=CC=1)CCCC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 BPSVQNZACTWEOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZOGVDWAFGGKHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-[3-[3-(3-chlorophenyl)propylamino]propyl]furan-2-carboxylate Chemical compound O1C(C(=O)OC)=CC=C1CCCNCCCC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 GZOGVDWAFGGKHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLWUHAQCKDHUNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-bromothiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)S1 QLWUHAQCKDHUNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRISENIKJUKIHD-LHQZMKCDSA-N methyl 7-[(1r,2r,3r)-3-hydroxy-2-[(e,4r)-4-hydroxy-4-(1-propylcyclobutyl)but-1-enyl]-5-oxocyclopentyl]heptanoate Chemical compound CCCC1([C@H](O)C\C=C\[C@@H]2[C@H](C(=O)C[C@H]2O)CCCCCCC(=O)OC)CCC1 XRISENIKJUKIHD-LHQZMKCDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWTFPRQNWBUAAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 7-[(4-butylphenyl)methyl-pyridin-3-ylsulfonylamino]heptanoate Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCC)=CC=C1CN(CCCCCCC(=O)OC)S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 GWTFPRQNWBUAAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLIUUOAHSBKBCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 7-[(4-butylphenyl)methylamino]heptanoate Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=C(CNCCCCCCC(=O)OC)C=C1 NLIUUOAHSBKBCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000000754 myometrium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- KRKPYFLIYNGWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,o-dimethylhydroxylamine Chemical compound CNOC KRKPYFLIYNGWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWCLKHXWGCBJPQ-SKCUWOTOSA-N n-[(2r)-1-[(3ar)-3a-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-2-methyl-3-oxo-6,7-dihydro-4h-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl]-1-oxo-3-phenylmethoxypropan-2-yl]-2-amino-2-methylpropanamide Chemical compound C([C@@]12CN(CCC1=NN(C2=O)C)C(=O)[C@@H](COCC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(C)(C)N)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 QWCLKHXWGCBJPQ-SKCUWOTOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKOGOYQRCDITFG-JIPXPUAJSA-N n-[(2r)-1-[(3ar)-3a-benzyl-3-oxo-2,4,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl]-1-oxo-3-phenylmethoxypropan-2-yl]-2-amino-2-methylpropanamide Chemical compound C([C@@H](NC(=O)C(C)(N)C)C(=O)N1C[C@@]2(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NN=C2CC1)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 FKOGOYQRCDITFG-JIPXPUAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004626 naphthothienyl group Chemical group C1(=CSC2=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- PUUSSSIBPPTKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N neridronic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O PUUSSSIBPPTKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004090 neuroprotective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003512 nicotinic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002828 nitro derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960001652 norethindrone acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000417 norgestimate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KIQQMECNKUGGKA-NMYWJIRASA-N norgestimate Chemical compound O/N=C/1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](CC)([C@](CC4)(OC(C)=O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C\1 KIQQMECNKUGGKA-NMYWJIRASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950010960 norgestomet Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000010502 orange oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003327 ormeloxifene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XZEUAXYWNKYKPL-URLMMPGGSA-N ormeloxifene Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@H](C3=CC=C(C=C3OC2(C)C)OC)C=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCC3)=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 XZEUAXYWNKYKPL-URLMMPGGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012285 osmium tetroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000489 osmium tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000006353 oxyethylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005949 ozonolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012858 packaging process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002638 palliative care Methods 0.000 description 1
- WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pamidronate Chemical compound NCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003978 pamidronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003182 parenteral nutrition solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010091212 pepstatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000005327 perimidinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001828 phenalenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- DLRJIFUOBPOJNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenetole Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=CC=C1 DLRJIFUOBPOJNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005954 phenoxathiinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZPHBZEQOLSRPAK-XLCYBJAPSA-N phosphoramidon Chemical compound N([C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(O)=O)P(O)(=O)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZPHBZEQOLSRPAK-XLCYBJAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentachloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus tribromide Chemical compound BrP(Br)Br IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037081 physical activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000006292 polyarteritis nodosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012667 polymer degradation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940063238 premarin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000009395 primary hyperaldosteronism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008312 primary pulmonary hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003387 progesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000186 progesterone Substances 0.000 description 1
- DNAJDTIOMGISDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enylsilane Chemical class [SiH3]CC=C DNAJDTIOMGISDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKANAVGODYYCQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-yn-1-amine Chemical compound NCC#C JKANAVGODYYCQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQRVRJMJNKERNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-ynylcarbamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)NCC#C IQRVRJMJNKERNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl n-propan-2-yloxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)N=NC(=O)OC(C)C VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-OUTUXVNYSA-N prostaglandin D2 Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@@H]1[C@@H](C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O)[C@@H](O)CC1=O BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-OUTUXVNYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002089 prostaglandin antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002522 prostaglandin receptor stimulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N prostaglandine D2 Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(CC=CCCCC(O)=O)C(O)CC1=O BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGJJROVFWIXTPA-OALUTQOASA-N prostanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[C@H]1CCC[C@@H]1CCCCCCC(O)=O WGJJROVFWIXTPA-OALUTQOASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002577 pseudohalo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001147 pulmonary artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004307 pyrazin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])N=C(*)C([H])=N1 0.000 description 1
- AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDRNYKLYADJTMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 CDRNYKLYADJTMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- FLGJKPPXEKYCBY-AKCFYGDASA-N quingestanol acetate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@@]([C@]2(CC[C@@H]1[C@H]1CC2)C)(OC(=O)C)C#C)C=C1C=C2OC1CCCC1 FLGJKPPXEKYCBY-AKCFYGDASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950009172 quingestanol acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950000796 quingestrone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002119 raloxifene hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000759 risedronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013391 scatchard analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003548 sec-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000526 short-path distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000007056 sickle cell anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010079522 solysime Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000011150 stannous chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 231100000240 steatosis hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000011146 sterile filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005728 strengthening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- BUUPQKDIAURBJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfinic acid Chemical compound OS=O BUUPQKDIAURBJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010042772 syncope Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FQZYTYWMLGAPFJ-OQKDUQJOSA-N tamoxifen citrate Chemical compound [H+].[H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O.C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 FQZYTYWMLGAPFJ-OQKDUQJOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003454 tamoxifen citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGBMKVWORPGQRR-UMXFMPSGSA-N teriparatide Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CNC=N1 OGBMKVWORPGQRR-UMXFMPSGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IOHGZBLANANFDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-(3-formylphenoxy)acetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(C=O)=C1 IOHGZBLANANFDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVVFIBYEVMVASL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-[3-[[(1-methylimidazol-4-yl)sulfonyl-[(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)methyl]amino]methyl]phenoxy]acetate Chemical compound CN1C=NC(S(=O)(=O)N(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2N=CC=CN=2)CC=2C=C(OCC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=CC=2)=C1 HVVFIBYEVMVASL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)CBr BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WAGUYACUHZNGJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 5-[3-[3-(3-chlorophenyl)propylamino]propyl]thiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound S1C(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1CCCNCCCC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 WAGUYACUHZNGJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFPUIDDBBWKTNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 5-bromothiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)S1 HFPUIDDBBWKTNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- KJHXSOOIOVLNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl thiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C1=CC=CS1 KJHXSOOIOVLNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021515 thallium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QGYXCSSUHCHXHB-UHFFFAOYSA-M thallium(i) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Tl+] QGYXCSSUHCHXHB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004627 thianthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950004815 tigestol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940032666 tiludronate disodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005324 tiludronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AXZWODMDQAVCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L tin(II) chloride (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Sn+2] AXZWODMDQAVCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M toluene-4-sulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XFCLJVABOIYOMF-QPLCGJKRSA-N toremifene Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=C1C(\C=1C=CC=CC=1)=C(\CCCl)C1=CC=CC=C1 XFCLJVABOIYOMF-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005026 toremifene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004167 toremifene citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000006211 transdermal dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilane Chemical compound C[SiH](C)C PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SEDZOYHHAIAQIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl azide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N=[N+]=[N-] SEDZOYHHAIAQIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UKRDPEFKFJNXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vinylsilane Chemical class [SiH3]C=C UKRDPEFKFJNXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011592 zinc chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005074 zinc chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/415—1,2-Diazoles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/433—Thidiazoles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/02—Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
- A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/02—Non-specific cardiovascular stimulants, e.g. drugs for syncope, antihypotensives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Compounds Containing Sulfur Atoms (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to methods of treating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension, and repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease using an EP2 selective receptor agonist.
Description
Field of the Invention The present invention relates to methods of treating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension, and repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease using an EP2 selective receptor agonist.
Background of the Invention Compounds that are prostaglandin receptor ligands are known to be useful to treat various diseases such as osteoporosis. A variety of nafiural prostaglandins such as PGE, PGD and PDF are associated with skeletal metabolism. PGE2 has been reported to stimulate bone formation, increase bone mass and bone strength in animal models of osteoporosis when administered systemically or locally.
However, there are severe side effects associated with PGE2 such as diarrhea, gastrointestinal bleeding, decreased food consumption, dehydration, weight loss and decreased physical activity. Accordingly, PGE2 has not found widespread use in humans because of these side effects. Recently, four different subtypes of PGE2 receptors have been cloned. The four subtypes have been named EPA, EP2, EP3 and EP4, and research to better understand the pharmacology of the receptor subtypes is presently being conducted.
The present invention provides methods of treating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension, and repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease using an EP2 selective receptor agonist. Certain EP2 selective receptor agonists are known in the art. See, for example, U.S.
Patent Number 6,498,172.
Summary of the Invention The present invention provides methods of treating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension, and repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease, the methods comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an EP2 selective receptor agonist.
The present invention also provides such methods wherein the EP2 selective receptor agonist is a compound of Formula l G~A~B~~~Z
I
~~M
Formula I
or a prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is S~a or C~;
G is Ar, Ar'-V-Are, Ar-(C~-C6)alkylene, Ar-CONH-(C,-C6)alkylene, R'R2-amino, oxy(C~-C6)alkylene, amino substituted with Ar, or amino substituted with Ar(C~-C4)alkylene and R", wherein R~' is H or (C~-C8)alkyl, R' and Rz may be taken separately and are independently selected from H and (C~-C8)alkyl, or R' and R2 are taken together with the nitrogen atom of the amino group to form a five- or six-membered azacycloalkyl, said azacycloalkyl optionally containing an oxygen atom and optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with up to two oxo, hydroxy, (C1-C4)alkyl, fluoro or chloro;
B is N or CH;
Q is -(C2-C6)alkylene-W-(C~-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C4-C8)alkylene-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C~-C5)alkylene-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4?alkyl, -(C2-C4)alkylene-W-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-W-(C~-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C2-C5)alkylene-W-X-W-(C~-C3)alkylene-, wherein the two occurrences of W are independent of each other, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C~)alkyl, -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(C~-C4)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(Co-C2)alkylene-X-(Co-C5)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C~)a~lkyl, -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(Co-C2)alkylene-X-W-(C~-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene optionally each substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethynylene-(C~-C~)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethynylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl,or -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethynylene-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethynylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C~)alkyl;
~ is carboxyl, (C,-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxo-1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxo-1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonylcarbamoyl or phenylsulfonylcarbamoyl;
Background of the Invention Compounds that are prostaglandin receptor ligands are known to be useful to treat various diseases such as osteoporosis. A variety of nafiural prostaglandins such as PGE, PGD and PDF are associated with skeletal metabolism. PGE2 has been reported to stimulate bone formation, increase bone mass and bone strength in animal models of osteoporosis when administered systemically or locally.
However, there are severe side effects associated with PGE2 such as diarrhea, gastrointestinal bleeding, decreased food consumption, dehydration, weight loss and decreased physical activity. Accordingly, PGE2 has not found widespread use in humans because of these side effects. Recently, four different subtypes of PGE2 receptors have been cloned. The four subtypes have been named EPA, EP2, EP3 and EP4, and research to better understand the pharmacology of the receptor subtypes is presently being conducted.
The present invention provides methods of treating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension, and repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease using an EP2 selective receptor agonist. Certain EP2 selective receptor agonists are known in the art. See, for example, U.S.
Patent Number 6,498,172.
Summary of the Invention The present invention provides methods of treating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension, and repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease, the methods comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an EP2 selective receptor agonist.
The present invention also provides such methods wherein the EP2 selective receptor agonist is a compound of Formula l G~A~B~~~Z
I
~~M
Formula I
or a prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is S~a or C~;
G is Ar, Ar'-V-Are, Ar-(C~-C6)alkylene, Ar-CONH-(C,-C6)alkylene, R'R2-amino, oxy(C~-C6)alkylene, amino substituted with Ar, or amino substituted with Ar(C~-C4)alkylene and R", wherein R~' is H or (C~-C8)alkyl, R' and Rz may be taken separately and are independently selected from H and (C~-C8)alkyl, or R' and R2 are taken together with the nitrogen atom of the amino group to form a five- or six-membered azacycloalkyl, said azacycloalkyl optionally containing an oxygen atom and optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with up to two oxo, hydroxy, (C1-C4)alkyl, fluoro or chloro;
B is N or CH;
Q is -(C2-C6)alkylene-W-(C~-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C4-C8)alkylene-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C~-C5)alkylene-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4?alkyl, -(C2-C4)alkylene-W-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-W-(C~-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C2-C5)alkylene-W-X-W-(C~-C3)alkylene-, wherein the two occurrences of W are independent of each other, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C~)alkyl, -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(C~-C4)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(Co-C2)alkylene-X-(Co-C5)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C~)a~lkyl, -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(Co-C2)alkylene-X-W-(C~-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene optionally each substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethynylene-(C~-C~)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethynylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl,or -(C~-C4)alkylene-ethynylene-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethynylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C~)alkyl;
~ is carboxyl, (C,-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxo-1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxo-1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonylcarbamoyl or phenylsulfonylcarbamoyl;
K is a bond, (C~-C9)alkylene, thio(C~-C4)alkylene, (C~-CQ)alkylenethio(C~-C4)alkylene, (C~-C4)alkyleneoxy(C~-C4)alkylene or oxy(C,-C4)alkylene, said (C~-C9)alkylene optionally mono-unsaturated and wherein, when K is not a bond, K
is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with -chloro, fluoro, hydroxy or methyl;
M is -Ar3, -Ar4-V'-ArS, -Ar4-S-ArS, -Ar4-SO-ArS, -Ar4-SOZ-Ar5 or -Ar4-O-ArS;
Ar is a partially saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur; or Ar is a fully saturated five to seven membered ring having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen;
Ar' and Arz are each independently a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur;
said Ar, Ar' and Arz moieties are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen, on one ring if the moiety is monocyclic, on one or both rings if the moiety is bicyclic, or on one, two or three rings if the moiety is tricyclic, with up to three substituents per moiety independently selected from R3, R4 and R5 wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently hydroxy, vitro, halo, carboxy, (C~-C~)alkoxy, (C~-C4)alkoxy(C~-C4)alkyl, (C~-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, (C~-C~)alkyl, (CZ-C~)alkenyl, (C2-C~)alkynyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl(C~-C4)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C~-Ca)alkanoyl, formyl, (C~-C8)alkanoyl, (C~-C6)alkanoyl(C~-C6)alkyl, (C~-C4)alkanoylamino, (C~-C4)alkoxycarbonylamino, hydroxysulfonyl, aminocarbonylamino or mono-N-, di-N,N-, di-N,N'- or tri-N,N,N'-(C~-C4)alkyl substituted aminocarbonylamino, sulfonamido, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonamido, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylamino, carbamoyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C,-C4)alkylcarbamoyl, cyano, thiol, (C~-C6)alkylthio, (C~-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylaminosulfinyl;
Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are each independently a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independenfily from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substitufied on sulfur;
said Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 moieties are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen, on one ring if the moiety is monocyclic, on one or both rings if the moiety is bicyclic, or on one, two or three rings if the moiety is tricyclic, with up to three substituents per moiety independently selected from R3~, R4' and R5' wherein R3', R4' and R5' are independently hydroxy, vitro, halo, carboxy, (C~-C~)alkoxy, (C~-C4)alkoxy(C~-C4)alkyl, (C~-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, (C~-C~)alkyl, (CZ-C~)alkenyl, (Cz-C~)alkynyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl(C~-C4)alkyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl(C~-C4)alkanoyl, formyl, (C~-C8)alkanoyl, (C~-C6)alkanoyl(C~-C6)alkyl, (C~-C4)alkanoylamino, (C~-C4)alkoxycarbonylamino, hydroxysulfonyl, aminocarbonylamino or mono-N-, di-N,N-, di-N,N'- or tri-N,N,N'-(C~-C4)alkyl substituted aminocarbonyiamino, sulfonamido, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonamido, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylamino, carbamoyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylcarbamoyl, cyano, thiol, (C~-C6)alkylthio, (C~-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylaminosulfinyl;
W is oxy, thio, sulfino, sulfonyl, aminosulfonyl-, -mono-N-(C~-C4)alkyleneaminosulfonyl-, sulfonylamino, N-(C~-C4)alkylenesulfonylamino, carboxamido, N-(C~-C4)alkylenecarboxamido, carboxamidooxy, N-(C~-C4)alkylenecarboxamidooxy, carbamoyl, -mono-N-(C~-C4)alkylenecarbamoyl, carbamoyloxy, or -mono-N-(C~-C4)alkylenecarbamoyloxy, wherein said W alkyl groups are optionally substituted on carbon with one to three fluorines;
X is a five or six membered aromatic ring optionally having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; said ring optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with halo, (C~-C3)alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethyloxy, difluoromethyloxy, hydroxyl, (C~-C4)alkoxy, or carbamoyl;
R', R~, R3, R4 R5, R11, R3', R4' and R5', when containing an alkyl, alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene moiety, are optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted on carbon independently with halo or hydroxy; and V and V' are each independently a bond, thio(C~-C4)alkylene, (C~-C4)alkylenethio, (C~-C4)alkyleneoxy, oxy(C~-C4)alkylene or (C~-C3)alkylene optionally mono= or di-substituted independently with hydroxy or fluoro;
with the provisos that:
a. when o~C is (C2-C4)alkylene and M is Ar3 and Ar3 is cyclopenfi-1-yl, cyclohex-1-yl, cyclohept-1-yl or cyclooct-1-yl then said (C5-C8)cycloalkyl substituents are not substituted at the one position with hydroxy; and b. when K is a bond; G is phenyl, phenylmethyl, substituted phenyl or substituted phenylmethyl; Q is (C3-C$)alkylene; and M is Ar3 or Ar4-ArS, then A is sulfonyl.
The present invention also provides methods oftreating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension, and repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease, the methods comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Detailed Description of the Invention Examples of EPA selective receptor agonists are set forth in U.S. Patent Number 6,498,172. A preferred EP2 selective receptor agonist that can be used in the present methods is a compound of Formula I as defined above.
A preferred group of compounds designated the A Group, comprises those compounds having the Formula I as shown above, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein B
is N; Z is carboxyl, (C~-C6)alkoxycarbonyl' or tetrazolyl; Ar is phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2H-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, thiepinyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, benzo(b)thienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, decalinyl, 2H-benzopyranyl and 1,4-benzodioxan; Are, Ar2, Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are each independently cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2H-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinylpiperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, thiepinyl, 1,2,4-diazepinyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1 H-isoindolyl, indolinyl, cyclopenta(b)pyridinyl, pyrano(3,4-b)pyrrolyl, benzofuryl, isobenzofuryl, benzo(b)thienyl, benzo(c)thienyl, 1 H-indazolyl, _g_ indoxazinyl, benzoxazolyl, anthranilyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, indenyl, isoindenyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, decalinyl, 2H-1-benzopyranyl, 1,4-benzodioxan, pyrido(3,4-b)-pyridinyl, pyrido(3,2-b)-pyridinyl, pyrido(4,3-b)-pyridinyl, 2H-1,3-benzoxazinyl, 2H-1,4-benzoxazinyl, 1H-2,3-benzoxazinyl, 4H-3,1-benzoxazinyl, 2H-1,2-benzoxazinyl and 4H-1,4-benzoxazinyl;
and X is tetrahydrofuranyl, phenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrrazolyl, furanyl or pyrimidyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl;
and wherein each of said Ar, Ar' and Are groups are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen with up to three substituents independently selected from R3, R4 and R5;
each of said Ar, Ar',and Are groups are optionally substituted independently on carbon or sulfur with one or two oxo groups; each of said Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 groups are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen independently with up to three R3', R4' and R5' groups and each of said Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 groups are optionally substituted independently on carbon or sulfur with one or two oxo groups.
A group of compounds within the A Group, designated the B Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A is CO; G is oxy(C~-C6)alkylene;
Q is -(CZ-C6)alkylene-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C4-C8)alkylene-, said -(C4-C$)alkylene- optionally substituted wifih up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C2-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C2-C4)alkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl, thienyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
Another group of compounds which is preferred within the A Group, designated the C Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A
is CO; G is Ar; Q is _g_ -(C2-Cs)alkylene-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C4-C$)alkylene-, said -(C4-C$)alkylene- optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C2-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C2-C4)alkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl, thienyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
Another group of compounds which is preferred within the A Group, designated the D Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A
is CO; G is R'R~-amino or amino substituted with Ar, or amino substituted with Ar(C,-C4)alkylene and R", wherein R" is H; Q is -(C2-Cs)alkylene-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(Ca-C8)alkylene-, said -(C4-C8)alkylene- optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C~-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C~-C4)afkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl, thienyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl;and wherein R' and R2 may be taken separately and are independently selected from H and (C~-C8)alkyl, or R' and RZ are taken together to form a five- or six-membered azacycloalkyl, said azacycloalkyl optionally containing an oxygen atom.
Another group of compounds which is preferred within the G Group, designated the E Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prfldrugs, wherein A
is S02; G is R' R2-amino, or amino substituted with Ar and R"; O is -(C2-Cs)alkylene-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C4-C8)alkylene-, said -(C4-C$)alkylene- optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C2-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C,-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(CZ-C4)alkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-Ca)alkylene-X-O-(C,-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl, thienyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl; and wherein R' and RZ may be taken separately and are independently selected from H and (C~-Cs)alkyl, or R' and R~ are taken together to form a five- or six-membered azacycloalkyl, said azacycloalkyl optionally containing an oxygen atom.
Another group of compounds which is preferred within the A Group, designated the F Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A
is S~2; G is Ar, Ar(C1-CZ)alkylene or Ar'-V-Are; Q is -(C~-C6)alkylene-~-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(Ca-Cs)alkylene-, said -(C4-C8)alkylene- optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C2-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C2-C4)alkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl,pyrimidyf, pyridyl, thienyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
A particularly preferred group of compounds within the F Group, designated the FA Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein G is Ar or Ar-(C~-C2)-alkylene; Ar is phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl or 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl wherein each of said Ar groups is optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen with R', R2 or R3; Ar4 is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, pyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl or thiepinyl wherein each of said Ar4 groups is optionally mono- di- or tri-substituted on carbon or nitrogen with R3', Ra' or R5' ; Ar5 is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, pyranyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl or thiepinyl wherein each of said Ar5 groups is optionally mono- di-or tri-substituted on carbon or nitrogen with R3', R4' or R5'; Q is -(C5-C~)-alkylene-, -(C~-C~)-alkyfane-X-(C~-C2)-alkylene-, -(C~-C2)-X-O-(C~-C2)-alkylene-, -(Cz-C4)-alkylene-thienyl-, -(C2-C4)-alkylene-furanyl- or -(C2-C4)-alkylene-thiazolyl-; X is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl or thienyl; and said X groups are optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl;
said -(C2-C4)-alkylene-furanyl- and -(C2-C4)-alkylene-thienyl- having a 2,5-substitution pattern, e.g., l\ l\
(C2-C4)alkylene ~ (C2 C4)alkylene S
A preferred group of compounds within the FA Group, designated the FB
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein K is methylene, M is Ar4-ArS, Ar4-O-Ar5 or Are-S-Ar5 and Ar is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted on carbon or nitrogen with R3, Ra or R5.
A preferred group of compounds within the FB Group, designated the FC
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein M is Ar4-ArS; Ar is phenyl, pyridyl or imidazolyl; Ar4 is phenyl, furanyl or pyridyl; and Ar5 is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, phenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar, Ar4 and Ar5 are optionally mono, -di- or tri-substituted on carbon or nitrogen independently with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy.
An especially preferred group of compounds within the FC Group, designated the FD Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C5-C~)alkylene-.
Another especially preferred group of compounds within the FC Group, designated the FE Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q
is CH2-X-CHZ- and X is metaphenylene optionally mono- or di- substituted with chloro, fluoro, metlioxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the FE Group are those compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, selected from {3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid;
(3-(((5-phenyl-furan-2-ylmethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; and (3-(((4-pyrazin-2-yl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the FE Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is a furanyl ring and Ar5 is phenyl wherein said phenyl moiety is substituted at the 5-position of said furanyl ring; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred compound within the FE Group is the compund wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is phenyl and Ar5 is pyrimid-2-yl and said pyrimid-2-yl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring; and Q is -CH2-X-CHZ- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within th FE Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is phenyl and Ar5 is thiazol-2-yl and said thiazol-2-yl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring; and Q is -CH2-X-CHz- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the FE Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is phenyl and Ar5 is pyrimid-5-yl and said pyrimid-5-yl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring; and Q is -CHa-X-CHI- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the FE Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is phenyl and Ar5 is pyrazin-2-y1 and said pyrazin-2-yl is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
A preferred group of compounds within the FC Group, designated the G
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C2-C4)-alkylene-thienyl-, -(C2-C4)-alkylene-furanyl- or -(C2-C4)-alkylene-thiazolyl-.
An especially preferred compound within the G Group is 5-(3-((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the G Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is n-propylenyl; X is thienyl; Z is carboxy; Ar is 3-pyridyl; Ar4 is phenyl; and Are is 2-thiazolyl; said 2-thiazolyl being substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl.
Another especially preferred group of compounds within the FC Group, designated the H Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q
is -CH2-X-~-CH2-; Ar4 is phenyl or pyridyl; said phenyl and pyridyl are optionally substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl and methyl; and X is metaphenylene.
A preferred group of compounds within the H Group are (3-(((4-cyclohexyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4- pyridin-3-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-4-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid; and (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is cyclohexyl; and said cyclohexyl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
Another especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is thiazol-2-yl;
and said thiazol-2-yl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is 2-pyridyl; and said 2-pyridyl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is 3-pyridyl; and said 3-pyridyl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is 4-pyridyl; and said 4-pyridyl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
A preferred group of compounds within the FA Group, designated the I Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein K is methylene, G is Ar; Ar is phenyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, Ar is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with R3, R4 or R5, and M is Ar3, wherein said Ar3 is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzofuryl, benzo(b)thienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, 2H-1-benzopyranyl or 1,4-benzodioxan and is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with R3~, chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy.
An especially preferred group of compounds within the I Group are (3-(((2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-ylmethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; and (3-((benzofuran-2-ylmethyl-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the I Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compound and prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is 6-(1,4-benzodioxan);
and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred compound within the I Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is 2-benzofuryl; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2-wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred group of compounds within the I Group, designated the J Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is phenyl, pyridyl or imidazolyl, said phenyl, pyridyl and imidazolyl optionally substituted independently with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy; Ar3 is phenyl substituted with R3', wherein R3' is (C~-C~)alkyl, mono-N- or di-N, N-(C~-C4)alkylamine, or (C~-C5)alkoxy, said (C~-C~)alkyl or (C~-C5)alkoxy optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with hydroxy or fluoro; and Ar3 is further optionally mono- or di-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the J Group, designated the K Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C5-C~)alkylene-.
Another preferred group of compounds within the J Group, designated the L
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -CHZ-X-CH2-and X is phenyl optionally mono-, di- or tri- substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
An especially preferred group of compounds within the L Group are (3-(((4-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; (3-((benzenesulfonyl-(4-butyl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; .(3-(((4-butyl-benzyl)-(1-methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; and (3-(((4-dimethylamino-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the L Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with n-butyl; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred compound within the L Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is phenyl; Z is carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with n-butyl; and Q is -CHZ-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the L Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is 4-(1-methyl-imida~olyl); Z is carboxy; M
is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with n-butyl; and Q is -CH2-X-CHZ-wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the L Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with dimethylamino; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another preferred group of compounds within the J Group comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(CZ-C4)alkylene-thienyl, -(CZ-C4)alkylene-furanyl or -(C2-C4)alkylene-thiazolyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the J Group, designated the M Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is =(C~-C2)-X-O-(C~-C~)alkylene-and X is metaphenylene, said X being optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
An especially preferred group of compounds within the M Group are (3-(((4-dimethylamino-ben~yl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetio acid and (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the M Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with dimethylamino; and Q is -CH2-X-O-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred compound within the M Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is .carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with Pert butyl; and Q is -CHZ-X-O-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another preferred group of compounds within the FA Group, designated the N
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein G is Ar; K is (Cz-C4) alkylene or n-propenylene; Ar is phenyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with R3, R4 or R5; and M is Ar3, optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy and trifluoromethyl.
An especially preferred compound within the N Group is traps-(3-(((3-(3,5 dichloro-phenyl)-allyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the N Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein K is traps-n-propenylene, said M group being attached to the position of the n-propenylene and said N atom being attached to the 3-position of the n-propenylene; Ar is pyrid-3-yl; M is phenyl 3,5-disubstituted with chloro; ~
is carboxy;
and Q is CH2-X-CHI- wherein X is metaphenylene.
A preferred group of compounds within the N Group, designated the O Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar3 is phenyl optionally substituted with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the O Group, designated the P Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C5-C~)alkylene-.
Another group of compounds within the O Group, designated the Q Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -CHZ-X-CHI- and X is metaphenylene.
Yet another group of compounds within the O Group, designated the R
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C2-C4)alkylene-X- and X is furanyl, thienyl or thiazolyl.
Yet another preferred group of compounds within the O Group, designated the S Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C~-C2)-X-O-(C~-C2)alkylene- and X is metaphenylene.
Another preferred group of compounds within the FA Group, designated the T
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein G is Ar; K is thioethylene or oxyethylene, Ar is phenyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar is optionally substituted with up to three R3, R4 or R5; and M is Ar3, optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methyl, diffuoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the T Group, designated the U Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar3 is phenyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the U Group, designated the V Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C5-C7)alkylene-.
Another preferred group of compounds within the U Group, designated the W
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -CH2-X-CH2-and X is metaphenylene.
Another preferred group of compounds within the U Group, designated the X
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C~-C4)alkylene-X- and X is furanyl, thienyl or thiazolyl.
Another preferred group of compounds within the U Group, designated the Y
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C~-C2)-X-O-(C~-C2)alkylene- and X is metaphenylene.
An especially preferred compound within the Y Group is (3-(((2-(3,5-dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the Y Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein K is ethylenyloxy; said M group being attached to the oxygen atom of the ethylenyloxy group and said N atom being attached to the 2-position of the ethylenyloxy group; Ar is pyrid-3-yl; M is phenyl 3,5-disubstituted with chloro; Z is carboxy and Q is -CH2-X-O-CHz- wherein X is a second phenyl ring and said CH2 and OCH2 substituents are situated in a meta substitution pattern on said second phenyl ring.
Another preferred group of compounds, designated the Z Group, comprises those compounds of Formula I, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein B is CH.
A preferred group of compounds within the Z Group comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A is CO; G is Ar, K is methylenyl, propylenyl, propenylenyl or oxyethylenyl; M is Ar3 or Ar4-ArS; Ar3 is phenyl or pyridyl;
Ar4 is phenyl, thienyl, pyridyl or furanyl; Ar5 is (C5-C~) cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl or thiazolyl ; Ar is phenyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar, Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are optionally substituted independently with up to three chloro, fluoro, methyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
Another especially preferred group of compounds within the ~ Group comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A is CO; G is Ar, K is methylenyl, propylenyl, propenylenyl or oxyethylenyl; M is Ar3 or Ar4-ArS; Ar3 is phenyl or pyridyl;
Ar4 is phenyl, thienyl, pyridyl or furanyl; Ar5 is (C5-C~) cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl or thiazolyl ;
Ar is phenyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar, Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are optionally substituted independently with up to three chloro, fluoro, methyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
Exemplary five to six membered aromatic rings optionally having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur (i.e.,X
rings) are phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridiazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyrazinyl.
Exemplary partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered rings optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen (i.e., Ar, Ar' and Arz) are cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and phenyl. Further exemplary five membered rings are furyl, thienyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, 2H-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2-dithiolyl, 1,3-dithiolyl, 3H-1,2-oxathiolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazolyl, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazolyl, 3H-1,2,3-dioxazolyl, 1,2,4-dioxazolyl, 1,3,2-dioxazolyl, 1,3,4-dioxazolyl, 5H-1,2,5-oxathiazolyl and 1,3-oxathiolyl.
Further exemplary six membered rings are 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, 1,2-dioxinyl, 1,3-dioxinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, 1,3,5-trithianyl, 4H-1,2-oxazinyl, 2H-1,3-oxazinyl, 6H-1,3-oxazinyl, 6H-1,2-oxazinyl, 1,4-oxazinyl, 2H-1,2-oxazinyl, 4H-1,4-oxazinyl, 1,2,5-oxathiazinyl, 1,4-oxazinyl, o-isoxazinyl, p-isoxazinyl, 1,2,5-oxathiazinyl, 1,2,6-oxathiazinyl, 1,4,2-oxadiazinyl and 1,3,5,2-oxadiazinyl.
Further exemplary seven membered rings are azepinyl, oxepinyl, thiepinyl and 1,2,4-diazepinyl.
Further exemplary eight membered rings are cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl and cyclooctadienyl.
Exemplary bicyclic rings consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five andlor six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen are indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1 H-isoindolyl, indolinyl, cyclopenta(b)pyridinyl, pyrano(3,4-b)pyrrolyl, benzofuryl, isobenzofuryl, benzo(b)thienyl, benzo(c)thienyl, 1 H-indazolyl, indoxazinyl, benzoxazolyl, anthranilyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, indenyl, isoindenyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, decalinyl, 2H-1-benzopyranyl, 1,4-benzodioxan, pyrido(3,4-b)-pyridinyl, pyrido(3,2-b)-pyridinyl, pyrido(4,3-b)-pyridinyl, 2H-1,3-benzoxazinyl, 2H-1,4-benzoxazinyl, 1H-2,3-benzoxazinyl, 4H-3,1-benzoxazinyl, 2H-1,2-benzoxazinyl and 4H-1,4-benzoxazinyl.
Exemplary tricyclic rings consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five and/or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen are indacenyl, biphenylenyl, acenaphthylenyl, fluorenyl, phenalenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, naphthothienyl, thianthrenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl and phenoxazinyl. It will be understood that the fully saturated and all partially unsaturated forms of these rings are within the scope of this invention. Further, it will be understood that nitrogen may be substituted as the heteroatom at any position, including a bridgeghead position, in the heterocyclic rings. Further still, it will be understood that sulfur and oxygen may be substituted as the heteroatom at any non-bridgehead position within the heterocyclic rings.
By alkylene is meant saturated hydrocarbon (straight chain or branched) wherein a hydrogen atom is removed from each of the terminal carbons.
Exemplary of such groups (assuming the designated length encompases the particular example) are methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene and heptylene.
By alkenylene is meant a hydrocarbon containing monounsaturation in the form of one double bond wherein said hydrocarbon is straight chain or branched and wherein a hydrogen atom is removed from each of the terminal carbons.
Exemplary of such groups (assuming the designated length encompasses the particular example) are ethenylene (or vinylene), propenylene, butenylene, pentenylene, hexenylene and heptenylene.
By alkynylene is meant a hydrocarbon containing di-unsaturation in the form of one triple bond wherein said hydrocarbon is straight chain or branched and wherein a hydrogen atom is removed from each of the terminal carbons.
Exemplary of such groups (assuming the designated length encompasses the particular example) are ethynylene, propynylene, butynylene, pentynylene, hexynylene and heptynylene.
By halo is meant chloro, bromo, iodo, or fluoro.
By alkyl is meant straight chain saturated hydrocarbon or branched saturated hydrocarbon. Exemplary of such alkyl groups (assuming the designated length encompasses the particular example) are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl and octyl.
By alkoxy is meant straight chain saturated alkyl or branched saturated alkyl bonded through an oxy. Exemplary of such alkoxy groups (assuming the designated length encompasses the particular example) are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tertiary butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, tertiary pentoxy, hexoxy, isohexoxy, heptoxy and octoxy.
As used herein, the term mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-CX)alkyl... refers to the (C~-CX)alkyl moiety taken independently when it is di-N,N-(C~-Cx)alkyl...(x refers to integers and is taken independently when two (C~-Cx)alkyl groups are present, e.g., methylethylamino is within the scope of di-N,N-(C~-CX)alkyl).
Unless otherwise stated the "M" moieties defined above are optionally substituted (e.g., the mere listing of a substituent such as R' in a subgenus or dependent claim does not mean that M is always substituted with the R' moiety unless it is stated that the M moiety is substituted with R~). However, in the compounds of Formula I, when K is a bond and M is phenyl, said phenyl group is substituted with one to three substituents. Additionally, in the compounds of Formula I, when Ar or Ar' is a fully saturated five to eight membered ring, said ring is unsubstituted.
It is to be understood that if a carbocyclic or heterocyclic moiety may be bonded or otherwise attached to a designated substrate, through differing ring atoms without denoting a specific point of attachment, then all possible points are intended, whether through a carbon atom or, for example, a trivalent nitrogen atom. For example, the term "pyridyl" means 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl, the term "thienyl"
means 2-, or 3-thienyl, and so forth.
A particularly preferred compound of Formula I is (3-(((4-tart-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, or a pharmaceitcally acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, or a salt of a prodrug. A particularly preferred salt is the sodium salt.
Other EP2 selective receptor agonists that can be used in the present invention include the prostaglandin receptor agonists disclosed in U.S. patent numbers 6,288,120; and 6,124,314; and PCT published patent application WO
98/58911 (PCT/IB98/00866). A preferred EPZcompound disclosed in U.S. 6,288,120 is 7-[(4-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, or a salt of a prodrug. A preferred salt of 7-[{4 butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid is the monosodium salt.
Other EPz selective receptor agonists that can be used in the present invention include the compounds disclosed in the following: Burk, Robert M.;
Holoboski, Mark; Posner, Mari F., Preparation of prostaglandin E2 analogs as receptor agonists-US patent application no. 2002187961; Burk, Robert M.;
Holoboski, Mark; Posner, Mari F., Preparation of prostaglandin E2 analogs as EP2-receptor agonists- US patent 6,376,533; Duckworth, N.; Marshall, K.; Clayton, J. K., An investigation of the effect of the prostaglandin EP2 receptor agonist, butaprost, on the human isolated myometrium from pregnant and non-pregnant women, Journal of Endocrinology (2002), 172(2), 263-269; Tani, Kousuke; Naganawa, Atsushi;
Ishida, Akiharu; Egashira, Hiromu; Odagaki, Yoshihiko; Miyazaki, Toru; Hasegawa, Tomoyuki; Kawanaka, Yasufumi; Nakai, Hisao; Ohuchida, Shuichi; Toda, Masaaki.
Synthesis of a highly selective EP2-receptor agonist, Synlett (2002), (2), 239-242;
Tani, Kousuke; Naganawa, Atsushi; Ishida, Akiharu; Egashira, Hiromu; Sagawa, Kenji; Harada, Hiroyuki; Ogawa, Mikio; Maruyama, Takayuki; Ohuchida, Shuichi;
Nakai, Hisao; Kondo, Kigen; Toda, Masaaki. Development of a highly selective receptor agonist. Part 2. Identification of 16-Hydroxy-17,17-trimethylene 9b-chloro PGF derivatives, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry (2002), 10(4), 1107-1114;
Tani, Kousuke; Naganawa, Atsushi; Ishida, Akiharu; Sagawa, Kenji; Harada, Hiroyuki;
Ogawa, Mikio; Maruyama, Takayuki; Ohuchida, Shuichi; Nakai, Hisao; Kondo, Kigen;
Toda, Masaaki, Development of a highly selective EP2-receptor agonist. Part 1.
Identification of 16-hydroxy-17,17-trimethylene PGE2 derivatives, Bioorganic &
Medicinal Chemistry (2002), 10(4), 1093-1106; Michelet, Jean-Francois; Mahe, Yann;
Bernard, Bruno, Use of non-prostanoic agonists of EP-2 and/or EP-4 prostaglandin receptors as cosmetic agent for reducing or stopping hair loss- European patent application EP 1175891 A1;Tani, K.; Naganawa, A.; Ishida, A.; Egashira, H.;
Sagawa, K.; Harada, H.; Ogawa, M.; Maruyama, T.; Ohuchida, S.; Nakai, H.; Kondo, K.;
Toda, M., Design and Synthesis of a Highly Selective EP2-Receptor Agonist, Bioorganic &
Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2001 ), 11 (15), 2025-2028; Crider, J. Y.;
Sharif, N. A., Functional pharmacological evidence for EP2 and EP4 prostanoid receptors in immortalized human trabecular meshwork and non-pigmented ciliary epithelial cells., International Journal of Environmental Studies (2000), 58(1 ), 35-46; Crider, J. Y.;
Sharif, N., A. Functional pharmacological evidence for EP2 and EP4 prostanoid receptors in immortalized human trabecular meshwork and nonpigmented ciliary epithelial cells. Journal of Ocular Pharmacology and Therapeutics (2001 ), 17(1 ), 35-46; Klimko, Peter G.; Sharif, Najam A.; Griffin, Brenda W. Prostaglandin E
agonists for treatment of glaucoma- WO 0038667 A2; Woodward, David F., EP2 receptor agonists as neuroprotective agents for the eye-US 5877211; Regan, John W.;
Gil, Daniel W.; Woodward, David F., Cloning of a novel human prostaglandin receptor with characteristics of the pharmacologically defined EP2 subtype- US 5716835;
Woodward, David F. EP2-receptor agonists as agents for lowering intraocular pressure-US 5698598; Woodward, David F. EP2-receptor agonists as agents for lowering intraocular pressure.-WO 9519964; Woodward, D. F.; Bogardus, A. M.;
Donello, J. E.; Fairbairn, C. E.; Gil, D. W.; Kedzie, K. M.; Burke, J. A.;
Kharlamb, A.;
Runde, E.; et al., Molecular characterization and ocular hypotensive properties of the prostanoid EP2 receptor, Journal of Ocular Pharmacology and Therapeutics (1995), 11 (3), 447-54; Nials, Anthony T.; Vardey, Christopher J.; Denyer, Lois H.;
Thomas, Malcolm; Sparrow, Susan J.; Shepherd, Gillian D.; Coleman, Robert A., AH13205, a selective prostanoid EP2-receptor agonist, Cardiovascular Drug Reviews (1993), 11(2), 165-79; and Woodward, D. F.; Protzman, C. E.; Krauss, A. H. P.;
Williams, L.
S., Identification of 19(R)-OH prostaglandin E2 as a selective prostanoid EP2-receptor agonist, Prostaglandins (1993), 46(4), 371-83.
The present methods can be used to treat pulmonary hypertension.
Pulmonary hypertension, also known as primary pulmonary hypertension, is a disease of unknown origin that involves the medium and small pulmonary arteries and results in right ventricular failure or fatal syncope, typically 2 to 5 years after detection. Intimal hyperplasia and consequent narrowing of the vessel lumen are always present. Areas of medial hypertrophy and hyperplasia, irreversible plexiform lesions, and necrotizing arteritis (plexogenic arteriopathy) occur in more advanced cases. Those skilled in the art are familiar with the identification of patients having pulmonary hypertension.
The present methods can also be used in facilitating joint fusion. Examples of joint fusions include fusion of bones in the wrist or ankle as well as other joints. In a joint fusion, two or more bones are fused together.
The present methods can also be used to facilitate tendon and/or ligament repair. The repair can comprise the strengthening of a tendon or ligament or can comprise the reconstruction of a damaged portion of a tendon and/or ligament.
Another aspect of tendon and ligament repair is to strengthen or repair the attachment of a tendon or ligament to a bone.
The present methods can also be used to reduce the occurrence of secondary fractures. A secondary fracture is a fracture subsequent to a primary fracture. Once a fracture has occurred, the present methods can be used to prevent another fracture from occurring or reduce the magnitude or complexity of any secondary fracture. For example, if a patient has a hip fracture, the present method may be used to help avoid or ameliorate the extent of a second fracture in the hip either on the same side of the hip as the first fracture or on the other side of the hip.
The prevention or amelioration of damage caused by secondary fractures is also important in cases where the risk of secondary fractures is enhanced, such as in response to chemotherapy. Also, the prevention of secondary fractures in the spine and spinal stabilization are important.
The present invention also provides methods of treating avascular necrosis.
Avascular necrosis is characterized by cell death in bone resulting from a compromised blood supply. The hip, femur and shoulder are commonly affected bones. Various conditions have been associated with avascular necrosis including fracture of the femoral neck, hip dislocation, decompression sickness, sickle cell disease, radiotherapy, Gaucher's disease, and corticosteroid high-dose therapy.
Other conditions that have been associated with avascular necrosis include systemic lupus erythrmatosus, renal transplantation, polycythemia versa, Cushing's syndrome, Diabetes mellitus, atherosclerosis, cytotoxic chemotherapy, alcohol abuse, fatty liver, psoriasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic cancer and gout. Thus, the presence of a condition associated with avascular necrosis can be an indicator to apply the methods of the present invention to prevent or ameliorate the occurrence of avascualr necrosis in a patient.
The present invention also be used to facilitate cartilage repair, facilitate bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitate liver regeneration, facilitate wound healing, reduce the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treat hypertension, facilitate the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treat glaucoma, treat ocular hypertension, or repair damage caused by metastatic bone disease, which conditions are well known to those skilled in the art. Patients having such conditions are easily identified by those skilled in the art.
The term "facilitating"," facilitate", and the like, with regard to the present methods, means to make the methods less difficult or improve the speed of the methods. For example, facilitating bone fusion means to make the procedure less difficult to accomplish or proceed more rapidly in the presence of an EP2 selective receptor agonist than in the absence of an E-PZ selective receptor agonist.
A preferred dosage is about 0.001 to 100 mg/kg/day of an EP2selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I. An especially preferred dosage is about 0.01 to 10 mg/kglday of an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I.
The present invention is also concerned with pharmaceutical compositions comprising an EPz selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I, and a carrier, solvent, diluent and the like.
Another aspect'of this invention is directed to combinations of an EPA
selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I, and other therapeutically useful compounds.
In one embodiment, the combinations of this invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a first compound, said first compound being an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I; and a therapeutically effective amount of a second compound, the second compound being an anti-resorptive agent such as an estrogen agonistlantagonist or a bisphosphonate.
An estrogen agonistlantagonist is also called a selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM).
It is noted that when compounds are discussed herein, it is contemplated that the compounds may be administered to a patient as a therapeutically acceptable salt, prodrug, or a salt of a prodrug. All such variations are intended to be included in the invention.
Another aspect of this invention is a kit comprising:
a. an amount of an EPA selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula f, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent in a first unit dosage form;
b. an amount of an anti-resorptive agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diiuent in a second unit dosage form; and c. a container.
Yet another aspect of this invention is directed to pharmaceutical compositions or kits comprising an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I, and another bone anabolic agent (although the other bone anabolic agent may be another EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a different compound of Formula.l). Such compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a first compound, said first compound being an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I; and a therapeutically effective amount of a second compound, said second compound being another bone anabolic agent.
The first compound can administered at the same time as the second compound in the same dosage form or in different dosage forms. Alternatively, the first compound and second compound can be administered at different times.
Moreover, the combinations of the present invention can comprise more than two compounds. For example, two EPA selective receptor agonists and an anti-repsorptive or bone anabolic compound can be administered to a patient.
Another aspect of this invention is a kit comprising:
a. an amount of an EPZ receptor selective agonist, such as a compound of Formula I, in a first unit dosage form;
b. an amount of a second compound, said second -compound being another bone anabolic agent in a second unit dosage form; and c. a container.
Preferred bone anabolic agents include IGF-1, prostaglandins, prostaglandin agonists/antagonists, sodium fluoride, parathyroid hormone (PTH), active fragments of parathyroid hormone, parathyroid hormone related peptides and active fragments and analogues of parathyroid hormone related peptides, growth hormones'or growth hormone secretagogues and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof or a salt of a prodrug.
Since the present invention has an aspect that relates to a combination of active ingredients, which may be administered separately, the invention also relates to combining separate pharmaceutical compositions in kit form. The kit comprises two separate pharmaceutical compositions: an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I and a second compound as described above. The kit comprises container means for containing the separate compositions such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet, however, the separate compositions may also be contained within a single, undivided container. Typically, the kit comprises directions for the administration of the separate components. The kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components are preferably administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parenteral), are administered at different dosage intervals, or when titration of the individual components of the combination is desired by the prescribing physician.
An example of such a kit is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of the tablets or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed.
As a result, the tablets or capsules are sealed in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet. Preferably the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
It may be desirable to provide a memory aid on the kit, e.g., in the form of numbers next to the tablets or capsules whereby the numbers correspond with the days of the regimen which the dosage form s~ specified should be ingested.
Another example of such a memory aid is a calendar printed on the card e.g., as follows "First Week, Monday, Tuesday, ...etc.... Second Week, Monday, Tuesday,..." etc. Other variations of memory aids will be readily apparent. A "daily dose" can be a single tablet or capsule or several tablets or capsules to be taken on a given day.
Also, a daily dose of a Formula I compound, a prodrug thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound or said prodrug can consist of one tablet or capsule while a daily dose of the second compound can consist of several tablets or capsules and vice versa. The memory aid should reflect this.
In another specific embodiment of the invention, a dispenser designed to dispense the daily doses one at a time in the order of their intended use is provided.
Preferably, the dispenser is equipped with a memory-aid, so as to further facilitate compliance with the regimen. An example of such a memory-aid is a mechanical counter which indicates the number of daily doses that has -been dispensed.
Another example of such a memory-aid is a battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a liquid crystal readout, or audible reminder signal which, for example, reads out the date that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when the next dose is to be taken.
Preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists of the present invention include the compounds described in U.S. patent no. 5,552,412. Those compounds are described by the formula designated herein as formula (I) given below:
Z~-G
(I) HO
wherein:
n a A is selected from CH2 and NR;
S, ~ and E are independently selected from CH and N;
Y is (a) phenyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4;
(b) naphthyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4;
(c) C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from R4;
(d) C3-C$ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from R4;
(e) a five membered heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NR2- and -S(O)n-, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4;
(f) a six membered heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NRz- and -S(O)n-optionally.substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4; or (g) a bicyclic ring system consisting of a five or six membered heterocyclic ring fused to a phenyl ring, said heterocyclic ring containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NRz- and -S(O)~-, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4;
Z' is (a) -(CHz)p W(CHz)q (b) -O(CHz)P CRSR~-;
(c) -O(CHZ)PW(CH2)4~~
(d) -OCHRzCHR3-;
or (e) -SCHR2CHR3-;
G is (a) -NR'Ra;
~ (CH~)m~
(b) -N Z2 ~{CH2)n-~
wherein n is 0, 1 or 2; m is 1, 2 or 3; Zz is -NH-, -O-, -S-, or -CHz-;
optionally fused on adjacent carbon atoms with one or two phenyl rings and, optionally independently substituted on carbon with one to three substituents and, optionally, independently on nitrogen with a chemically suitable substituent selected from R4; or (c) a bicyclic amine containing five to twelve carbon atoms, either bridged or fused and optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4; or Z' and G in combination may be N
-OCH2 ~)n W is (a) -CH2-;
(b) -CH=CH-;
(c) -O-;
(d) -NR2-;
(e) _S(O)n-(f) -C-(g) -CR2(OH)-;
(h) -CONR2-;
(i) -NR2C0-;
S
(j) ; or (k) -C--_C-;
R is hydrogen or C~-C6 alkyl;
R~ and R3 are independently (a) hydrogen; or (b) C~-C4 alkyl;
R4 is (a) hydrogen;
(b) halogen;
(c) C~-C6 alkyl;
(d) C~-C4 alkoxy;
(e) C~-C4 acyloxy;
(f) C~-C4 alkylthio;
(g) C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl;
(h) C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl;
(i) hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl;
G) aryl (C~-C4)alkyl;
(k) -C02H;
(I) -CN;
(m) -CONHOR;
(n) -S02NHR;
(o) -NH2;
(p) C~-C4 alkylamino;
(q) C~-C4 dialkylamino;
(r) -NHS02R;
(s) -NOz;
(t) -aryl; or (u) -OH;
R5 and R6 are independently C,-C$ alkyl or together form a Cg-Cq0 carbocyclic ring;
R' and R$ are independently (a) phenyl;
(b) a C3-Coo carbocyclic ring, saturated or unsaturated;
(c) a C3-C,o heterocyclic ring containing up to two heteroatoms, selected from -O-, -N- and -S-;
(d) H;
(e) C~-C6 alkyl; or (f) form a 3 to 3 membered nitrogen containing ring with R5 or R6;
R' and R$ in either linear or ring form may optionally be substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from C~-C6 alkyl, halogen, alkoxy, hydroxy and carboxy;
a ring formed by R' and R8 may be optionally fused to a phenyl ring;
a is 0, 1 or 2;
m is 1, 2 or 3;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
qis0,1,2or3;
and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts and prodrugs thereof.
Additional preferred estrogen agonists/antagonists are disclosed in U.S.
patent no. 5,552,412 and are described by the formula designated herein as formula (IA):
Hr (IA) _, wherein G is -N , ~ or -N
/N
R4 is H, OH, F, or CI; and B and E are independently selected from CH
and N, and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts and prodrugs thereof.
Especially preferred estrogen agonistslantagonists for the methods of the invention are:
cis-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperid in-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
(-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
cis-1-[6'-pyrrolidinoethoxy-3'-pyridyl]-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene;
1-(4'-pyrrolidinoethoxyphenyl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1,2, 3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline;
OCH~CH~G
cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5, 6, 7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
1-(4'-pyrrolidinoethoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
An especially preferred salt of (-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-of is the D-tartrate salt.
Other preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists are disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,047,431. The structure of these compounds are described by the formula designated herein as formula (II) below:
OCH~CH~N~
OH
wherein R1A and R2A may be the same or different and are either H, methyl, ethyl or a benzyl group; and optical or geometric isomers thereof; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts, and prodrugs thereof.
Additional preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists are the compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,536,516; 4-hydroxy tamoxifen -(i.e., tamoxifen wherein the 2-phenyl moiety has a hydroxy group at the 4 position) and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,623,660; raloxifene: (methanone, [6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)benzo[b]thien-3-yl][4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]-,hydrochloride) and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent Numbers 4,418,fl68; 5,393,763;
5,457,117; 5,478,847 and 5,641,790; toremifene: (ethanamine, 2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-butenyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethyl-, (Z)-, 2-hydroxy-1,2,3-propanetricarboxylate (1:1 ) and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent Numbers 4,696,949 and 4,996,225; centchroman: 1-[2-[[4-(-methoxy-2,2, dimethyl-phenyl-chroman-4-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl]-pyrrolidine and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 3,822,287; idoxifene: pyrrolidine, 1-[-[4-[[1-(4-iodophenyl)-2-phenyl-1-butenyl]phenoxy]ethyl] and other compounds as disclosed in U.S.
Patent No. 4,839,155; 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-naphthalen-2-of and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,484,795;
and {4-[2-(2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl-[6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[b]thiophen-3-ylJ-methanone and other compounds as disclosed in published international patent application WO 95/10513. Other preferred compounds include GW 5638 and GW 7604, the synthesis of which is described in Willson et al., J. Med. Chem., 1994; 37: 1550-1552.
Further preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists include EM-652 (as shown in the formula designated herein as formula (III) and EM-800 (as shown in the formula designated herein as formula (IV)). The synthesis of EM-652 and EM-800 and the activity of various enantiomers is described in Gauthier et al., J.
Med. Chem., H
1997; 40: 2117-2122.
O
C
o N
~CH3 (IV) Further preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists include TSE 424 and other compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,998,402, U.S. Patent No. 5,985,910, U.S.
Patent No. 5,780,497, U.S. Patent No. 5,880,137, and European Patent Application EP 0802183 A1 including the compounds described by the formulae designated herein as formulae V and VI, below:
(V) Rse I \
RsB \UH2)s Ya R~
I \ (VI) Rse O
R6 ~ \(CH2)s-Yn wherein:
RIB is selected from H, OH or the C~-C~2 esters (straight chain or branched) or C~-C~z (straight chain or branched or cyclic) alkyl ethers thereof, or halogens; or C~-C4 halogenated ethers including trifluoromethyl ether and trichloromethyl ether.
R28, Rse, Rag, Rss, and R6B are independently selected from H, OH or the C~-C~2 esters (straight chain or branched) or C~-C~2 alkyl ethers (straight chain or branched or cyclic) thereof, halogens, or C~-C4 halogenated ethers including trifluoromethyl ether and trichloromethyl ether, cyano, C~-C6 alkyl (straight chain or branched), or trifluoromethyl;
XA is selected from H, C~-C6 alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, and halogen;
s is 2 or 3;
YA is selected from:
a) the moiety:
\ iR~B
N
Ras wherein RIB and R8B are independently selected from the group of H, C~-C6 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by CN, C~-C6 alkyl (straight chain or branched), C~-C6 alkoxy (straight chain or branched), halogen, -OH, -CF3, or -OCF3;
b) a five-membered saturated, unsaturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -N(C~-C4 alkyl)-, -N=, and -S(O)u , wherein a is an integer of from 0-2, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C~
alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 acyloxy, C~-Ca alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C,-C4)alkyl, -CO2H, -CN, -CONHR~B, -NH2, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHSOzR~B, -NHCOR~B, -N02, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (C~-C4)alkyl;
c) a six-membered saturated, unsaturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -N(C~-C4 alkyl)-, -N=, and -S(O)u , wherein a is an integer of from 0-2, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 acyloxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -C02H, -CN, -CONHR~, -NH2, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHS02R~g, -NHCOR~B, -N02, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (C~-C4)alkyl;
d) a seven-membered saturated, unsaturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -N(C~-C4 alkyl)-, -N=, and -S(O)S , wherein a is an integer of from 0-2, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 acyloxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -C02H, -CN, -CONHR~B, -NHS, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHS02R~B, -NHCOR~B, -NO2, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (C~-C4)alkyl; or e) a bicyclic heterocycle containing from 6-12 carbon atoms either bridged or fused and containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -N(C~-C4 alkyl)-, and -S(O)S , wherein a is an integer of from 0-2, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 acyloxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -COZH-, -CN-, -CONHR~B-, -NH2, -N=, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHS02R~B, -NHCOR~B, -NO~, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (C~-C4) alkyl; and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts, and prodrugs thereof.
Preferred compounds of this invention are those having the general structures V or VI, above, wherein:
RIB is selected from H, OH or the C~-C~2 esters or alkyl ethers thereof, and halogen;
R2g, Rgg, R4g, RSg, and R6B are independently selected from H, OH or the C~-C~2 esters or alkyl ethers thereof, halogen, cyano, C~-C6 alkyl, or trihalomethyl, preferably trifluoromethyl, with the proviso that, when RIB is H, R2B is not OH;
XA is selected from H, C~-C6 alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, and halogen;
YA is the moiety:
\ iR~s N
Rye and RsB are selected independently from H, C~-C6 alkyl, or combined by -(CH2)w , wherein w is an integer of from 2 to 6, so as to form a ring, the ring being optionally substituted by up to three substituents selected from the group of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -C02H, -CN, -CONH(C~-C4alkyl), -NH2, C~-C4 alkylamino, C~-C4 dialkylamino, -NHSO2(C~-C4alkyl), -CO(C~-C4alkyl), and -NO2; and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts, and prodrugs thereof.
The rings formed by a concatenated Rye and RBg, mentioned above, may include, but are not limited to, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, hexamethyleneamine or heptamethyleneamine rings.
Preferred compounds of structural formulas V and VI, above, are those wherein RIB is OH; RzB - RsB are as defined above; XA is selected from the group of CI, NO~, CN, CF3, or CH3; YA is the moiety \ i RIB
N
R$B
and RIB and RsB are concatenated together as -(CH2)t-, wherein t is an integer of from 4. to 6, to form a ring optionally substituted by up to three subsituents selected from the group of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -CO~H, -CN, -CONH(C~-C4)alkyl, -NH2, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHS02(C~-C4)alkyl, -NHCO(C~-C4)alkyl, and -N02; and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts, and prodrugs thereof.
Another preferred compound is TSE-424 as described by the formula designated herein as formula (Va) below:
H
(Va) Another estrogen agonist/antagonist that can be used in the combination aspect of the present invention is arzoxifene, which is disclosed in IJ.S.
patent no.
5,723,474.
A particularly preferred combination of an EP2 selective receptor agonist and an estrogen agonist/antagonist is (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid and (-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-(4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol. In a more preferred combination, the (3-(((4-terfi-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid is in the form of the sodium salt, and the (-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-(4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-of is in the form of the D-tartrate salt.
Preferred bisphosphonates include, tiludronic acid, alendronic acid, zoledronic acid, ibandronic acid, risedronic acid, etidronic acid, clodronic acid, and pamidronic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs or salts of the prodrugs.
It will be recognized that prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be formed from the compounds of this invention. All of such prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts so formed are within the scope of this invention.
Particularly preferred salt forms of the estrogen agonists/antagonists include, raloxifene hydrochloride, tamoxifen citrate, toremifene citrate, and lasofoxifene tartrate.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that anti-resorptive agents such as progestins, polyphosphonates, bisphosphonate(s), estrogen agonists/antagonists, estrogen, estrogen/progestin combinations, Premarin~ (conjugated estrogens), estrone, estriol or 17a- or 17(3-ethynyl estradiol may be used in conjunction with the EP2 selective receptor agonists in the present methods.
Exemplary progestins are available from commercial sources and include:
algestone acetophenide, altrenogest, amadinone acetate, anagestone acetate, chlormadinone acetate, cingestol, clogestone acetate, clomegestone acetate, delmadinone acetate, desogestrel, dimethisterone, dydrogesterone, ethynerone, ethynodiol diacetate, etonogestrel, flurogestone acetate, gestaclone, gestodene, gestonorone caproate, gestrinone, haloprogesterone, hydroxyprogesterone caproate, levonorgestrel, lynestrenol, medrogestone, medroxyprogesterone acetate, melengestrol acetate, methynodiol diacetate, norethindrone, norethindrone acetate, norethynodrel, norgestimate, norgestomet, norgestrel, oxogestone phenpropionate, progesterone, quingestanol acetate, quingestrone, and tigestol.
Preferred progestins are medroxyprogestrone, norethindrone and norethynodrel.
Exemplary polyphosphonates include polyphosphonates of the type disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,683,080. Preferred polyphosphonates are geminal diphosphonates (also referred to as bis-phosphonates). Tiludronate disodium is an especially preferred polyphosphonate. Ibandronic acid is an especially preferred polyphosphonate. Alendronate is an especially preferred polyphosphonate.
Zoledronic acid is an especially preferred polyphosphonate. Other preferred polyphosphonates are 6-amino-1-hydroxy-hexylidene-bisphosphonic acid and 1-hydroxy-3(methylpentylamino)-propylidene-bisphosphonic acid. The polyphosphonates may be administered in the form of the acid, or of a soluble alkali metal salt or alkaline earth metal salt. Hydrolyzable esters of the polyphosphonates are likewise included. Specific examples include ethane-1-hydroxy 1,1-diphosphonic acid, methane diphosphonic acid, pentane-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, methane dichloro diphosphonic acid, methane hydroxy diphosphonic acid, ethane-amino-1,1-diphosphonic acid, ethane-2-amino-1,1-diphosphonic acid, propane-3-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, propane-N,N-dimethyl-3-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, propane-3,3-dimethyl-3-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, phenyl amino methane diphosphonic acid,N,N-dimethylamino methane diphosphonic acid, N(2-hydroxyethyl) amino methane diphosphonic acid, butane-4-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, pentane-5-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, hexane-6-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid and pharmaceutically acceptable esters and salts thereof.
Any prostaglandin may be used in .combinaiton with an EP2 selective receptor agonist in the present methods. The term prostaglandin refers to compounds that are analogs of the natural prostaglandins PGD~, PGD2, PGE2, PGE~ and PGF2. These compounds bind to the prostaglandin receptors. Such binding is readily determined by those skilled in the art of standard assays (e.g., An S. et al., Cloning and Expression of the EP2 Subtype of Human Receptors for Prostaglandin E2, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 1993, 197(1 ):263-270).
Prostaglandins are alicyclic compounds related to the basic compound prostanoic acid. The carbon atoms of the basic prostaglandin are numbered sequentially from the carboxylic carbon atom through the cyclopentyl ring to the terminal carbon atom on the adjacent side chain. Normally the adjacent side chains are in the trans orientation. The presence of an oxo group at C-9 of the cyclopentyl moiety is indicative of a prostaglandin within the E class while PGEZ contains a traps unsaturated double bond at the C~3-C~4 and a cis double bond at the C5-C6 position.
A variety of prostaglandins are described and referenced below. However, other prostaglandins will be Known to those skilled in the art. Exemplary prostaglandins are disclosed in U.S. patents 4,171,331 and 3,927,197.
Norrdin et al., The Role of Prostaalandins in Bone In Vivo, Prostaglandins Leukotriene Essential Fatty Acids 41, 139-150, 1990 is a review of bone anabolic prostaglandins.
Any prostaglandin agonist/antagonist may be used as the second compound in certain aspects of this invention. The term prostaglandin agonistlantagonist refers to compounds which bind to prostaglandin receptors {e.g., An S. et al., Cloning and Expression of the EP2 Subtype of Human Receptors for Prostaglandin E2, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 1993, 197(1 ):263-270) and mimic the action of prostaglandin in vivo. Such actions are readily determined by those skilled in the art of standard assays. Eriksen E.F. et al., Bone Histomorphometry, Raven Press, New York, 1994, pages 1-74; Grier S.J. et. al., The Use of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry In Animals, Inv. Radiol., 1996, 31 (1 ):50-62; Wahner H.W. and Fogelman I., The Evaluation of Osteoporosis: Dual Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Clinical Practice., Martin Dunitz Ltd., London 1994, pages 1-296. A variety of these compounds are described and referenced below. However, other prostaglandin agonists/antagonists will be known to those skilled in the art.
Exemplary prostaglandin agonists/antagonists are disclosed as follows: U.S.
patent 3,932,389 discloses 2-descarboxy-2-(tetrazol-5-yl)-11-desoxy-15-substituted-omega-pentanorprostaglandins; U.S. patent 4,018,892 discloses 16-aryl-13,14-dihydro-p-biphenyl esters; U.S. patent 4,219,483 and 4,132,847 discloses 2,3,6-substituted-4-pyrones; U.S. patent 4,000,309 and 3,982;016 discloses 16-aryl-13,14-dihydro-p-biphenyl esters; U.S. patent 4,621,100 discloses substituted cyclopentanes;
and U.S. patent 5,216,183 discloses cyclopentanones.
Sodium fluoride may be used as the second compound in certain aspects of this invention. The term sodium fluoride refers to sodium fluoride in all its forms (e.g., slow release sodium fluoride, sustained release sodium fluoride). Sustained release sodium fluoride is disclosed in U.S. patent 4,904,478. The activity of sodium fluoride is readily determined by those skilled in the art of biological protocols (e.g., see Eriksen E.F. et al., Bone Histomorc~hometry, Raven Press, New York, 1994, pages 1-74; Grier S.J. et. al., The Use of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry In Animals, Inv.
Radiol., 1996, 31 (1 ):50-62; Wahner H.W. and Fogelman I., The Evaluation of Osteoporosis: Dual Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Clinical Practice., Martin Dunitz Ltd., London 1994, pages 1-296).
Any parathyroid hormone (PTH) may be used as the second compound in certain aspects of this invention. The term parathyroid hormone refers to parathyroid hormone, fragments or metabolites thereof and structural analogs thereof which can stimulate bone formation and increase bone mass. Also included are parathyroid hormone related peptides and active fragments and analogs of parathyroid related peptides (see PCT publication no. WO 94/01460). A variety of these compounds are described and referenced below. However, other parathyroid hormones will be known to those skilled in the art. Exemplary parathyroid hormones are disclosed in the following references.
"Human Parathyroid Peptide Treatment of Vertebral Osteoporosis", Osteoporosis Int., 3, (Supp 1):199-203.
"PTH 1-34 Treatment of Osteoporosis with Added Hormone Replacement Therapy: Biochemical, Kinetic and Histological Responses" Osteoporosis Int.
1:162-170.
Any growth hormone or growth hormone secretagogue may be used as the second compound in certain aspects of this invention. The term growth hormone secretagogue refers to a compound which stimulates the release of growth hormone or mimics the action of growth hormone (e.g., increases bone formation leading to increased bone mass). Such actions are readily determined by those skilled in the art of standard assays well known to those of skill in the art. A variety of these compounds are disclosed in the following published PCT patent applications: WO
95/14666; WO 95113069; WO 94/19367; WO 94/13696; and WO 95/34311.
However, other growth hormones or growth hormone secretagogues will be known to those skilled in the art.
In particular a preferred growth hormone secretagogue is N-[1(R)-[1,2-~ihydro-1-methanesulfonylspiro[3H-indole-3,4'-piperidin]-1'-yl)carbonyl]-2-(phenylmethyloxy)ethyl]-2-amino-2-methylpropanamide: MK-677.
Other preferred growth hormone secretagogues include 2-amino-N-(2-(3a-(R)-benzyl-2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexahydro-pyrazolo-[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)-1-(R)-benzyloxymethyl-2-oxo-ethyl)-isobutyramide or its L-tartaric acid salt;
2-amino-N-( 1-(R)-benzyloxymethyl-2-(3a-(R)-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexahydro-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl)isobutyramide;
2-amino-N-(2-(3a-(R)-benzyl-3-oxo-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexahydro-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)-1-(R)benzyloxymethyl-2-oxo-ethyl)isobutyramide; and 2-amino-N-(1-(2,4-difluoro-benzyloxymethyl)-2-oxo-2-(3-oxo-3a-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexahydro-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)-ethyl)-2-methyl-propionamide.
The term "treating", "treat" or "treatment" as used herein includes preventative (e.g., prophylactic), palliative and curative treatment.
By "pharmaceutically acceptable" it is meant the carrier, diluent, excipients, and/or salts or prodrugs must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
The term "prodrug" means a compound that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of the present invention. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms, such as through hydrolysis in blood. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
For example, when a compound of the present invention contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as (C~-C$)alkyl, (C~-C~2)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N-(C~-C2)alkylamino(C2-C3)alkyl (such as [3-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(C~-C~)alkyl, N,N-di(C~-C~)alkylcarbamoyl-(C~-CZ)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholino(C~-C3)alkyl.
Similarly, when a compound of the present invention comprises an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as (C~-C6)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-((C~-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-((C~-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (C~-C6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(C~-C6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (C~-C6)alkanoyl, a-amino(C~-C4)alkanoyl, arylacyl and a-aminoacyl, or a-aminoacyl-a-aminoacyl, where each a-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH)2, -P(O)(O(C~-C6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate).
When a compound of the present invention comprises an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as Rx-carbonyl, RXO-carbonyl, NRxRx'-carbonyl where Rx and Rx' are each independently (C,-C~°)alkyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl, benzyl, or Rx-carbonyl is a natural a-aminoacyl or natural a-aminoacyl-natural a-aminoacyl, -C(OH)C(O)OYx wherein Yx is H, (C~-C6)alkyl or benzyl), -C(OYx°) Yx' wherein Yxo is (C~-C4) alkyl and Yx' is (C~-C6)alkyl, carboxy(C~-Ca)alkyl, amino(C~-C4)alkyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C6)alkylaminoalkyl, -C(Yx2) Yxa wherein Yx2 is H or methyl and Yx3 is mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-Ca)alkylamino, morpholino, piperidin-1-yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl.
The expression "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to nontoxic anionic salts containing anions such as (but not limited to) chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, oxalate, lactate, tartrate, citrate, gluconate, methanesulfonate and 4-toluene-sulfonate. The expression also refers to nontoxic cationic salts such as (but not limited to) sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium or protonated benzathine (N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine), choline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglamine (N-methyl-glucamine), benethamine (N-benzylphenethylamine), piperazine or tromethamine (2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol).
As used herein, the expressions "reaction inert solvent" and "inert solvent"
refers to a solvent that does not interact with starting materials, reagents, intermediates or products in a manner which adversely affects the yield of the desired product.
It will be recognized that the compounds of this invention can exist in radiolabelled form, i.e., said compounds may contain one or more atoms containing an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number ordinarily found in nature. Radioisotopes of hydrogen, carbon, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine include 3H, '4C, 3zP, 355, 'aF and 3aCl, respectively. Compounds of this invention which contain those radioisotopes and/or other radioisotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Tritiated, i.e., 3H, and carbon-14, i.e.,'4C, radioisotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability.
Radiolabelled compounds of this invention can generally be prepared of methods well known to those skilled in the art. Conveniently, such radiolabelled compounds can be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the above Schemes and/or in the Examples and Preparations below by substituting a readily available radiolabelled reagent for a non-radiolabelled reagent.
It will be recognized by persons of ordinary skill in the art that some of the compounds of this invention have at least one asymmetric carbon atom and therefore are enantiomers or diastereomers. Diasteromeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physicochemical differences by methods known per se as, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diasteromeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., alcohol), separating the diastereomers and .converting (e.g., hydrolyzing, including both chemical hydrolysis methods and microbial lipase hydrolysis methods, e.g., enzyme catalyzed hydrolysis) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. All such isomers, including diastereomers, enantiomers and mixtures thereof are considered as part of this invention.
Also, some of the compounds of this invention are atropisomers (e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention.
In addition, when the compounds of this invention, including the compounds of Formula I, the anti-resorptive agents, bone anabolic agents, prostaglandin agonists/antagonists, parathyroid hormones, growth hormones and growth hormone secretagogues, form hydrates or solvates, they are also within the scope of the invention.
Administration of the compounds of this invention can be via any method that delivers a compound of this invention systemically and/or locally. These methods include oral routes, parenteral, intraduodenal routes, etc. Generally, the compounds of this invention are administered orally, but parenteral administration (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, transdermal, subcutaneous, rectal or intramedullary) may be utilized, for example, where oral administration is inappropriate for the target or where the patient is unable to ingest the drug.
The compounds of this invention may also be applied locally to a site in or on a patient in a suitable carrier or diluent, optionally in combination with one or more of the anabolic agents or anti-resorptive agents described above.
The amount and timing of compounds administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject being treated, on the severity of the affliction, on the manner of administration and on the judgment of the prescribing physician.
Thus, because of patient to patient variability, the dosages given herein are guidelines and the physician may titrate doses of the drug to achieve the treatment that the physician considers appropriate for the patient. In considering the degree of treatment desired, the physician must balance a variety of factors such age of the patient, presence of preexisting disease, as well as presence of other diseases (e.g., cardiovascular disease).
In general an effective dosage for the anabolic agents used in this invention described above is in the range of 0.001 to 100 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.01 to mg/kg/day.
The following paragraphs provide preferred dosage ranges for various anti-resorptive agents.
In general, an effective dosage for an anti-resorptive agent is about 0.001 mg/kg/day to about 20 mg/kg/day.
In general, an effective dosage for progestins is about 0.1 to 10 mg per day;
the preferred dose is about 0.25 to 5 mg per day.
In general, an effective dosage for polyphosphonates is determined by its potency as a bone resorption inhibiting agent of standard assays.
P
Ranges for the daily administration of some polyphosphonates are about 0.001 mg/kg/day to about 20 mg/kg/day.
In general an effective dosage for the treatment of this invention, for example the bone resorption treatment of this invention, for the estrogen agonists/antagonists of this invention is in the range of 0.01 to 200 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.5 to mg/kg/day.
In particular, an effective dosage for raloxifene is in the range of 0.1 to mg/kg/day, preferably 0.1 to 10 mg/kg/day.
In particular, an effective dosage for tamoxifen is in the range of 0.1 to 100 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.1 to 5 mg/kg/day.
In particular, an effective dosage for 2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-yl-ethoxy)-phenoxy]- benzo[b]thiophen-6-of is 0.001 to 1 mg/kg/day.
In particular, an effective dosage for cis-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-(4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
(-)-cis-6-p he nyl-5-(4-(2-pyrro l id i n-1-yl-ethoxy)-ph a nyl )-5, 6, 7, 8-tetra hyd ro-naphthalene-2-ol;
cis-6-phenyl-5-(4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
cis-1-(6'-pyrrolodinoethoxy-3'-pyridyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene;
1-(4'-pyrrolidinoethoxyphenyl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline;
cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-(4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; or 1-(4'-pyrrolidinolethoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline is in the range of 0.0001 to 100 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.001 to 10 mg/kglday.
The compounds of the present invention are generally administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one of the compounds of this invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle or diluent.
Thus, the compounds of this invention can be administered individually or together in any conventional oral, parenteral, rectal or transdermal dosage form.
For oral administration a pharmaceutical composition can take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, and the like.
Tablets containing various excipients such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate and calcium phosphate are employed along with various disintegrants such as starch and preferably potato or tapioca starch and certain complex silicates, together with binding agents such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, gelatin and acacia.
Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc are often very useful for tabletting purposes. Solid compositions of a similar type are also employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules;
preferred materials in this connection also include lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. When aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs are desired for oral administration, the compounds of this invention can be combined with various sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents, as well as such diluents as water, ethanol, propylene glycol, glycerin and various like combinations thereof.
For purposes of parenteral administration, solutions in sesame or peanut oil or in aqueous propylene glycol can be employed, as well as sterile aqueous solutions of the corresponding water-soluble salts. Such aqueous solutions may be suitably buffered, if necessary, and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose. These aqueous solutions are especially suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal injection purposes. In this connection, the sterile aqueous media employed are all readily obtainable by standard techniques well-known to those skilled in the art.
For purposes of transdermal (e.g.,topical) administration, dilute sterile, aqueous or partially aqueous solutions (usually in about 0.1 % to 5%
concentration), otherwise similar to the above parenteral solutions, are prepared.
Methods of preparing various pharmaceutical compositions with a certain amount of active ingredient are known, or will be apparent in light of this disclosure, to those skilled in this art. For examples of methods of preparing pharmaceutical compositions, see Reminaton's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Maok Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 19th Edition (1995).
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may contain 0.1 %-95% of the compounds) of this invention, preferably 1 °l°-70%. In any event, the composition or formulation to be administered will contain a quantity of a compounds) of this invention in an amount effective to treat the disease/condition of the subject being treated.
The present invention can also be administered using an injectable, flowable composition that provides sustained release at the local site of the injection by forming a biodegradable solid or gel depot, matrix or implant. An example of such an administration system is an EPz selective receptor agonist compound in a slow-release biodegradable polymer based delivery system.
The polymer based delivery system contains EP2 selective receptor agonist compound, and optionally any additional therapeutically useful compounds, dissolved or dispersed in biodegradable, thermoplastic polymer solution or dispersion in an organic solvent. Upon injection of the flowable composition, the organic solvent diffuses away from the injection site, causing the polymer to precipitate or gel;
thereby entrapping the compound in a sustained-release depot. The compound is subsequently released by diffusion from, and erosion of, the polymeric matrix.
The polymeric matrix slowly erodes by hydrolysis and eventually disappears from the site of administration. The molecular weight and concentration of the polymer can control the in vivo release of the compound as well as the degradation rate of the matrix.
The polymer based delivery system provides sustained release of an EP2 selective receptor agonist compound in vivo for a sustained period of time with minimum or reduced burst in a patient in need thereof. A large burst of compound would result in poor local toleration due to local effects of the compound (e.g., irritation) and would minimize the amount of compound available for efficacy.
The advantages this administration method is that it minimizes or reduces the initial burst, but still delivers compound at efficacious levels for a sustained period of time upon a single local injection.
The polymer system is prepared by contacting the flowable composition with a gelation medium to coagulate or gel the composition into a solid, microporous polymeric matrix or a gel polymeric matrix. The flowable composition contains a thermoplastic polymer or copolymer in combination with a suitable solvent. The polymers or copolymers, which form the body of the matrix, are substantially insoluble, preferably essentially completely insoluble, in water and body fluids. The insolubility of the matrix body enables it to function as a single site for the controlled release of the EPA selective receptor agonist compound. The polymers or copolymers also are biocompatible and biodegradable and/or bioerodible within the body of an animal, e.g., mammal. The biodegradation enables the patient to metabolize the polymer matrix so that it can be excreted by the patient without the need for further surgery to remove it. Because the flowable composition and polymer system are biocompatible, the insertion process and the presence of the polymer system within the body do not cause substantial tissue irritation or necrosis at the implant site. The composition of the present invention is administered as a flowable composition directly into body tissues.
Suitable thermoplastic polymers for incorporation into the solid matrix of the controlled release polymer system are solids, pharmaceutically compatible and biodegradable by cellular action and/or by the action of body fluids. Examples of appropriate thermoplastic polymers include polyesters of diols and dicarboxylic acids or of hydroxycarboxylic acids, such as polylactides, polyglycolides and copolymers thereof. More preferably the polymer is the copolymer, poly-lactic-co-glycolic acid (abbreviated PLGH), which upon hydrolysis, produces lactic and glycolic acid. The burst of release of this copolymer can be minimized further by the addition of polyethylene glycol (PEG) to form the PEG end-capped PLGH.
Preferred materials for use in the present invention are the polylactides, polyglycolides and copolymers thereof. These polymers can be used to advantage in the polymer system in part because they show excellent biocompatibility.
They produce little, if any, tissue irritation, inflammation, necrosis or toxicity.
In the presence of water, these polymers produce lactic and glycolic acid, respectively, which are readily metabolized by the body. The polylactides can also incorporate glycolide monomer to enhance the resulting polymer's degradation. These polymers can also be used because they effectively control the rate of release of the EPA selective receptor agonist compound from the polymer system, and because they result in the local retention of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound at the site of the site of administration.
The solubility or miscibility of a thermoplastic polymer in the organic solvent of the composition will vary according to factors such as crystallinity, hydrophilicity, capacity for hydrogen bonding and molecular weight of the polymer.
Consequently, the molecular weight and the concentration of the polymer in the solvent are adjusted to achieve desired miscibility, as well as a desired release rate for the incorporated EPA selective receptor agonist compound.
The flowable composition of thermoplastic polymer, solvent and the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound is a stable flowable substance. A
homogenous solution of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound in an organic solvent preferably results. The thermoplastic polymer is substantially soluble in the organic solvent. Upon placement of the flowable composition into the body, the solvent will dissipate and the polymer will solidify or gel to form the polymer system having the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound within a solid or gel polymeric matrix.
It has been discovered that the molecular weight of the polymer used distinctly affects the rate of release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound and the rate of degradation of the polymer from the site as long as the flowable composition has been used as an intermediate.
For certain preferred polymers for use in the present invention, the molecular weight of the polymer or copolymer is adjusted to be within a range of about 0.2 to about 0.4 inherent viscosity (I.V. in deciliters/g) for effective sustained release of the bone growth promoting compound. The typical rate of release of the incorporated bone growth promoting compound occurs at an I.V. of about 0.2 (about 8,000 to about 16,000 molecular weight) or about 0.3 (about 23,000 to about 45,000 molecular weight) but can vary depending on the particular components of the composition. For most systems, it is preferred to adjust the molecular weight of the polymer to about 0.2 I.V. for an effective sustained release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound. The unit of measure for the molecular weight is daltons.
For a poly(DL-lactide) or a lactide-co-glycolide polymer system, the desired molecular weight range is about 0.2 to about 0.4 I.V., with an I.V. of about 0.2 being most preferred. The molecular weight of a polymer can be varied by any of a variety of methods. The choice of method is typically determined by the type of polymer composition. The preferred polymers for use are commercially available.
Highly preferred thermoplastic polymers for use in the present invention are the following: PLGH copolymer with 1:1 ratio of lactic and glycolic acid with an inherent viscosity of about 0.2 dl/g (commercially available from Boehringer Ingelheim as Copolymer RESOMER~ RG 502 H) (about 12,000 molecular weight); PLGH
copolymer with 1:1 rafiio of lactic and glycolic acid with an inherent viscosity of about 0.3 dl/g (commercially available from Boehringer Ingelheim as Copolymer RESOMER~ RG 503 H)(about 37,000 molecular weight); PLGH copolymer with 1:1 ratio of lactic and glycolic acid with an inherent viscosity of about 0.4 dl/g (commercially available from Boehringer Ingelheim as Copolymer RESOMER~ RG
504 H) (about 47,000 molecular weight); and polyethylene glycol (PEG) end-capped PLGH copolymer with 1:1 ratio of lactic and glycolic acid with an inherent viscosity of about 0.79 dl/g (commercially available from Boehringer Ingelheim as PLG-PEG) (about 52,000 molecular weight).
By appropriate choice of the polymer molecular weight and viscosity, the rate and extent of release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound from the polymer system can be varied from very fast to very slow. For example, according to the present invention, the release rate of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, sodium salt, can be slowed to produce substantially complete release of the compound within about seven days.
With the use of a greater viscosity of polymer according to the present invention, the period of time can be increased to about fourteen days. The desired release rate of the EPA selective receptor agonist compound will depend on several factors, such as the species of animal being treated as well as the specific condition being treated.
The concentration of the polymer in the system can also be varied to adjust the release rate of the incorporated EPZ selective receptor agonist compound. It has been discovered that the more dilute the polymer concentration, the more readily the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound compound will be released. This effect can be used in combination with other methods to more effectively control the release of the incorporated EP2 selective receptor agonist compound as desired. For example, by adjusting the concentration of the polymer and ~EP~ selective receptor agonist compound, if desired, a wide range of release rates can be obtained The solvents used in the thermoplastic compositions of the present invention are preferably pharmaceutically acceptable, biocompatible and will dissipate into body fluid in situ such that they may be classed as having a solubility in water ranging from highly soluble to insoluble. Preferably, they cause relatively little, if any, tissue irritation or necrosis at the site of the injection and implantation.
Preferably, the solvent may have at least a minimal degree of water solubility.
When the organic solvent is water insoluble or is minimally soluble in water, the solvent will slowly disperse from the flowable polymeric composition. The result will be an implant that during the course of its life may contain a varying amount of residual solvent. Especially preferably, the organic solvent has a moderate to high degree of water solubility so that it will facilely disperse from the polymeric composition into the body fluids. Most preferably, the solvent disperses rapidly from the polymeric composition so as to quickly form a solid implant. Concomitant with the dispersion of solvent, the thermoplastic polymer coagulates or gels into the solid polymer system. Preferably, as the thermoplastic polymer coagulates, the solvent dispersion causes pore formation within the polymer system. As a result, the flowable composition containing thermoplastic polymer, solvent and EP2 selective receptor agonist compound will form a porous solid polymer system. Also, when the solvent is slightly water soluble or is water insoluble, the solvent dispersion may result in the formation of a solid porous implant, or if some solvent remains with the implant, the result may be formation of a gel implant having few or no pores.
Suitable solvents include those liquid organic compounds meeting the foregoing criteria. The preferred solvent for use in the present invention is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) due, at least in part, to its solvating ability and its biocompatibility.
The solvents for the thermoplastic polymer flowable compositions are chosen for compatibility and appropriate solubility of the polymer and solvent. Lower molecular weight thermoplastic polymers will normally dissolve more readily in the solvents than high molecular weight polymers. As a result, the concentration of a thermoplastic polymer dissolved in the various solvents differs depending upon type of polymer and its molecular weight. Conversely, the higher molecular weight thermoplastic polymers will tend to coagulate, gel or solidify faster than the very low molecular weight thermoplastic polymers. Moreover, the higher molecular weight polymers tend to give higher solution viscosities than the low molecular weight materials. Thus, for advantageous injection efficiency, in addition to advantageous release rate, the molecular weight and the concentration of the polymer in the solvent are controlled.
Upon formation of the polymer system from the flowable composition, the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound becomes incorporated into the polymer matrix.
After insertion of the flowable composition to form in situ the polymer system, the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound will be released from the matrix into the adjacent tissues or fluids by diffusion and polymer degradation mechanisms.
Manipulation of these mechanisms also can influence the release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound into the surroundings at a controlled rate. For example, the polymer matrix can be formulated to degrade after an effective and/or substantial amount of the EPZ selective receptor agonist compound is released from the matrix. Thus, the release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound from the matrix can be varied by, for example, the solubility of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound in water, the distribution of the bone growth promoting compound within the matrix, or the size, shape, porosity, solubility and biodegradability of the polymer matrix, among other factors. The release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound from the matrix is controlled relative to its inherent rate by varying the polymer molecular weight to provide a desired duration and rate of release.
For example, a preferred dosage form of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound, (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, is a lyophile of the sodium salt to be reconstituted with a solution of PLGH
in NMP before administration. The dosage form, consisting of the lyophilized compound in one syringe (syringe A) and a solution of PLGH in NMP in a second syringe (syringe B), is known as the AlB reconstitution system. The contents of both syringes are mixed together immediately prior to dose delivery at or near site. After reconstitution, the contents are transferred into a graduated dosing syringe for delivery. The administered dosage forms will be a solution and will result in the dispersion of the compound with PLGH in NMP at desired strengths of, for example, 5 and 50 mgA/ml (mgA/ml refers to the free acid equivalent of the sodium salt form of the compound). The dosage form is a parenteral (e.g., subcutaneous, intramuscular or intramedullary) sustained release injection for local administration. This compound in a slow-release polymer matrix (depot injection) is designed for administration at or near a site, and is not intended for intravenous administration. To provide adequate shelf-life stability for the dosage form, a two-syringe system (A/B), as described above, may be used, preferably with the sodium salt form of the compound. A
uniphase formulation, preferably with the free acid form of the compound, is a preferred alternative formulation. Based on the compound and polymer stability, sterile filtration of the compound and irradiation of the polymer solution may be preferred for manufacturing a stable sterile product. In one embodiment, the dosage form can be manufactured and shipped as separate aluminum pouches containing syringes filled with the lyophile form of the compound in one pouch and the polymer solution in the other pouch. Delivery containers, systems and methods for the lyophilization of the bone growth promoting compounds of the present invention to prepare pharmaceutical compositions and kits are described in published International patent application WO 01!73363.
EXAMPLE A
To obtain dosage form at strengths of 5 and 50 mgA/ml, the following combinations A) and B) of lyophile and polymer syringe, respectively, were used:
A) 5 mgA/ml (upon reconstitution) of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, sodium salt formulation:
Drug Syringe A contained 4 mgA of the sodium salt lyophile in 1.25 ml male syringe without graduations; and Vehicle Syringe B contained 0.8 ml 50% RG502H/50%NMP solution in 1.25 ml female syringe without graduations.
B) 50 mgA/ml (upon reconstitution) of (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, sodium salt formulation:
Drug Syringe A contained 40 mgA of the sodium salt lyophile in 1.25 ml male (fat) B-D syringe without graduations; and Vehicle Syringe B contained 0.8 ml 50% RG502H/50% NMP solution in 1.25 ml female (thin) syringe without graduations.
MgA refers to free acid equivalent of the sodium salt form of the compound;
The percentages used in these examples are based on the weight of the indicated ingredients;
RG502H is a PLGH copolymer with 1:1 ratio of lactic and glycolic acid with inherent viscosity of 0.2 dl/gm, which is commercially available such as from Boehringer Ingelheim as Copolymer RESOMER~ RG 502 H.
50% RG502H/50% NMP with 5 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed A/B
(polymer solution autoclaved, compound lyophilized) 50% RG502H/50% NMP with 10 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed A/B
(polymer solution irradiated, compound lyophilized) 50% RG502H/50% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of {3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed A/B
(polymer solution irradiated, compound lyophilized) 47% RG502H/3% PLG-PEG/50% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, uniphase 47% RG503H13% PLG-PEG/50% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, uniphase 45% RG504H/55% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tart-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, uniphase 37% RG503H/63% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of(3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed AlB
(polymer solution autoclaved, compound lyophilized) 37% RG503H/63% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed A/B
(polymer solution irradiated, compound lyophilized) 50% RG502H/50°/~ NMP with 5 mgA/ml of (3-(((4-tart-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, uniphase.
Further exemplification of the polymer matrix delivery system described above can be found in U.S. provisional patent application No 60/337,255, filed November 30, 2001.
In a preferred administration system, syringe A contains the lyophile of the sodium salt of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid which in made to result in 4 mg per syrinige or 40 mg per syringe. Syringe B contains Resomer 502H, 50:50 Poly(D,L lactide-co-glycolide), (50,50 PLGH) and N-methyl-2-pyrroliddone (NMP) The dose using the above describe A/B syringe system can vary widely and is deterimed by the disese being treated among other factors. A preffered dose range includes 0.5mgA up to about 100mgA. In syringes containing 50mgA/ml, preferred doses include 0.1 ml, 0.2m1, 0.6m1 and 2m1. In syringes contianing SmgA/ml, preferred doses include 0.1 ml, 0.2m1, 0,3m1, 0.6 and 2m1.
Other methods of administration of an EP2 selective receptor agonist include local administration by injection to a particular site or delivery by a catheter to a site.
Additional examples can be found in U.S. provisional patent application number 60/335,156, filed November 30, 2001.
GENERAL EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES
In general the compounds of this invention can be made by processes which include processes known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein. Certain processes for the manufacture of the compounds of this invention are provided as further features of the invention and are illustrated by the following reaction schemes. Other processes are described in the experimental section.
Some substituents (e.g., carboxyl) may best be prepared through conversion of another functional group (e.g., carboxyl substituents may be prepared through conversion of, e.g., hydroxyl or carboxaldehyde) at a point later in the synthetic sequence.
Compounds of Formula I wherein B is nitrogen may be prepared using methods described in SCHEMES 1-5. These methods include (a) sequential alkylation of a sulfonamide or amide with two appropriate alkylating agents, generally alkyl halides or alkyl sulfonates; (b) alkylation of a sulfonamide or amide with an alkyl halide or alkyl sulfonate; or (c) reductive amination of an aldehyde followed by reaction with an acylating agent such as an acyl chloride, a chloroformate, an isocyanate or a chlorocarbonyl amide; or a sulfonylating agent such as a sulfonyl chloride. When perForming sequential alkylation, one of the alkylating agents will contain a Q-Z portion, where the Z portion is suitably protected if necessary, and the other alkylating agent will contain a K-M portion, where any functional groups requiring protection are suitably protected. The order of the alkylation, i.e., whether the alkylating agent containing the Q-Z portion is added first or second, will depend upon the reactivity of the electrophilic side chain. When performing a reductive amination, the Q-Z portion may be attached to either the amine reagent or the aldehyde reagent depending upon the ease of preparation of the reagent and the reactivity of the reagents in the reductive amination reaction. The reductive amination is followed by acylation or sulfonylation with an appropriate acylating agent or sulfonyl chloride and, if desired the product is hydrolysed. The starting materials, including amines, aldehydes and alkylating agents, are prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art. Certain preferred methods for their preparation are described herein.
For example, compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared of the methods set forth in SCHEMES 1 and 2 below. In general, the sequences involve sequential alkylation of an appropriate sulfonamide of Formula 1 or amide of Formula 1 with two appropriate alkyl halides or alkyl sulfonates. SCHEMES 1 and 2 differ only in the order of addition of the two alkylating agents. The alkylation order is typically chosen depending on the reactivity of the electrophilic side-chain. It is generally preferable to react the less reactive electrophilic side chain first. This reduces the amount of dialkylation which occurs in that first alkylation step, thereby resulting in a greater yield of monoalkylated material to be carried on to the next alkylation. In SCHEMES 1 and 2, one of the alkylating agents contains a carboxylic acid or a carboxylic acid isostere, suitably protected with an appropriate protecting group, if necessary. Further, in SCHEMES 1 and 2, the carboxylic acid precursor of Formula 3 is a carboxylic acid ester where R is a suitable carboxylic acid protecting group.
Generally, the protecting group is either a straight chain lower alkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl, or a terfi-butyl or phenyl group. ~ther acid isosteres can be employed by appropriately modifying SCHEMES 1 and 2 of methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., see SCHEME 6 which sets forth the preparation of a tetrazole).
Typical alkylating agents are primary, secondary,' benzylic or allylic halides and sulfonates and are preferably alkyl bromides or alkyl iodides.
The Formula 1 sulfonamide or amide is converted to its anion with a strong base such as sodium hydride, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium tert-butoxide, etc. in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran or N,N-dimethylformamide/benzene at a temperature of about -78°C to about 100°C. The resulting anion is alkylated with an appropriate alkyl halide of Formula 2 or 3 or an appropriate alkyl sulfonate of Formula 2 or 3, wherein X' is the halide or sulfonate portion of the alkylating agent, at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100°C to yield the corresponding mono-alkylated compound of Formula 4 or 5. In some cases, varying amounts of a side-product resulting from dialkylation of the amide or sulfonamide are obtained and can be removed using chromatographic techniques, preferably by flash chromatography (W.C. Still, M. Kahn, A. Mitra, J. Org.
Chem. 43, 2923, 1978). After the first alkylation is complete, the compound of Formula 4 or 5 is converted to an anion using a suitable base such as sodium hydride, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium diisopropylamide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium tent-butoxide, or potassium carbonate in an aprotic solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, N,N- dimethylformamide/benzene, or acetone at a temperature of about -78°C to about 100°C. Alkylation of the anion with an appropriate second alkyl halide of OFormula 3 or 2 or alkyl sulfonate of Formula 3 or 2 provides the corresponding diafkylated compound of Formula 6. When R is methyl or ethyl, the ester of Formula 6 is hydrolyzed to the corresponding carboxylic acid of Formula I with a dilute aqueous basic solution. This hydrolysis is preferably carried out using sodium or potassium hydroxide in aqueous methanol or ethanol, lithium hydroxide in aqueous alcoholic solvent or aqueous tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C. Alternatively, the hydrolysis may be carried out by using methods well known to those skilled in the art, for example, methods described in "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis," Second Edition, T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991.
1. Base 1. Base X'-K-M 2. X'-G-C02R
G-A ~ -Q-COZR 1. NaOH G-A- ~ -Q-C02H
K-M 2~ H30~' K-M
1. Base 1. Base 1 2. X' C~-GOZR 2. X' K-M
G-A-N-Q-COZR 1. NaOH G--A-N-O-COzH
-M 2. H30+
K-M
Compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are also prepared from amines as set forth in SCHEMES 3-4. Generally, the appropriate amine starting materials of Formulas 9 and 10 are commercially obtained or can be prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art {see "The Chemistry of Amino, Nitroso and Nitro Compounds and their ~erivatives," Ed. S. Patai, J. Wiley, New York, 1982). For example, the amine starting materials are prepared from the corresponding nitrites of Formulas 7 or 8. Said nitrites are available from. commercial sources or can be prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art {see Rappaport, "The Chemistry of the Cyano Group," Interscience, New York, 1970 or Patai and Rappaport, "The Chemistry of Functional Groups," pt. 2, Wiley, New York, 1983). The nitrite of Formula 7 or 8 is reduced with a reducing agenfi such as borane-tetrahydrofuran complex, borane-methyl sulfide complex or lithium aluminum hydride in an aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether at a temperature of about -78°C to about 60°C. Alternatively, the nitrite is hydrogenated under a hydrogen atmosphere typically at 0 to 50 psi in the presence of Raney nickel or a platinum or palladium catalyst in a protic solvent such as methanol or ethanol at a temperature of about 0°C to about 50°C. It may be desired to add an equivalent of an acid, such as hydrogen chloride, to accomplish the reduction. The amine of Formula 9 or 10 thus obtained is converted to the sulfonamide of Formula 11 or 12 by sulfonylation with a sulfonyl chloride or said amine is converted to an amide of Formula 11 or 12 by acylation with an appropriate acyl chloride. Both the sulfonylation reactions and the acylation reactions are generally carried out in the presence of a weak base such as triethylamine, pyridine, or 4-methylmorpholine in an aprotic solvent such as methylene chloride or diethyl ether at a temperature of about -20°C to about 50°C. Alternatively, coupling of amines of Formulas 9 or 10 with carboxylic acids are conveniently carried out in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane or N,N-dimethylformamide by a coupling reagent such as 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl )-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) or 1, 3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) in the presence of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBT) to generate compounds of Formulas 11 or 12. Where the amine is present as the hydrochloride or other salt, it is preferable to add one equivalent of a suitable base such as triethylamine to the reaction mixture. Alternatively, the coupling can be effected with a coupling reagent such as benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP) in an inert solvent such as methanol.
Such coupling reactions are generally conducted at temperatures of about -30°C to about 80°C, preferably 0°C to about 25°C. For a discussion of other conditions used for coupling peptides see Houben-Weyl, Vol. XV, part ll, E. Wunsch, Ed., George Theime Verlag, 1974, Stuttgart. Alkylation and if desired, deprotection, of the Formula 11 or 12 compound as described in SCHEMES 1 and 2 affords the corresponding acid Formula 13 and 14 compound. The compounds of Formulas 11 and 12 are alkylated in a manner analogous to the alkylation of the compounds of Formulas 1, 4 and 5 of SCHEMES 1 and 2 hereinabove. The alkylated products are deprotected, if necessary, to afford the compounds of Formulas 13 and 14.
The amines of Formulas 9 and 10 are also prepared via reduction of an appropriate amide of Formulas 15 and 16. This reduction is achieved using reagents such as a borane-tetrahydrofuran complex, a borane-methyl sulfide complex, or diisobutyaluminum hydride in an aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether at a temperature of about -78°C to about 60°C.
The amines of Formulas 9 and 10 are also obtained from the corresponding nitro precursors by reduction of the nitro group using reducing reagents such as zinc/HCI, hydrogenation in the presence of Raney nickel, palladium, or platinum catalysts, and other reagents as described by P.N. Rylander in "Hydrogenation Methods," Academic Press, New York, 1985.
O
~ M
H2N/ 'K/
[H]
N~ M [H] ~ ~ / M
j H2N K
K
7 g GACI
Base G A N Q-CO~H 1. Base 2. ?C' Q CO2R G~A~N~K/M
K
13 I 3. Hydrolysis 11 M
O
~ Z
H N- 'Q/
(H]
N~ Z (~ ~, / Z
Q
GACI
Base /COSH
G A N Q 1. Base K M 2. X' K M ~A~N~Q/Z
G H
14 3. Hydrolysis 12 Amines and alkylating agents useful for the above syntheses are described and prepared as set forth in the section entitled PREPARATIONS below, 5 Alternatively, the compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared by reductive amination of an aldehyde containing the appropriate suitably protected acidic functionality with an amine. This sequence is set forth in SCHEME 5.
Alternatively, the amine may contain the appropriate suitably protected acidic functionality.
10 The reductive amination is typically carried out at a pH of between 6 and 8, using a reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The reaction is normally performed in a protic solvent such as methanol or ethanol at temperatures of about -78°C to about 40°C. (e.g., see A.
Abdel-Magid, C. Maryanoff, K. Carson, Tetrahedron Lett. 39, 31, 5595-5598, 1990.) The reductive amination reaction may also be carried out using titanium isopropoxide and sodium cyanoborohydride (R.J. Mattson et al, J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 2552-4) or by preformation of the imine under dehydrating conditions followed by reduction, The resulting amine of Formulas 42 and 42A, is transformed to the desired amide or sulfonamide by coupling with an acid chloride, sulfonyl chloride, or carboxylic acid as set forth in SCHEMES 3 and 4. if desired, the amine intermediate of Formulas 42 or 42A may be converted to a urethane by treatment ~ivith a chloroformate or to a tetrasubstituted urea by treatment with a chlorocarbonyl amide. These reactions are performed in the presence of a weak base such as triethylamine, pyridine, or 4-methylmorpholine in an aprotic solvent such as methylene chloride or diethyl ether at a temperature of about -20°C to about 50°C. Conversion of the amine of Formulas 42 or 42A to a trisubstituted urea is accomplished by treatment with an isocyanate in an apratic solvent such as methylene chloride or diethyl ether at temperatures ranging between -20°C and 50°C (for example, see SCHEME 5A). In cases where the amine is present as the hydrochloride salt, it is preferable to add an equivalent of a suitable base such as triethylamine to the reaction. If desired, hydrolysis of the resulting sulfonamide or amide provides the corresponding acid.
+ fHl OHC-K-M K
M
GACI
Base A
G/ \N-Q-C02H /A~' 1. NaOH G N-Q-C02R
E
2. H30+
K
M I
M
A
G/ \N~Q-C02H E 1. NaOH A~
2. H30~ G~ ~ Q--'COZR
K
\M . KIM
GACI
Base H2N-K M HN~Q-C02R
+ - ~H.-~ \
K
A
HN Q C02R GANCO G~ ~N Q C02R
K
M
M
1. NaOH
2. H 3O+
A
G~ ~N Q C02H
K
M
Aldehydes useful in the above SCHEME 5 are described and prepared as set forth in the section entitled PREPARATIONS below.
Compounds of Formula I where 13 is N and ~ is tetrazolyl are prepared as set forth in SCHEME 6. A sulfonamide or amide of Formula 4 is alkylated with the appropriate alkyl halide or sulfonate (wherein X' is halide or sulfonate), preferably a primary, secondary, benzylic, or allylic alkyl bromide, iodide, or sulfonate, which contains a nitrite to provide a nitrite of Formula 59. This alkylation is achieved by treatment of the sulfonamide or amide of Formula 59 with a base such as sodium hydride, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium tert-butoxide, or potassium carbonate in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylformamide/benzene, or acetone followed by reaction of the resulting anion with a suitable alkylating agent. Alkylation occurs at a temperature of about -78°C to about 100°C. A preferred method for converting the resulting nitrite of Formula 59 to the tetrazole of Formula 60 is treatment of the alkylated nitrite with dibutyltin oxide and trimethylsilylazide, in refluxing toluene (S.J.
Wittenberger and B.G. Donner, J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 4139-4141, 1993). For a review of alternative preparations of tetrazoles see R.N. Butler, Tetrazoles, In Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry; Potts, K.T. Ed.; Pergamon Press: Oxford, 1984, Vol. 5, pp 791-838.
1. Base G-A-N-K-M -----~ G-A ~ -Q-CN
H 2~Q-CN
4 K~
(Bu3Sn)2O
toluene N~
G-A-N-Q ~ I
HN~N
KIM
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as set forth in SCHEME 7. Thus, esters of Formula 46 are prepared using the 10 procedures described above in SCHEMES 1 and 2. Subsequent Heck coupling of this intermediate to an arylhalide (preferably an aryl bromide or aryl iodide), an aryl triflate, or a ring system which contains a vinyl bromide, iodide, or triflate is accomplished with a palladium catalyst, such as palladium acetate or tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) in the presence of a trialkylamine, such as 15 triethylamine. In some cases, an additive such as a triarylphosphine or triarylarsene may be added to the reaction. The reaction is typically performed in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide or acetonitrile at a temperature of about 0°C to about 150°C (see R.F. Heck in Comp. Org. Syn., Vol. 4, Ch. 4.3, p. 833 or Daves and Hallberg, Chem. Rev. 1989, 89, 1433). If desired, the compound of Formula 47 can be hydrolyzed to the corresponding acid. Alternatively, the compound of Formula 47 can be hydrogenated and, if desired, further hydrolyzed to the corresponding acid of Formula 49. Hydrogenation is preferably achieved under a hydrogen atmosphere typically at 0 to 50 psi in the presence of a palladium or platinum catalyst in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol or methanol at a temperature of about 0°C to about 50°C. In cases where M represents a partially saturated ring system, hydrogenation will generate a fully saturated ring system.
G A N-Q C02R Tf0-M
or G A N Q COZR
halo M
C
palladium catalyst amine 1. H2, catalyst G A N Q-C02H 2. Hydrolysis n M
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 8. Compounds of Formula 51 are prepared as described in SCHEMES 1 and 2 by alkylation of compounds of Formula 5 with an electrophile of Formula 2 which contains the appropriate functionality on the M ring. At least one of the substituents on the M ring must be suitable for subsequent conversion to an aldehyde. For example, electrophiles of Formula 2 containing a protected alcohol on the M ring may be alkylated and then deprotected and oxidized to the aldehyde, using reagents well known to those skilled in the art, to generate compounds of Formula 51. An alternative method is to alkylate with an electrophile of Formula 2 where M contains a vinyl group. After alkylation, oxidative cleavage of the double bond provides the desired aldehyde of Formula 51. The oxidative cleavage is accomplished by transforming the double bond to the 1,2-diol with catalytic osmium tetroxide and N-methylmorpholine followed by oxidative cleavage to the aldehyde using sodium periodate. Alternatively, oxidative cleavage via ozonolysis followed by reduction using reagents such as methyl sulfide, triphenylphosphine, zinc/acetic acid, or thiourea, generates the desired aldehyde of Formula 51. Addition of LMetal where LMetal is any organometallic reagent such as an organolithium or a Grignard reagent in an aprotic solvent such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about -78°C to about 80°C, followed by hydrolysis of the ester as described above, provides the desired compound of Formula 50.
G-A ~ -Q-C02R G-A N Q-C02H
1. LMetal ~ ~ M 2. Hydrolysis I M
CHO
HO L
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 9. The appropriate sulfonamide or amide of Formula 5 is alkylated using the conditions described in SCHEMES 1 and 2. The alkylating agent is an electrophile which contains an aromatic bromide or iodide or a ring system which contains a vinyl bromide or iodide (Ar') to provide compounds of Formula 53.
Suzuki-type coupling of the compound of Formula 53 thus obtained with an aryl boronic acid (Arz) provides Formula 53a compounds. For a review of the Suzuki reaction see A.R. Martin and Y. Yang in Acta Chem. Scand. 1993, 47, 221. The coupling reaction is achieved using about two equivalents of a base, such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, thallium hydroxide or potassium phosphate, in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), palladium acetate, palladium chloride, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) or [1,4-bis(diphenylphosphine)butane]palladium(0). The reaction may be run in an aqueous alcoholic solvent such as methanol or ethanol; or in other aqueous solvents such as aqueous tetrahydrofuran, aqueous acetone, aqueous glycol dimethyl ether, or aqueous benzene at temperatures ranging from about 0°C to about 120°C. When Are is a partially saturated ring, reduction of the ring to provide a saturated ring system may, if desired, be perFormed at this point. This transformation is achieved by hydrogenating the partially saturated ring in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium or platinum in an alcoholic solvent (ethanol or methanol) and/or ethyl acetate. Ester hydrolysis of compounds of Formulas 53 or 53a, if desired, provides the corresponding acid. The resulting acids may contain functional groups on either of the ring systems (Ar' or Arz) which can be modified using methods well known to those skilled in the art. Examples of such modifications are shown in SCHEME
10.
1. NaH
G-A-H-Q-C02R ~. G-A- ~ -Q-C02R
5 / K ~ ~ ~Br' l~ K
X' Are \Ar~ 53 Br, I
Ar2B(OH)2 Pd catalyst base G-A- ~ -Q-C02R
K ~Ar~
I 53a Arz Compounds of Formula 54 which contain an aldehyde functional group are prepared using methods described in SCHEMES 8 and 9. Of SCHEME 10, treatment of a compound of Formula 54 with an appropriate organometallic reagent (LMetal), such as an organolithium or Grignard reagent, in an aprotic solvent such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about -78°C to about 80°C, followed by hydrolysis of the ester, provides compounds of Formula 56.
Alternatively, reduction of the aldehyde followed by hydrolysis provides Formula 55 compounds.
G-A ~ Q-C02R , 1. [H-]
~~Ar~ 2. Hydrolysis r W A~~ H OH
1. LMetal 2. Hydrolysis G A N Q-C02H
I< ~,Ar~
OH
L
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 11. The starting alcohols of Formula 58 are prepared of methods well known to persons skilled in the art, for example, by using methods described in SCHEMES 1 and 2. It will be recognized by a person of ordinary skill in the art that protecting groups may be required in the synthesis of certain of these alcohols. Intermediate 58 is coupled with a variety of aryl alcohofs (M is as defined above) using Mitsonobu coupling conditions (for a review see O. Mitsonobu, Synthesis, 1, 1981 ). Typically the coupling is achieved by addition of a coupling agent such as triphenylphosphine and diethyl azodicarboxylate or diisopropyl azodicarboxylate in an inert solvent such as methylene chloride or tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C. If desired, subsequent hydrolysis yields the corresponding acid.
A A
G~ ~N Q C02R G~ ~N-Q-C02R
PPh3 + M-DH m pH DEAD
58 ~ 57 M
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 12. A compound of Formula 1fl2 is added to a compound of Formula 105 (wherein X is as defined above for the compound of Formula I) in the presence of a Lewis acid such as titanium tetrachloride or a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid. If desired the ester of Formula 106 can be converted to the corresponding acid by hydrolysis or deprotection.
-N ~ C02R ~ewis Acid X n C02R
CI X
---~ A-N
G ~ ~ or H+ /
~ M 105 G
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula 1 wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 13. Chloromethyl compounds of Formula 104 are treated with the appropriate substituted aromatic ring system, M, such as 4-ethoxybenzene or thiophene in the presence of a Lewis acid such as titanium tetrachloride or a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid in an aprotic solvent such as chloroform at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C to yield compounds of Formula 107 which may subsequently be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to yield the corresponding carboxylic acids. Alternatively, chloromethyl compounds of Formula 104 can be treated with a Lewis acid such as titanium tetrachloride and an appropriately substituted vinyl silane in an aprotic solvent such as methylene chloride at a temperature of about -50°C to about 50°C to give compounds of Formula 108. If desired, the compounds of Formula 108 may subsequently be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to yield the corresponding acid. If desired, reduction of the double bond can be accomplished using conditions described in SCHEME 7.
~ G A N Q-C02R
Lewis acid CI
M
Lewis Acid G A N-Q C02R
M
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 14. Chloromethyl compounds of Formula 104 are treated with a Lewis acid such as titanium tetrachloride and an appropriately substituted allyl silane in an aprotic solvent such as chloroform at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C to give compounds of Formula 109 which may subsequently be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to afford the corresponding carboxylic acids.
G A N Q CO~R ~ewis Acid CI
+ M
TMS 1 U~
M
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 15. Chloromethyl compounds of Formula 104 are treated with a sulfinic acid of Formula 111 in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in an aprotic solvent such as chloroform at a temperature of about -30°C to about 50°C to give compounds of Formula 112 which may subsequently be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to yield the corresponding acid.
G A N Q CO~R
G A N Q COZR base e.g. Et3N
CI ~ 02 M
+ 112 Formula I compounds wherein B is C(H) and Q, G, M and K are as described above in the Summary of the Invention can be prepared of SCHEME 16. Formula 113 beta-ketoesters are alkylated sequentially with Formula 114 compounds to form _78_ Formula 115 compounds followed by alkylation with Formula 116 compounds to give Formula 117 compounds (J. Med. Chem. 26, 1993, p335-41 ). Alkylations can be carried out in a suitable solvent such as DMF, THF, ether, or benzene using an appropriate base such as sodium hydride, LDA, or potassium carbonate at a temperature of about -78°C to about 80°C. The resulting Formula 117 disubstituted keto esters are hydrolyzed and decarboxylated to give the corresponding Formula 118 compound by using an aqueous base such as sodium hydroxide to hydrolyze the ester, followed by an acidic quench such as with aqueous hydrochloric acid to effect decarboxylation.
O O
O O
Base e.g. NaH . K ~, / R > G ~~O/ R + X~ M
O
Q O X'=Br, CI, I, OMs 113 ~R
+ 11G
O O
X' R 115 Q O~
X'=Br, CI, I, OMs Base e.g. NaH
O O O
Q OH 1 ) NaOH G / R' 'O
2) H+ K
K'M O ~ ~ O~R
I
O
_79_ Alternatively, Formula I compounds wherein B is C(H) and G, Q, M and K are as described above in the Summary of the Invention may be prepared of SCHEME
17. Sequential alkylation of a malonate derivative of Formula 119 provides the Formula 121 dialkylated compound. Deprotection of the ester group by treatment with a strong acid such as TFA or HCI in ethanol at a temperature of about -20°C to about 50°C leads to the Formula 122 decarboxylated product. Conversion of the acid to an acid chloride using thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride in an aprotic solvent at a temperature of about -78°C to about 50°C or to a Weinreb amide using methoxymethyl amine in the presence of a suitable coupling agent such as DCC
or DEC in an aprotic solvent at a temperature of about -30°C to about 50°C provides Formula 123 compounds. Formula 123 compounds are suitable substrates for addition of various organometallic species, e.g., Grignard reagents and organo-cadmium reagents which, after hydrolysis of the terminal ester, provide the keto-acid compounds of Formula 118.
Alternatively, Formula 118 compounds can be prepared using methods described previously in Schemes 7-11 where one or both of the side chains are further functionalized after attachment to the alkanoyl fragment.
O O
O
O Base R~ /R X,~K M
R R --.---~ O ~ w0 +
O/ e.g. NaH Q X'=Br, CI, I, OMs ~O
119, R= tBu O~R~ 116 O O
X' ~ , 120 \ /R
Q O
X'=Br, CI, I, OMs Base 114 i.e. NaH
O O O
R R
HO O O~ R~ TFA ~r HCI K IQ
K O~ R
\M O I
O
O O
1 ) G-metal Q
[F, NMe O~R~ 2) NaOH G O~R' (OMe)]
KIM O K\M O
PREPARATIONS
Amines, Amides and Sulfonamides Certain amides or sulfonamides described by Formulas 21, 22, and 23 wherein W and Z are as described above in the Summary of the Invention and X
and M are aromatic or saturated ring systems are prepared as set forth in SCHEME
18.
Alkynyl amides or sulfonamides of Formulas 25, 26 and 27 are prepared by coupling an alkynyl sulfonamide or alkynyl amide of Formula 24 to an aromatic or vinyl halide, preferably an aromatic or vinyl bromide or iodide wherein W and Z are as defined above and where X and M represent an aromatic ring or a partially saturated ring system. The coupling is typically accomplished in the presence of copper iodide, a palladium catalyst, such as palladium chloride, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride, or tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), and an amine such as triethylamine, diisopropylamine, or butylamine in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100°C. The alkynes of Formulas 25, 26 and 27 are converted to the corresponding alkanes of Formulas 21, 22 or via hydrogenation in the presence of a palladium or platinum catalyst in a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, and/or ethyl acetate at a temperature of about 0°C to about 50°C. In the case where M represents a partially saturated ring system, hydrogenation will convert M to a fully saturated ring system. Alternatively, the alkynes are converted to cis-alkenes using the Lindlar catalyst (Pd-CaC~3-Pb0) or other suitable catalyst. Alkylation and deprotection as described in SCHEMES 1 and 2 affords the corresponding compounds of Formula I.
GANH~~~
+ X'- M
-E X~/X~Z + X~~ /W Z
X
Cul Pd catalyst X'=Br, I
m m GANH ' ~n GANH
X~ZGANH ~ W Z
25 26 X / ~ M
catalyst m n m /W Z m GANH X Z GANH X ~ GANH M
H2N X~ GACI
OCH3 Base GANH X
~OCH3 Demethylation GANH X~ ~ Base, acetone or DMF
O C02R ~ GANH X
33 O ~ OOH
Br n OR
Compounds of Formula 33 are prepared from a suitable amine of Formula 32 (e.g., methoxyarylalkylamine). Amines of Formula 32 are commercially available or are prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art (for example, see SCHEME 4). Amines of Formula 32 are converted to sulfonamides or amides of Formula 31 using methods, for example, described in SCHEME 3 and 4. The resulting aromatic methyl ether of Formula 31 is deprotected with reagents such as boron tribromide, pyridinium hydrochloride, hydrogen bromide/acetic acid, or other reagents as described in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991. Alkylation with a bromoalkylester using a mild base such as potassium carbonate in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide or acetone at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100°C
generates an amide or sulfonamide of Formula 33.
H3C-M BrCH~-M
or or H3C BrCH2 NBS
M radical M
or initiator or H3C X~ BrCH2 X
or Z or ~ ~Z
H3C X-W BrCH2 X-W , ~Z ~Z
Numerous methods exist for the synthesis of the desired alkylating agents used in the above procedures and are known to those skilled in the art (see "The Chemistry of the Carbon-Halogen Bond," Ed. S. Patai, J. Wiley, New York, 1973 and "The Chemistry of Halides, Pseudo-Halides, and Azides," Eds. S. Patai and Z.
Rappaport, J. Wiley, New York, 1983). Some examples are shown in SCHEMES 20-24. As shown in SCHEME 20, tolyl or allylic substrates can be converted via halogenation to benzylic or allylic bromides wherein M, X, W and Z are as described above in the Summary of the Invention. This reaction is typically performed with N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) in the presence of a radical initiator such as 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) or a peroxide, preferably benzoyl peroxide.
Alternatively, the reaction can be initiated with light. The reaction is performed in an inert solvent such as carbon tetrachloride or chloroform at a temperature of about 50°C to about 100°C.
NBS Br H3C-Ar Pd catalyst H3C-Ar + halo-Are ~ radicah ~Ar~
B(OH)2 base 34 Are initiator r~
15 SCHEME 21 sets forth the synthesis of alkylating agents useful for preparing compounds of Formula I where M represents a biaryl or aryl cyclic group.
Suzuki-type coupling of an aryl iodide or bromide or a ring system containing a vinyl bromide or iodide (Are) with a methylaryl boronic acid (Ar') using the conditions described in SCHEME 9 provides compounds of formula 34. Where a vinyl bromide or iodide is 20 used, compounds of Formula 34 can be reduced to generate a fully saturated ring.
The reduction is accomplished by hydrogenation in the presence of palladium or platinum catalysts typically in protic solvents such as methanol or ethanol;
or in tetrahydrofuran or ethyl acetate. Halogenation of the methyl group using reagents and conditions as described in SCHEME 20 provides alkylating agents of Formula 25 35.
O
M hydride M
_ M
RO K~ ~ HO~K~ hal ~K~
R = H, alkyl Another common method for accessing alkyl halides is by halogenation of an alcohol or an alcohol derivative. Alcohols are obtained from commercial sources or can be prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art. For example, SCHEME 22 sets forth the reduction of a carboxylic acid or ester to the corresponding alcohol using reagents such as, but not limited to, sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, borane-tetrahydrofuran complex, borane-methyl sulfide complex, etc. The corresponding alkyl chlorides are typically prepared from the alcohols with reagents such as hydrogen chloride, thionyl chloride, phosphorous pentachloride, phosphorous oxychloride, or triphenylphosphine/carbon tetrachloride.
For the preparation of alkyl bromides, the alcohol is commonly treated with reagents such as hydrogen bromide, phosphorous tribromide, triphenylphosphine/bromine, or carbonyldiimida~ole/allyl bromide (Kamijo, T., Harada, H., lizuka, K. Chem.
Pharm.
Bull. 1983, 38, 4189). To access alkyl iodides, an appropriate alcohol is typically reacted with reagents such as triphenylphosphine/iodine/imidazole or hydogen iodide. Alternatively, alkyl chlorides can be converted to the more reacfiive alkyl bromides or alkyl iodides by reaction with an inorganic salt such as sodium bromide, lithium bromide, sodium iodide, or potassium iodide in solvents such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone. Alkyl sulfonates can also be used as electrophiles or can be converted to alkyl halides. Alkyl sulfonates are prepared from the corresponding alcohol using a mild base such as triethylamine or pyridine and a sulfonyl chloride in an inert solvent such as methylene chloride or diethyl ether. If desired, conversion to the halide is accomplished by treating the alkyl sulfonate with an inorganic halide (sodium iodide, sodium bromide, potassium iodide, potassium bromide, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, etc) or a tetrabutylammonium halide.
halo ~M
O
RO ~M HO ~M
R = H, alkyl 40 hydride H~
catalyst O
hydride R~ ~ ~M HO M
halo M
Cinnamic acids or esters are commonly available from commercial sources and can by converted to alkylating agents of Formulas 37 or 38 as follows (see SCHEME 23). The cinnamic acid or ester derivatives are reduced by hydrogenation in the presence of palladium or platinum catalysts typically in protic solvents (e.g., methanol or ethanol), tetrahydrofuran, or ethyl acetate. Reduction and conversion to the alkyl halide or sulfonate as described in SCHEME 22 provides the compounds of Formula 38. Where appropriate, the cinnamic acids or esters are converted directly to the alcohols of Formula 39 by treat those cinnamic acids ~r esters with reagents such as lithium aluminum hydride in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether. Alternatively, the cinnamic acid or ester can be reduced to an allylic alcohol of Formula 40 using reagents such as lithium aluminum hydride/aluminum chloride, diisobutylaluminum hydride or lithium borohydride. Conversion to the allylic halide or sulfonate as described in SCHEME 22 provides the compounds of Formula 37.
_87_ 1. Base W -M
HW-M ~~
2. n X--t'' l n 42 X~~Br, I 41 X = CI, Br The preparation of alkylating agents of Formula 41 wherein W and M are as described above in the Summary of the Invention is set forth in SCHEME 24.
Compounds of Formula 42 can be alkylated with a variety of bases. The choice of base is dependent on the nature of W and M. Some preferred bases include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, sodium hydride, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide and potassium tert-butoxide. Treatment of the resulting anion with one of a variety of dialkylhalides generates the desired alkylating agents of Formula 41. For the preparation of compounds where W is an oxygen and M is an aromatic ring, it is preferred to form the alkoxide anion with sodium hydroxide followed by addition of a dihaloalkane, e.g.
dibromoalkane. The reaction is normally performed in water at about 75°C to about 125°C.
_88_ OH
RO n M/CHO LMetal RO n -M L
H30+
OH
~n OHC~M L
Aldehydes useful for the method described in SCHEME 5 are available from commercial sources or can be prepared from available intermediates using methods well known to those skilled in the art (for a general reference see "The Chemistry of the Carbonyl Group," Ed. S. Patai, Interscience, New York (1966-70)). SCHEME
demonstrates an exemplary method used to prepare Formula 43 hydroxy aldehydes where M in SCHEME 5 contains a hydroxy substituted alkyl group. Treatment of a dialdehyde, where one of the aldehydes is protected as an acetal of Formula 44 wherein the OR groups are conventional substituents used in an acetal protecting group, with an organometallic reagent (LMetal), preferably an organolithium or Grignard reagent, in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether, provides compounds of Formula 45. Subsequent acetal hydrolysis under mildly acidic conditions, e.g., dilute hydrogen chloride, Amberlyst-15~ resin, silica gel, or other reagents as described in "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis," Second Edition, T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991 provides the desired hydroxy aldehydes of Formula 43.
Aldehydes useful for the method described in SCHEME 5 may be prepared using the methods described in SCHEMES 26-28. For example, as shown in SCHEME 26, an aryl boronic acid which contains an aldehyde can be coupled to an aryl bromide, aryl iodide, or a ring system which contains a vinyl bromide or iodide _89_ using the Suzuki protocol described for SCHEME 9 to provide aldehydes of Formula 60.
SCHEME 27 describes the preparation of aldehydes of Formula 62 which contain a suitably protected acid moiety and can be used for the preparation of compounds of Formula 42A described in SCHEME 5. Selective reduction of nitrites (see SCHEMES 3-4 for preparations) of Formula 61 provides aldehydes of Formula 62. A preferred method for this reduction involves heating the nitrite with aluminum-nickel (Raney) alloy in the presence of an acid such as formic acid. Aldehydes of Formula 64 useful for the preparation of .compounds of Formula 42 (SCHEME 5) may be prepared from starting nitrites of Formula 63 by treatment with a variety of reducing agents such as diisobutylaluminum hydride, tin (II) chloride/hydrogen chloride, or lithium triethoxyalanate.
A method for the preparation of proprionaldehydes of Formula 65 is described in SCHEME 28 and follows the procedures described by Kang (J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 2604) and by Jeffery (J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1984, 19, 1287). An aryl iodide or bromide is coupled to allyl alcohol in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, preferably palladium acetate. The reaction is performed in a suitable polar, aprotic solvent, preferably dimethylformamide, with addition of a base, such as sodium bicarbonate, and an ammonium salt, such as tetrabutylammonium chloride and provides proprionaldehydes of Formula 65.
OHC Are Pd catalyst OHC Are + halo Ar2 B(OH)2 base ~ r2 N Q z IHl Q z O
N K M ~H~ K M
63 , H
SCHEME 2&
Pd catalyst Ar Ar halo + ~OH
NaHC03, Bu4NCl CHO
CHL~i~~f~ETHI~L INTERIVIE~I/~TES
Intermediate chloromethyl compounds can be prepared as described in SCHEMES 29 and 30. In general, the appropriate Formula 66 or 68 sulfonamide or carboxamide is treated with a formaldehyde equivalent such as paraformaldehyde in an inert organic solvent such as methylene chloride or chloroform with a suitable catalyst such as HCI, zinc chloride or trimethylsilyl chloride at temperatures ranging from about 0°C to about 60°C to give the Formula 67 and 69 chloromethyl derivatives, respectively.
G A NH (CHO)n G A N/ \CI
HCI or TMSCI
KIM K~
M
(CHO)~
or ~OH
G A N
KIM
Q CO~R
CI
(CHO)~ ~~ 69 O or OH
SCHEME 31 sets forth the synthesis of biaryl aldehydes of Formula 60.
Fluorobenzonitriles of Formula 70 are heated with a nucleophilic group such as a pyrrazole or imidazole in a suitable solvent, preferably DMF to effect displacement of the fluoro group yielding intermediates of Formula 71. The desired biaryl aldehydes of Formula 60 are obtained by reduction of the nitrite via hydrogenation with Raney alloy in formic acid, or by reduction with a hydride source such as diisobutylaluminum hydride.
O
NaH
Ra-Ni Alioy CNH formic acid Art 70 71 ~ ~ 60 Arz = pyrazole, J = CH or N pyrrole or imidazole The examples and synthetic procedures set forth in this application are intended to illustrate particular embodiments of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the specification or claim in any manner. All documents cited in this application are hereby incorporated by reference.
Example 1 7-((4-Butyl-benzyl)-.(pyridine-3-sulfonyl~ amino)-heptanoic acid Stea A: Reductive Amination ~4-Butyl-benzylamino)-heptanoic acid methyl ester. A solution of 7-amino-heptanoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride, prepared of Preparation 1., (1.12 g, 5.9 mmol), 4-butyl-benzaldehyde (0.915 g, 5.65 mmol) and triethylamine (0.83 mL, 5.98 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After cooling to 0°C, NaBH4 (0.342 g, 9.04 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. The mixture was quenched with 1:1 NaHC03:H20 and the MeOH was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was diluted with CH2CIZ
and the organic solution was washed with water and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step A (1.4 g). 'H
NMR~(400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.08-7.38 (m, 4H), 3.62.(s, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.52-2.66 (m, 4H), 2.25 (t, 2H), 1.53-1.63~(m, 6H), 1.25-1.40 (m, 6H), 0.85 (t, 3H); MS 306 .(M+1).
Stec B: Amide formation 7-((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(wridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino -heptanoic acid methyl ester. A
solution of 7-(4-butyl-benzylamino)-heptanoic acid methyl ester prepared of Example 1, Step A (0.10 g, 0.33 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.85 g 0.66 mmol) and pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride hydrochloride, prepared of Preparation 2, (0.070 g, 0.33 mmol) in 3 mL CHaCl2 was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was dilufied with CH~Ch and the organic solution was washed with wafier and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (10% EtOAc/hexanes to 30% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the title compound of Step B. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 9.01 (s, 1 H), 8.75.(d, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.41 (dd, 1 H), 7.23 (m, 4H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.19 (t, 2H), 1.10-1.58 (m, 12H), 0.87 (t, 3H); MS 447 (M+1).
Step C: Ester Hydrolysis 7-((4-Butyl-ben~l~,(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-heptanoic acid. A solution of 7-((4-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-heptanoic acid methyl ester prepared of Example 1, Step B (0.040 g, 0.158 mmol), in 2 mL MeOH and 0.5 mL 2N NaOH was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was quenched with 2N HCI
and was diluted with CHzCl2, The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCI and water, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2°!° MeOH/CH2CI2to 5°I° MeOH/CHzCl2) to afford the title compound (42 mg). ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.09 (s, 1 H), 8.77 (d, 1 H), 8.08 (d, 1 H), 7.48 (dd, 1 H), 7.09 (m, 4H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.12 (s, 2H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.25 (t, 2H), 1.12-1.58 (m, 12H), 0.88 (t, 3H); MS 431 (M-1 ).
Examples 1 a-1 an Examples 1a-tan were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Example 1, with variations in reaction time, temperature, and reagents as noted.
Example 1 a 7-(Benzenesulfonyl-(4-butyl-benzyl)-amino)-heatanoic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, GDCI3) 8 7.83 (d, 2H), 7.51-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.11 (m, 4H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.24 (t, 2H), 1.51-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.35 (m, 4H), 1.08-1.15 (m, 4H), 0.91 (t, 3H); MS 430 (M-1).
Example 1 b j~1-Methyl-1 H-indol-3-ylmethyl~pyridine-3-sulfon~l -amino)-methyl~~n I~! )-acetic acid H NMR (400 MHz, (CDCI3) b 8.93 (s, 1 H), 8.66 (s, 1 H), 7.96 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (d, 1 H), 7.01-7.37 (m, 9H), 6.77 (s, 1 H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 2H);
MS 448 (M-1 ).
Example 1 c ,(3-(((5-Phenyl-furan-2- IYmefihyl~~ayridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-meth~rf)-phenyl)-acetic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, (CDCI3) 8 8.02 (d, 1 H), 7.22-7.34 (m, 12H), 6.42 (d, 1 H), 6.17 (d, 1H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H); MS 461 (M-1).
Example 1d (3-(((5-Benzyl-ayridin-2-ylmethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR~(400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 8.97 (s, 1 H), 8.71 (d, 1 H), 8.15 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (d, 1 H), 7.44 (d, 1 H), 7.04-7.34 (m, 10H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H); MS 486 (M-1 ).
Example 1 a 3-((( 4-Phenethvlsulfanvl-benzvl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonvl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 4 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S
8.00 (d, 1 H), 7.50 (bs, 1 H), 6.90-7.38 (m, 15H), 4.31 (s, 4H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.87 (t, 2H); MS 531 (M-1 ).
Example 1f (3-(((3-Hvdroxv-4-propoxv-benzvl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) ~
8.95 (s, 1 H), 8.72 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (d, 1 H), 7.37 (m, 1 H), 7.13-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.94-7.00 {m, 2H), 6.55-6.68 (m, 3H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 3.95 (t, 2H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, 3H).
Example 1~a -(((4-Pentyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl~ amino)-methyl~phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature. ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.14-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.05 (m, 6H), 4.35 (s, 4H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 2.54 (t, 2H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 4H), 0.88 (t, 3H);
MS 465 (M-1 ).
Example 1 h (3-(((4-Met~lsulfamoyl-benzyl)pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.06 (s, 1 H), 8.85 (s, 1 H), 8.16 (d, 1 H), 7.53-7.64 (m, 3H), 6.91-7.26 (m, 6H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H); MS 488 (M-1).
Example 1 i (3-(((4-Isopropoxy-benzyl)-(wridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 8.97 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (m, 1 H), 7.42 (m, 1 H), 6.94-7.25 (m, 6H), 6.72 (m, 2H), 4.48 (m, 1 H), 4.32 (m, 4H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 1.29 (t, 6H); MS 453 (M-1 ).
Example 1 i ((4-Chloro-thiophen-2-ylmeth~)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.01 (s, 1 H), 8.79 (s, 1 H), 8.07 (d, 1 H), 7.45 (m, 1 H), 7.20-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, 1 H), 7.10 (s, 1 H), 7.07 (s, 1 H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H); MS 435 (M-1 ).
Example 1 k (3-(((4-Butyl-bent rLll-(4-vitro-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 8.23 (m, 2H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.25 (m, 2H), 695-7.02 {m, 6H), 4.32 (m, 4H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 2.52 {m, 2H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, 3H); MS 495 (M-1 ).
Example 11 (3-(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(4-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-methLrl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 8.21 (d, 1 H), 7.67-7.84 (m, 3H), 6.89-7.24 (m, 8H), 4.46 (s, 1 H), 4.38 (s, 1 H), 4.32 (m, 2H), 3.54 (s, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 1 H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.33 {m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 1 H), 0.89 (t, 3H); MS 475 (M-1 ).
Example 1 m ~~4-Butyl-benzyl)-(3-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 7.58 (m, 1 H), 7.45 (m, 1 H), 6.92-7.24 (m, 10H), 4.29 (m, 4H), 3.52 (d, 2H), 2.52 (d, 2H), 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 0.90 {m, 3H); MS
468 {M-1).
Example 1 n (3-(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(5-pyridin-2-yl-thiophene-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl) acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 7.81 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.27 (m, 6H), 6.94-7.16 (m, 6H), 4.29 (d, 4H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.31 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H); MS 533 (M-1).
Examale 10 j3 =(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.71 (d, 2H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.87-7.01 (m, 2H), 4.26(d, 4H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 0.91 {t, 3H); MS 464 (M-1 ).
Example 1 p (3-(((2,3-Dihydro-benzof 1,4ldioxin-6-ylmethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.76 (s, 1 H), 8.02 {d, 1 H), 7.40 (m, 1 H), 7.14-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, 1 H), 6.96 (s, 1 H), 6.72 (d, 1 H), 6.59 (m, 2H), 4.35 {s, 2H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 4.20 (s, 4H), 3.55 (s, 2H); MS 453 (M-1 ).
Example 1 a (3-((Benzofuran-2-ylmethyl-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.05 (s, 1 H), 8.66 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.11-7.42 (m, 9H), 6.44 (s, 1 H), 4.45 (s, 1 H), 4.39 (s, 1 H), 3.59 (s, 1 H); MS 435 (M-1 ).
Example 1 r ~3-(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(1-methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl~-amino~methyl)-phenyl) acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.58 (s, 1 H), 7.28 (s, 1 H), 6.99-7.26 (m, 8H), 4.33 .(d, 4H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.54 (t, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H);
MS 454 (M-1 ).
Example 1 s (3-!((4-Imidazol-1-yl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) b 9.45 (m, 1 H), 9.44 (s, 1 H), 9.03 (m, 1 H), 8.91 {d, 1 H), 8.19 (t, 1 H), 8.04 (m, 1 H), 7.77 (s, 1 H}, 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.53 (d, 2H), 7.11 (m, 4H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 4.51 (s, 2H), ,3.33 (s, 2H); MS 461 (M-1 ).
Example 1t (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino~methyl)_phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.10 (s, 1 H), 8.80 (m, 3H), 8.14 (d, 1 H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.06-7.25 (m, 6H), 6.83 (s, 1 H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.41 (s, 2H);
MS 473 (M-1 ).
Example 1 a (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.11 (s, 1 H), 8.85 (s, 1 H), 8.15 (d, 1 H), 7.87 (s, 2H), 7.63 (d, 2H), 7.51 (m, 1 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H}, 7.07-7.27 (m, 6H), 6.83 (s, 1 H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.41 (s, 2H).
Example 1 v (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-j4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino methyl) phenyl~-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.85 (s, 1 H), 7.59 {m, 2H), 7.47 (s, 1 H), 7.34.(s, 1 H), 7.07-7.25 (m, 6H), 6.88 (s, 1 H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 2H}; MS 483 (M-1 ).
_98_ Example 1 w (3-(((4-Dimethylamino-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-aminol-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 4 h at room temperature. Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 8:09 .(d, 1 H), 7.09-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.99 (m, 7H), 6.65 (d, 2H), 5.36 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 2.89 (s, 6H); MS 438 (M-1 ).
Example 1x (3-(((4-Cyclohexyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine. ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.95 (s, 1 H), 8.73 (d, 1 H), 8.00 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.17 (t, 1 H), 7.13 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 6.81 (d, 1 H), 6.73 (d, 1 H), 6.61 (s, 1 H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.34 (s, 4H), 2.43 (m, 1 H), 1.81 (d, 4H), 1.37 (t, 4H), 1.23 (m, 1 H); MS 495 (M+1 ), 493 (M-1 ).
Example 1y (3-(((2-(3.5-Dichloro-~henoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy~
acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.07 (s, 1 H), 8.78 (d, 1 H), 8.12 (d, 1 H), 7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.25 (m, 1 H), 6.82-6.91 (m, 4H), 6.53 (s, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 3.91 (t, 2H), 3.54 (t, 2H); MS
511 (M+1 ), 509 (M-1 ).
Examcle 1z (3-(((4-Dimethylamino-benzyl~~pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 8.91 (s, 1 H), 8.79 (m, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.43 (m, 1 H), 7.16 (t, 1 H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 6.49 (s, 1 H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.28 (s, 4H), 2.91 (s, 6H);
MS 456 (M+1 ), 454 (M-1 ).
Example 1 as (3-(((4-tert-Butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.95 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 7.99 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.15 (t, 1 H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.81 (d, 1 H), 6.72 (d, 1 H), 6.62 (s, 1 H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 4H), 1.27 (s, 9H); MS 469 (M+1 ), 467 (M-1 ).
_99-Example 1 ab (3-(((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy) acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.77 (d, 1 H), 8.07 (d, 1 H), 7.48 (m, 1 H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.91 (s, 1 H), 6.86 (m, 3H), 6.78 (s, 1 H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 3.15 (t, 2H), 2.43 (t, 2H), 1.68 (m, 2H); MS 475 (M+1 ), 473 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ac (3-(((4-tert-Butyl-benzyl)-(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-amino -methyl) phenoxy -acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.66 (s, 1 H), 7.08-7.31 (m, 6H), 6.70-6.78 (m, 3H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 4H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 9H); MS 469.9 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ad (3-(((4-Cyclohexyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfon~l)-amino)-methyl)-chenvl)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.98 (bs, 1 H), 8.75 (bs, 1 H), 7.98 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (bs, 1 H), 6.97-7.25 (m, 8H), 4.36 (d, 4H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 2.44 (s, 1 H), 1.72-1.82 (m, 4H), 1.24-1.36 (m, 5H); MS
476.9 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ae (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl~~4-phenoxy-benzyl),-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.06-7.37 (m, 10H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.83 (d, 2H), 4.38 (s, 4H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 1.72-1.82 (m, 4H), 3.56 (s, 2H); MS 490 (M-1 ).
Example 1 of (3-(((4-Phenoxy-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfo~rl~-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.00 (bs, 1 H), 8.76 (bs, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.41 (t, 1 H), 7.35 (m, 1 H), 6.86-7.32 (m, 10H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 4.37 (d, 4H), 3.54 (s, 2H);
MS 487 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ag 3-(((4-(2-Oxo-pvrrolidin-1-yl)-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-meth r~l -phenyl) acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.06 (bs, 1 H), 8.80 (bs, 1 H), 8.14 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (m, 1 H), 6.96-7.26 (m, 7H), 4.28 (m, 4H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 2.59 (m, 2H), 2.11 (m, 2H); MS 478 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ah (3-((Benzof1,31dioxol-5-ylmethyl-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.76 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.41 (m, 1 H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1 H), 6.94 (s, 1 H), 6.64 (t, 2H), 6.55 (d, 1 H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 3.54 (s, 2H); MS 439 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ai (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl) phenyl)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR.(400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.18 (s, 1 H), 8.91 (s, 2H), 7.05-7.54 (m, 11 H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.55 (s, 2H); MS 476 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ai (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 9.17 (s, 1 H), 9.01 (s, 1 H), 8.77 (s, 1 H), 7.57 (m, 4H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.05-7.16 (m, 5H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H).
Example 1ak (3-(((4-Pyrazin-2-yl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-~henyl)-acetic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ~ 9.18 (s, 1 H), 9.02 (s, 1 H), 8.83 (d, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 8.57 (s, 1 H), 8.25 (d, 1 H), 7.96 (d, 2H), 7.60 (m, 1 H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H).
Example 1 al (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl) phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.78 (d, 2H), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.54 (s, 1 H), 7.44 (s, 1 H), 7.22-7.03 (m, 6H), 6.87 (s, 1 H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.38 (s, 2H);
MS 476 (M-1 ).
Example 1 am (3-(((4-Butyl-benzyll-ahenylmethanesulfonyl-amino)-meth -phenLrl~
acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.31-6.96 (m, 13H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.60 (t, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.33 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H); MS
464 (M-1 ).
Example 1 an 5-(3-((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino) propel) thiophene 2 carboxylic acid Step A: Triethylamine was replaced with N,N-diisopropylethylamine. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.18 (d, 1 H), 8.82 (d, 1 H), 8.05 (d, 1 H), 7.73-7.20 (m, 8H), 6.60 (d, 1 H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.22 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 1.85-1.70 (m, 2H).
Example 2 (3-(((2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl) amino) methyl) phenyl) acetic acid Step A: Alkylation (3-(((2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino) methyl) henyl) acetic acid methyl ester. To a solution of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.016 g, 0.3996 mmol) in 2 mL DMF was added (3-((pyridine-3-sulfonylamino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 14, 0.096 g, 0.333 mmol) at 0°C
and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. After cooling to 0°C, 1-(2-bromo-ethoxy)-3-chloro-benzene (from Preparation 29, 0.094 g, 0.399 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight.
The DMF was removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with EtOAc and the organic solution was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0.5% MeOH/CH2C12to 2% MeOH/CH2CI2) to afford the title compound of Step A
(0.025 g). MS 475 (M+1 ).
Steo B: Ester Hydrolysis f3-(((2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino) methyl) phenyl) acetic acid. A solution of the compound of Example 2, Step A (0.025 g, O.fl53 mmol), in 2 mL MeOH and 0.5 mL 2N NaOH was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was quenched with 2N HCI and was diluted with CH2CI2, The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCI and water, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2%
MeOH/CH2CI2to 5% MeOH/CH2CI2) to afford the title compound (20 mg). 'H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.05 (s, 1 H), 8.77 (d, 1 H), 8.11 (d, 1 H), 7.43 (m, 1 H), 7.08-7.27 (m, 5H), 6.89 (d, 1 H), 6.62 (s, 1 H), 6.55 (d, 1 H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 3.95 (t, 2H), 3.59 (s, 4H); MS 495 (M-2).
Examples 2a-2c Examples 2a-2c were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Example 2.
Example 2a Trans-(3-(((3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl) . phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.08 (bs, 1 H), 8.81 (bs, 1 H), 8.11 (d, 1 H), 7.48 {bs, 1 H), 7.12-7.28 (m, 4H), 6.98 (s, 2H), 6.19 (d, 1 H), 5.86 (m, 1 H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.93 (d, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H).
Example 2b (3-(((2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl -phenyl) acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.96 (bs, 1 H), 8.70 (bs, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.41 {m, 1 H), 7.24-7.09 (m, 4H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 6.47 (s, 2H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.49 ~(s, 2H), 3.31 (m, 2H).
Example 2c 3-(((4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino) methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.91 (bs, 1 H), 8.72 (bs, 1 H), 8.03 (d, 1 H), 7.40 (bs, 1 H), 7.16-6.99 (m, 7H), 6.81 (s, 1 H), 4.57 (t, 1 H), 4.29 (s, 4H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 1 H), 1.61 (m, 1 H), 1.32-1.16 (m, 8H), 0.82 (t, 3H).
Example 3 5-(3-((2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-(p~rridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-carboxylic acid Step A: Reductive Amination 5-(3- 2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethylamino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. Step A was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step A of Example 1.
Step B: Amide Formation 5-(3-((2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 1, except triethylamine was used in place of N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
Step C: Ester Hydrolysis 5-(3-((2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene-carboxylic acid~TFA. A solution of 5-(3-((2-benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl) amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester prepared of Example 3, Step B (0.038 g) in 1 mL CH2CI2 was cooled to 0°C and 1 mL TFA was added. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 1 h. The CHZCI2 and TFA were removed by evaporation, azeotroping with added CH2CI2 to yield the title compound (46.3 mg). MS 475 (M-1 ).
Examples 3a-3i were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analagous to the method of Example 3 with variations thereto noted.
Example 3a 5-(3-((2-(3-Chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-prop r~l thior~hene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) b 8.93 (s, 1 H), 8.78 (d, 1 H), 8.21 (d, 1 H), 7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.57 (s, 1 H), 7.35 (s, 1 H), 7.19-7.28 (m, 3H), 6.87 (s, 1 H), 3.16-3.35 (m, 6H), 2.87 (t, 2H), 1.89 (t, 2H); MS 497,499 (M+).
Example 3b (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~2TFA
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.40 (bs, 1 H), 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.84 (s, 1 H), 8.28 (m, 1 H), 8.10 (s, 1 H), 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.68 (m, 1 H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.24 (m, 3H), 7.12 (t, 1 H), 6.77 (m, 1 H), 6.48 (s, 1 H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H); MS 494 (M-1 ).
Example 3c (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~2HCI
The TFA salt was converted to the HCI salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N
HCI
followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo.'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 9:00 (d, 2H), 8.78 (d, 1 H), 8.25 (d, 2H), 8.08 (t, 1 H), 7.60 (t, 1 H), 7.42 Vim, 3H), 7.11 (m, 1 H), 6.81 (d, 1 H), 6.72 (m, 3H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H).
Example 3d (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~2TFA
'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 7.93 (s, 1 H), 7.85 (d, 1 H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 7.70 (s, 1 H), 7.60 (d, 1 H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.09 (t, 1 H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.68 (s, 1 H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H); MS 498 (M+).
Example 3e (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-ayridin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxyy-acetic acid ~HCI
No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
490 (M+1 ), 488 (M-1 ).
Example 3f (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-~henoxy)-acetic acid~HCl No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
493 (M+1 ), 491 (M-1 ).
Example 3a (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-3-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~HCl No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
490 (M+1 ), 488 (M-1 ).
Example 3h (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-3-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~HCl No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
493 (M+1 ), 491 (M-1 ).
Example 3i (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-4-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl -phenoxy)-acetic acid ~HCI
No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
490 (M+1 ), 488 (M-1 ).
Examale 4 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-prop)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-aropyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Stea A: Sulfonamide formation 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridine-3-sulfonvl)-amino)-aroovl)-thioohene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 8, 0.0855 g, 0.243 mmol), triethylamine (0.0541 g 0.534 mmol), and pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride hydrochloride (from Preparation 2, 0.0572 g, 0.267 mmol) in 10 mL CHZCI2 combined at 0°C was stirred at room temperature overnight. The organic solution was washed with water, saturated NaHC03 and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step A as an oil. MS 494 (M+1 ).
Stea B: Ester Hydrolysis 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-pro~ayl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. A solution of 5-(3-((3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester prepared of Example 4, Step B (0.119 g, 0.241 mmol), in 5 mL EtOH and 0.72 mL 1 N NaOH was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 6.2 and the layers were separated. The organic solution was washed with water, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (16 mg). 'H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 8.00 (d, 1 H, J=8), 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.30-7.60 (m, 6H), 6.75 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.95 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H);
(M+1 ), 476 (M-1 ).
Examples 4a-4h Examples 4a-4h were prepared from the appropriate starting in a manner analogous to the method of Example 4.
Exam~fe 4a 5-L3~((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-propyl) thiophene-2-carbox liy c acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=7), 7.00-7,40 (m, 8H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.95 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.50 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.70-2.00 (m, 2H); MS
508 (M+1 ), 506 (M-1 ).
Example 4b 5-(3-((Benzoj1.2,51thiadiazole-4-sulfonYl)-(3-(3-chloro-phe~l)-aropyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.00-7.70 (m, 8H), 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.05 (m, 4H), 2.90 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.54 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.72-1.92 (m, 2H); MS 536 (M+), 535 (M-1 ).
Example 4c 5-(3-(Benzenesulfony_I~3-(3-chloro-phen r~l -propLrl)-amino)-propyl~-thiophene-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 6.70-7.92 (m, 11H), 3.26.(m, 4H), 3.05 (m, 4H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H); MS 578(M+1 ), 576 (M-1 ).
Examtale 4d 5-~3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)~arJ~l~ .~henylmethanesulfonyl-amino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.50 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 (m, 9H), 6.85 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.00 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.80 (m, 2H); MS 490 (M-1 ).
Example 4e 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro=phenyl)-prop)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propel)-furan-2-carbo~lie acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.00 (m, 1 H), 8.70 (m, 1 H), 8.00 (d, 1 H, J=6), 7.50 .(m, 1 H), 6.80-7.04 (m, 6H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.62-2.00 (m, 4H);
MS 463 (M+1 ), 461 (M-1 ).
Example 4f 5-(3- (3-(3-Chloro-phenyl -propel)-(naphthalene-2-sulfonyl)-amino)-pro~yl)-thiot~hene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.40 (d, 1 H, J=2), 7.00-8.00 (m, 11 H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.82 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.80-2:00 (m, 2H); MS
528.9 (M+1 ).
Example 4g 5-(3-(!3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylL(naphthalene-1-sulfonyl)-amino~ro~rLl)-thiophene-2-carbox 1i 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.60 (d, 1 H, J=5), 6.95-8.22 (m, 11 H), 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.40 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.72-1.95 (m, 4H); MS 528.9 (M+1 ).
Example 4h 5-(3-((2-Acetylamino-4-methyl-thiazole-5-sulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl -propyl) amino)-aropyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.61 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 4H), 3.60 (d, 1 H, J=3.8), 2.80 (t, 2H, J=7.0), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=6.8), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 556 (M+1 ), 554 (M-1 ).
Example 5 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridine-3-carbonyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Amide formation 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-(pyridine-3-carbonyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carbox rLlic acid methyl ester. A solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 8, 0.075 g, 0.213 mmol), DCC (0.0483 g 0.234 mmol) and nicotinic acid (0.0289 g, 0.234 mmol) in mL CHZCI2 was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 15 mL
EtOAc and the insolubles were removed via filtration. The organic solution was washed with water followed by brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step A as an oil (113 mg). MS 457 (M+).
Stea B: Ester Hydrolysis Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 4.
~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 860 (d, 1 H, J=8), 6.80-7.70 (m, 8H), 6.60 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.25 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 1.60-2.05 (m, 4H); MS 443 (M+1 ), 441 (M-1 ).
Examples 5a-5b Examples 5a-5b were prepared from the appropriate starting in a manner analogous to the method of Example 5.
Examale 5a 5-(3-((3-L-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridin-2-yl-acetyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene 2 carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.60 (m, 1 H), 7.00-7.80 (m, 8H), 6.60 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (s, 2H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 457 (M+1 ), 455 (M-1 ).
Example 5b 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(ovridin-3-yl-acetyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.60-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.00-7.50 (m, 7H), 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.60 (s, 2H), 3.10-3.40 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS
457 (M+1 ), 455 (M-1 ).
Example 6 5-(3-((2-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-amino)-propyl~
thioohene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Amide formation 5-(3-((2-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-amino)-propyl)-thioohene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester A stock solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester (from Preparation 9, 0.10 g, 0.254 mmol) in 10 mL CH2CIa was prepared and 1 mL of the solution (0.010 g, 0.0254 mmol) was added to a 1 dram vial. To this was added triethylamine (0.78 mL, 0.056 mmol) and 2-chloro-benzenesulfonyl chloride (0.0059 g, 0.028 mmol). The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and was diluted wifih 2 mL CH2CIZ . The organic solution was washed with 3 mL of 5 S°/"
aqueous HCI solution (2X) and 3 mL saturated bicarbonate solution (2?C). The organic layer was dried with MgS04 and was concentrated to yield the title compound of Step A (10 mg).
Stea B: Ester H drolysis 5-(3-((2-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-amino)-propyl~
thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. A solution of 5-(3-((2-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tent-butyl ester prepared of Example 6, Step A (0.010 g, 0.010 mmol) in 4N HCI in 1,4 dioxane (3 mL) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. HCI (g) was bubbled in until reaction was determined to be complete by thin layer chromatography. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting organic residue was azeotroped with CCI4 to produce a powder (5 mg). 'H
NMR.(400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.00 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.72 (m, 8H,), 6.75 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20-3.40 (m, 4H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS
509.9 (M-1 ).
Examples 6a-6i Examples 6a-6j were prepared from the appropriate starting material in a manner analogous to the method of Example 6.
Examcle 6a ~3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyll-propel)-(2,5-dimethLrl-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-propyl) thioahene-2 carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1H, J=7), 7.00-7.40 (m, 7H), 6.80 (d, 1H, J=4), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H); MS
506.1 (M+1 ), 504.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6b 5-(3-( ~3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(2,4-dioxo-1.2,3.4-tetrahydro-auinazoline-6-sulfo~l)-amino -propyl~thioc~hene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 6.80-7.92 (m, 9H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 1.75-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS 594.0 (M-1+CI).
Example 6c 5-(3-( 4-(2-Carboxy-benzoylamino)-butane-1-sulfonyl~ j3-(3-chloro-ahem-aropyl)-amino)-propyl)-thioahene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=6), 7.62 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.55 (d, 1 H, J=8), 7.45-7.20 (m, 6H), 6.80-6.90 (m, 10H), 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.22 (m, 2H); MS 620.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6d 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel);~~3,5-dioxo-4,5-dihydro-3H-f 1,2,41triazin-2- r~l -benzenesulfon r~l -amino)-propyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.60-7.92 (m, 4H), 6.80 (m, 7H), 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H); MS 587.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6e 5~3-((3 j3-Chloro-ahen~il)~~ropyl)_{2-methoxycarbonyl-benzenesulfonyl)-amino propel)-thioahene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.75 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.7fl (m, 8H), 6.85 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.31 (m, 4H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.82-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS 534.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6f 5-(3-((4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-amino)-prop rLl~
thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.75 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.70 (m, 8H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H); MS 557.9 (M+1 ), 555.9 (M-1 ).
Example 6a 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel -(4- 1 1-dimethyl-propel)-benzenesulfonyl)-amino propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.95 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.80 (m, 8H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 0.60 (t, 3H, J=7); MS 548 (M+1 ).
Example 6h 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(3 5-dimethyl-isoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-amino)-propyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 6.95-7.40 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=8), 6.75 (d, 1 H, J=8), 2.91 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.72-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS 495 (M-1 ).
Example 6i 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(2 5-dimethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-prop~rl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.50 (m, 7H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.25 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 2H); MS 538.1 (M+1 ), 536.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6~
5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-(2-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-propyl) thioahene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.00-8.00 (m, 9H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=7.2), 3.30 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS 494.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7 5-(3-( 1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-ethyl-ureido)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Isocyanate addition 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-pheny_I~ propel)-3-ethyl-ureido)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. A stock solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (from Preparation 9, 0.10 g, 0.254 mmol) in 10 mL CH2CI2 was prepared and 1 mL (0.010 g, 0.0254 mmol) was added to a 1 dram vial. Triethylamine (0.7 mL, 0.051 mmol) and ethyl isocyanate (0.004 g, 0.051 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.
The solution was diluted with 2 mL CH2CI2. The organic solution was washed with 3 mL of 5.5% aqueous HCI solution (2X) followed by 3 mL saturated bicarbonate solution (2X). The organic layer was dried with MgS04 and was concentrated to yield the title compound of Step A (10 mg).
Stec B: Ester Hydrolysis Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 6.
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 {m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 6H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H, J=7); MS
409.1 (M+1 ), 407.1 (M-1 ).
Examples 7a-J
Examples 7a-7j were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Example 7.
Example 7a 5-(3(1-(~3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-isopropyl-ureido)-propel)-thiophene-2 carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.75-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.05 {d, 6H, J=7); MS
423.1 (M+1 ), 421.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7b 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-phenyl-ureido)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) ~ 7.75 (d, 1 H, J=7), 7.00-7.50 (m, 9H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 457.1 (M+1), 455.2 (M-1 ).
Example 7c 5~- 3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl~~ropyl~-~3,4-dichloro-phenyl)-ureido)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 6.80-7.60 (m, 9H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.86-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 527.0 (M+1 ), 525.0 (M-1 ).
Example 7d 5-(3~{1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl -propyl)-3-propel-ureido)-propel)- thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20-3.30 (m, 5H), 2.95 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H), 0.95 (t, 3H, J=7); MS 423 (M+1 ), 421 (M-1 ).
Exam~ale 7e 5-(3-(3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-1-(~3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-ureido~-prop rLl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 8H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 1.69-2.02 (m, 4H); MS 491 (M+1 ), 489 (M-1 ).
Example 7f 5~3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-(2,3-dichloro-phen~)-ureido)-propyl) thiophene-2-carbox~lic acid ~ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (bs, 1 H), 7.00-7.30 (m, 7H), 6.80 (bs, 1 H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.75-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 527 (M+1 ), 525.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7q 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-props)-3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl -ureido~propyl) thiophene-2-carbox~lic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 7H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 527.1 (M+1 ), 525.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7h 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-(2 6-difluoro-phenyl)-ureido) ~ro~wl) thiophene 2-carbox lic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 7H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.95 (m, 4H); MS 493.1 (M+1 ), 491.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7i 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-(4-fluoro-phenyl) ureido) propel) thiophene 2 carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.70 (bs, 1 H), 7.00-7.60 (m, 8H), 6.80 (bs, 1 H), 3.30 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 475.1 (M+1 ), 473.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7i 5-(3-(3-Butyl-1-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-ureido)-propyl) thiophene 2 carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 7.70 (bs, 1 H), 7.00-7.20 (m, 4H), 6.80 (bs, 1 H), 3.20 (m, 6H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H), 0.95 (t, 3H, J=6.8);
MS 437.2 (M+1 ), 435.2 (M-1 ).
Example 8 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(avrrolidine-1-carbonyl) amino) propel) thiophene 2-carboxylic acid Step A: Amide formation 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-ethyl-ureido) propyl) thiophene 2 carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. A stock solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tent-butyl ester (from Preparation 9, 0.10 g, 0.254 mmol) in 10 mL CH2CIz was prepared and 1 mL (0.010 g, 0.0254 mmol) was added to a 1 dram vial. Triethylamine (0.7 mL, 0.051 mmol) and ethyl isocyanate (0.004 g, 0.051 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature.
The reaction was diluted with 2 mL CH2CI2 and the organic solution was washed with 3 mL of 5.5% aqueous HCI solution (2X) followed by 3 mL saturated bicarbonate solution (2X). The organic layer was dried with MgS04 and concentrated to yield the title compound of Step A (10 mg).
Steo B: Ester Hydrolysis Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 6.
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 (m, 4H), 6.80 {d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 8H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 8H), 1.20 {m, 4H); MS
435.1 (M+1 ), 433.2 (M-1 ).
Examples 8a-8c Examples 8a-8c were prepared from the appropriate starting material in a manner analogous to the method of Example 8.
Example 8a 5~3=((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-pro~r~l~(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-amino~aroplrl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 7.65 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.60 {m, 4H), 3.00-3.20 (m, 8H), 2.8fl (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS
451.1 (M+1 ), 449.2 {M-1 ).
Examt~le 8b 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-isoaropoxycarbonYl-amino~proayl)-thiophene-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 {t, 2H, J=6.7), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=6.7), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.01 (d, 6H);
MS 424 (M+1 ), 422 (M-,1 ).
Example 8c 5-(3-(j3 ~(3-Chloro-phenyl~ propyl)-propoxycarbonyl-amino)-propel)-thioahene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (bs, 1 H), 7.00-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.80 (bs, 1 H), 4.00 (t, 2H, J=6.8), 3.30 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.40-2.00 (m, 6H), 0.90 (t, 3H, J=7); MS 424 (M+1 ), 422.2 (M-1 ).
Example 9 ~3-(((4-But I-~ benzyl -Lyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl~-acetic acid Step A: Reductive Amination I,'3-((4-Butyl-benzylamino -methsrl~phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. A
solution flf 4-butyl-benzylamine (from Preparation 15, 0.918 g, 6 mmol) in MeOH was added to HCI in dioxane (0.75 mL, 3 mmol) followed by addition of (3-formyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 13, 0.534 g, 3.0 mmol). NaCNBH3 (0.194 mL, mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight.
The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and 2N NaOH was added. The organic solution was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified via flash chromatography (50% hexanes, 50% EtOAc, 0.1 % Et3N) to afford the title compound of Step A. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.08-7.38 (m, 8H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.61 (t, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.37 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H); MS 326 (M+1 ).
Step B: Amide Formation (3-(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 1 to provide the title compound.
Step C:. Ester Hydrolysis {~4-Butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
Step C
was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step C of Example 1 to provide the title compound. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 8.99 (bs, 1 H), 8.74.
(bs, 1 H), 7.99 (d, 1 H), 7.36 (bs, 1 H), 7.20-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.19 (m, 6H), 4.33 (s, 4H), 3.3.54 (s, 2H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H).
Examples 9a-9d Examples 9a-9d were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Example 9.
Example 9a ~3-{SBenzenesulfanyl-(4-butyl-benzLrl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.83 (d, 2H), 7.46-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.24 (s, 1 H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 6.86-6.98 (m, 5H), 4.29 (d, 4H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 2.52 (t, 2H), 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 0.90 (t, 2H); MS 450 (M-1 ).
Example 9b (3-(( 4-Butyl-benzyl)~thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 6.89-7.14 (m, 7H), 4.27 {d, 4H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.49 (t, 2H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, 2H); MS
456 (M-1 ).
Example 9c ~3-(((4-Acetylamino-benzenesulfonyl)-(4-butyl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, 2H), 7.06-7.23 (m, 6H), 6.91 (d, 1 H), 6.68 (s, 1 H), 4.30 (d, 4H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 2.54 (t, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, 2H); MS 507(M-1 ).
Example 9d (3-(((Benzof1,2,51oxadiazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-butyl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.94 (d, 1 H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.36 (t, 1 H), 7.07 (s, 2H), 6.90-6.96 (m, 6H), 53 (d, 4H), 3.46 (s, 2H), 2.46 (t, 2H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.26 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, 2H); MS 4.92 (M-1 ).
Example 10 (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino -methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~HCl Step A: Reductive Amination (3-((4-Pyrimidin-2-yl-benzylamino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid t-butyl ester.
Step A
was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step A of Example 1.
Stets B: Amide Formation (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl~
phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester. Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 1 using triethylamine in place of N,N-diisopropylethylamine as base.
Steta C: Ester Hydrolysis (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)~4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benz~rl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~HCI. A solution of (3-(((1-methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester prepared of Example 10, Step B (0.094 g, 0.17 mmol) in 1 N HCI in diethyl etherwas stirred for 20 minutes as a precipitate formed. To the mixture was added 1 mL water and 1 mL
dioxane and the reaction was stirred for 3 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo, azeotroping with ethanol to yield the title compound as a solid (54 mg). ~H
NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 9.09 (m, 2H), 8.95 (bs, 1 H), 8.24 (d, 2H), 8.04 (s, 1 H), 7.71 .(s, 1 H), 7.44 (d, 2H), 7.13 (m, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 1 H), 6.76 (d, 1 H), 6.69 (s, 1 H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H); MS 494 (M+1 ).
Preparation 1 7-Amino-heptanoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride. A solution of 7-amino-heptanoic acid (3.0 g, 21.0 mmol), in 25 mL MeOH and 2.4 mL concentrated HCI was heated at reflux for 4 hours and was stirred at room temperature for 60 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (3.3 g~~ ~H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.31 (t, 2H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.37 (m, 4H).
Preparation 2 Pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride hydrochloride. The title compound was prepared using the method described by Karaman, R. and coworkers J. Am. Chem. Soc. 114, 12, 1992, 4889-4898.
Preparation 3 3-f3-Chloro-phenyl)-propionaldehyde. A solution of 1-chloro-3-iodobenzene (9.63 g, 40.38 mmol), allyl alcohol (5.86 g, 100.96 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (8.48 g, 100.96 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (11.22 g, 40.38 mmol), and Pd(OAc)~ (317 mg, 1.413 mmol) in 25 mL DMF was stirred at 50°C for 16 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water, and the aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with water followed by brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified via flash chromatography on silica gel (9:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to afford the title compound as an oil (5.04 g).
Preparation 4 5-(3-Oxo-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester Stec A: Ester Formation 5-Bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. To a solution of anhydrous MgSO4 (11.60 g, 96.4 mmol) in 100 mL CH2CI2 was added concentrated H2S04 (1.45 mL, 24.1 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes followed by addition of 5-bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (5.0 g, 24.1 mmol). After stirring for 1 minute, tert-butanol (11.6 g, 20 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHC03. The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2, and the combined organic layers were dried over MgS04. The organic solution was concentrated to give a clear oil which was purified via medium pressure chromatography (3% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the title compound of Step A(4.97 g). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.45 (d, 1 H), 7.02 (d, 1 H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
Step B: Aldehyde formation 5-(3-Oxo-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester. To a solution of 5-bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester prepared of the method of Preparation 4, Step A (0.50 g, 1.89 mmol) in 5 mL DMF was added allyl alcohol (0.51 mL, 7.57 mmol) followed by NaHC03 (0.397 g, 4.72 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (0.525g, 1.89 mmol), and palladium acetate (0.021 g, 0.094 mmol). The reaction was placed in an oil bath heated to 65°C and was heated to 90°C for 2 h.
The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and 25 mL water and the solids were removed by filtration through Celite~. The layers were separated, and the organic solution was washed with water (4x), dried over MgS04 and concentrated to a dark yellow oil which was purified via medium pressure chromatography (7:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to afford the title compound (0.190 g). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.80 (s, 1 H), 7.51 (d, 1 H), 6.78 (d, 1 H), 3.14 (t, 2H), 2.86 (t, 2H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
Preparation 5 5-(3-Amino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester Step A
5-(3-tart-Butoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester.
A mixture of prop-2-ynyl-carbamic acid tart-butyl ester (from Preparation 41, 1.67 g, 0.011 mmol), 5-bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (2.50 g, 0.011 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphine(0) palladium (0.622 g, 0.0538 mmol), Cul (0.102 g, 0.538 mmol) and triethylamine (1.57 mL, 0.011 mmol) in 50 mL acetonitrile was heated at reflux for 16 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 75 mL
EtOAc, washed with 5.5% HCI, water and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to an oil. The product was purified via flash chromatography (9:1 to 4:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to afford the title compound of Step A as an oil (2.06 g).
MS 313 (M+18).
Step B
5-(3-tart-Butoxvcarbonylamino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A
solution of 5-(3-tart-butoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester prepared of Preparation 5, Step A (2.06 g) and 10% Pd/C (1.03 g) in 50 mL MeOH was hydrogenated on a Parr shaker at 50 psi H2 for 16 h. The reaction 'was filtered through Celite~ with the aid of MeOH and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step B as a solid (1.93 g). MS 317 (M+18).
Step C
5-(3-Amino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A solution of 5-(3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester prepared of Preparation 5, Step B (0.118 g, 0.5 mmol) in 50 mL MeOH was cooled to 0°C and was saturated with HCI (g). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for minutes. The solution was concentrated to a solid which was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated NaHC03. The layers were separated, and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as an oil (399 mg). MS 200 (M+1 ).
Preaaration 6 5-(3-Amino-propel)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrochloride salt.
The compound of Preparation 6 was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 5 with the following exceptions:
(1 ) the hydrogenation performed in Step B was carried out for 5.5 h; and (2) in Step C, the reaction was stirred for 16 h at room temperature and was concentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound as the hydrochloride salt.
Preaaration 7 5-(3-Amino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester Std Proa-2-ynyl-carbamic acid benzyl ester. To a solution of propargylamine (6.4 g, 71.2 mmol) in pyridine (100 mL) was added benzylchloroformate (13.37 g, 78.2 mmol) in 100 mL CH2CI2 over 0.5 h. The reaction was stirred for 16 h and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and the organic solution was washed with water (2x). The organic solution was washed with dilute aqueous HCI
followed by saturated NaHC03. The organic solution was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound of Step A(4.43 g).
Stea B
5-(3-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tent-butyl ester. The title compound of Step B was prepared from the appropriate starting material in a manner analagous to the method used in Step A of Preparation 5.
Step C
5-(3-Amino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester. To a solution of 5-(3-benzyloxycarbonylamino-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester prepared of Preparation 7, Step B (1.0 g, 2.69 mmol) in 15 mL MeOH and 2.69 mL
1 N HCI (aq) was added Pd(OH)2. The mixture was hydrogenated on a Parr shaker at 45 psi H2 for 16 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite~, the catalyst was replaced, and the reaction was shaken for another 6 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite~ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chased with CCI4 and was triturated with EtzO. The product was isolated as a solid (360 mg).
Preparation 8 5-(3-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A solution of 5-(3-amino-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 5, Step C, 0.118 g, 0.5 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.071 g, 0.55 mmol) in 10 mL MeOH was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and 3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propionaldehyde (from Preparation 3, 0.093 g, 0.55 mmol) was added.
The mixture was stirred for 90 minutes. The reaction was cooled to 0°C, NaBH4 (30.3 mg, 0.801 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes.
The reaction was quenched with 1:1 NaHC03:H20 and was washed with CHZCh. The CH2CI2 extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as an oil (171 mg). MS 352 (M+1 ).
Preparations 9-10 The compounds of Preparations 9 and 10 were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 8.
Preparation 9 5-(3-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butLrl ester Preparation 10 5-(3-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester MS 336 (M+1 ).
Preparation 11 (3-Formyl-phenoxY)-acetic acid methyl ester. A mixture of (3-formyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid (3.6 g, 20.0 mmol), potassium carbonate (3.30 g, 23.9 mmol) and methyl iodide (1.86 g, 30.0 mmol) in 25 mL DMF was heated to 110°C for 2 hours and was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with water and the aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified via silica gel chromatography (4:1 hexanes: EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (3.4 g).'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.94 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.33 (s, 1 H), 7.23 (m, 1 H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H).
Preparation 12 3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamine STEP A
3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-acrylamide. A solution of 3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-acrylic acid (Aldrich, 15.0 g, 82.15 mmol) in 50 mL thionyl chloride was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. The excess thionyl chloride was removed via distillation at atmospheric pressure. The residue was azeotroped with benzene in vacuo to give 17.288 g of an orange oil. The oil was dissolved in 25 mL CHZCI2 and the solution was added slowly to liquid NH3 (20 mL, 80.07 mmol) in CHCI3 (50 mL) at -78° C. The resulting suspension was warmed t~ room temperature and was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step A as a gray solid (19.38 g). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) S 7.57 (s, 1 H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, 1 H), 6.64 (d, 1 H); MS 182 (M+1 ), 180 (M-1 ).
STEP B
3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-taropylamine. A 1.0 M solution of LiAIH4 in THF (6.0 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of 3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-acrylamide prepared of Preparation 12, Step A (1.0 g, 5.51 mmol) in 30 mL THF at 0°C. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 5 h. An additional 4 mL of 1 M
LiAIH4 was added and the reaction was stirred for 18 h. An additional 2 mL of LiAIH4 was added and the reaction was stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by dropwise addition of water. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove THF and was diluted with water. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo: The residue was dissolved in CHCI3 and the organic solution was washed with 1 M HCI. The aqueous solution was basified to pH 11 with 1 M
NaOH and the product was extracted into CHCI3. The organic solution was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (0.134 g). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.20-7.22 (m, 3H),7.16 {m, 1 H), 2.74 (t, 2H), 2.61 (t, 2H), 1.74 (m, 2H); MS 170 (M+1 ).
Preparation 13 C3-Formyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester Step A
C3-Cyano-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. Nitrogen was bubbled through a mixture of (3-bromo-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (22.85 g, 99.78 mmol), Zn(CN)Z
(7.25 g, 61.75 mmol), and DMF (100 mL) for about 5 minutes followed by addition of tetrakistriphenylphosphine(0) palladium {4.60 g, 3.98 mmol). The mixture was heated for 3 h at 80°C and was cooled to room temperature. Aqueous 2N NH40H
was added and the product was extracted into EtOAc (3x). The organic solution was washed with 2N NH40H (2x) followed by brine (2x). The organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (6:1 hexanes:EtOAc) provided the title compound of Step A as an oil (15.19 g).'H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 7.57-7.41 (m, 4H), 3.706 (s, 3H), 3.703 (s, 2H).
St, ep B
!3-Formyl_phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. A mixture of (3-cyano-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester prepared of Preparation 13, Step A (1.56 g, 8.91 mmol), aluminum-nickel alloy (1.63 g) and 75% formic acid (25 mL) was heated at reflux for 1.75 h.
The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solids were removed by filtration through Celite~ with the aid of boiling EtOH. Water was added, and the aqueous solution was washed with CH2CI2 (3x). Aqueous saturated NaHC03 was carefully added to the organic solution until the pH was about 8-9. The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, and concentrated.
Purification by flash chromatography (5:1 hexanes:EtOAc) provided the title compound as a clear and colorless oil {870 mg). ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.98 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.46 (m, 2H), 3.68 (s, 5H).
Preparation 14 (3-(lPyridine-3-sulfonvlamino)-methyl)-pher~l)-acetic acid methyl ester. To a solution of (3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (from Preparation 18, 0.56 g) and diisopropylamine (2.2 mL) in 10 mL dichloromethane was added pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride (from Preparation 2, 0.601 g, 2.83 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Aqueous 1 N HCI was added and the solution was washed with CH2Ch. The organic solution was washed with saturated NaHC03, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound. Purification via flash chromatography on silica gel (2:1 hexanes:EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a white solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.91 .(s, 1 H), 8.71 (d, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.37 (m, 1 H),7.05-7.24 (m, 4H), 5.87-(bs, 1 H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 2H).
Preparation 15 Method A
4-Butylbenzylamine. A solution of 4-butylbenzonitrile (3.63 g, 22.8 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was placed in a three-neck round bottom flask equipped with a Vigreux column and short-path distillation head. The solution was heated to reflux and BH3-methyl sulfide complex (2.0 M in THF, 15 mL, 30 mmol) was added dropwise over 15 minutes. Methyl sulfide was distilled off from the reaction mixture over 1 h and the solution was cooled to room temperature. Aqueous HCI (6N, 25 mL) was added slowly via an addition funnel and the mixture was heated at reflux for 30 minutes.
The reaction was cooled to 0°C and NaOH (7.0 g) was added portionwise. The aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc (3x) and the organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to provide the title compound of Method A
(4.01, g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) S 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 2.62 (t, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.34 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H).
Method B
4-Butylbenzylamine hydrochloride. A solution of 4-bufylbenzonitrile (30.09 g) in EtOH
(380 mL) and HCI (4N in dioxane, 50 mL, 200 mmol) was hydrogenated at 50 psi on a Parr shaker in the presence of 10% palladium on carbon (6.09 g). The catalyst was removed via filtration through Celite~ and the solution was concentrated in vacuo.
The residue was suspended in Et20 and filtered to provide 4-butylbenzylamine hydrochloride as an off-white solid (32.47 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) b 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 2.60 (t, 2H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.31 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, 3H).
Using the appropriate starting materials, the compounds of Preparations 16-18 were prepared in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 15.
2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethylamine. The title compound vvas prepared following Method A of Preparation 15.
2-(3-Chloro-phenoxyl-ethylamine. The title compound was prepared following Method A of Preparation 15.
(3-Aminomethyl-phenyl)-acetic acid meth~rl ester hydrochloride. The title compound was prepared from (3-cyano-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 13, Step A) using the procedure described for Preparation 15, Method B except the hydrogenation was performed in MeOH. The catalyst was removed via filtration and the organic solution was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting solid was stirred in EtOAc and filtered to provide the title compound as a white solid. 1 H NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) ~ 7.42-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.67 ~(s, 3H); MS 180 (M+1 ).
Preaaration 19 trans-1-(3-Bromo-~ropenyl)-3 5-dichloro-benzene STEP A
1-(3.5-Dichloro-phenyl)-prop-2-en-1 ~ ol. A solution of 3,5-dichlorobenzaldehyde (7.5 g, 43 mmol) in THF (75 mL) was cooled to 0°C and vinylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 48 mL, 48 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 16 h. Aqueous HCI (1 N) and EtOAc were added.
The aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc and the organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was used in the next step without further purification.
STEP B
The residue prepared in Step A was dissolved in Et20 and HBr gas was slowly bubbled into the solution for about 15 minutes. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 h and water and EtOAc were added. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc and the organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (hexanes) provided the title compound of Preparation 19 (6.91 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.24 (s, 3H), 6.53 (d, 1 H), 6.40 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (m, 2H).
Preparation 20 (3-Aminomethyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester Step A
{3-Formyl-phenoxy~ acetic acid tert-bull ester. To a solution of 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde (5.00 g, 40.9 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added 1 M potassium tert-butoxide in tert-butanol (40.9 mL, 40.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 minutes and tert-butyl bromoacetate (6.61 mL, 40.9 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour and was quenched with 200 mL water. The product was extracted into EtOAc and the organic solution was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification via flash chromatography on silica gel (9:1 hexanes:EtOAc) afforded the title compound of Step A as a clear oil (3.53 g).'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.94 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1 H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
Step B
(3- Hydrox~rimino-methyl~phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester. To a solution of (3-formyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester prepared of Preparation 20, Step A (2.05 g, 8.68 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was added NH20H~HCI (0.66 g, 9.54 mmol) and pyridine (3.5 mL, 43.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 2 hours. The MeOH was removed in vacuo and the residue was diluted with EtOAc and 1 N HCI. The layers were separated and the aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step B (1.99 g).'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 1 H), 6.93 (d, 1 H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
St. ep C
(3-Aminomethyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester. To a solution of (3-(hydroxyimino-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid tent-butyl ester prepared of Preparation 20, Step B (2.25 g, 5.96 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added Raney Nickel {about 1 g, washed with water followed by EtOH) in 100 mL EtOH. Additional EtOH (90 mL) was required for the transfer. Ammonium hydroxide (10 mL) was added and the mixture was shaken under 45 psi of H2 for 4 hours. The catalyst was removed via filtration through Celite~ and the solution was concentrated to a clear oil. Purification via flash chromatography on silica gel (96.5/3.5/0.1 to 9/1/0.1 CH2CI2iMeOH/NH40H) afforded the title compound as a yellow oil.'H NMR {400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.23 (m, 1 H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 6.72 (d, 1 H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H); MS 238 (M+1 ).
Preparation 21 4-Pyrimidin-2-yl-benzaldehyde A solution of 2-bromopyrimidine (1.00 g, 6.3 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine(0) palladium (0.218 g, 0.189 mmol) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (30 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. A solution of 4-formylbenzene boronic acid (1.14 g, 7.61 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (1.58 g, 18.9 mmol) in 15 mL water was added and the reaction was heated at reflux for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with water and CH~CIz. The layers were separated, and the aqueous solution was washed with CH~CI2. The combined organic layers were dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via flash chromatography on silica gel (10% to 30% hexanes in EtOAc) to afford the title compound (0.979 g). ~H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.11 (s, 1 H), 8.83 (s, 2H), 8.82 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (s, 2H), 7.23 (s, 2H).
Preparations 22-27 Preparations 22-27 were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 21.
' Preparation 22 4-Pyridin-2-yl-benzaldehyde ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 10.09 (s, 1 H), 8.72 (s, 1 H),8.16 (s, 2H), 7.95 (s, 2H), 7.79 (s, 2H), 7.29 (m, 1 H); MS 184 (M+1 ).
Preparation 23 4-Pyridin-3-yl-benzaldehyde 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.04 (s, 1 H), 8.88 (s, 1 H),8.64 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (s, 2H), 7.91 (m, 1 H), 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.39 (m, 1 H); MS 184 (M+1 ).
Preaaration 24 4-Pyridin-4-yl-benzaldehyde 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.03 (s, 1 H), 8.70 (s, 2H),7.99 (s, 2H), 7.79 (s, 2H), 7.52 (s, 2H); MS 184 (M+1 ).
Preparation 25 4-Thiazol-2-yl-benzaldehyde MS 189 (M+).
Preparation 26 4-Pyrimidin-5-yl-benzaldehyde 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.03 (s, 1 H), 9.26 (s, 1 H), 9.00 (s, 2H), 8.03 (m, 2H), 7.76 (m, 2H).
Preparation 27 4-Pyrazin-2-yl-benzaldehyde ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.03 (s, 1 H), 9.10 (s, 1 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.21 (d, 2H), 8.03 (d, 2H).
Preparation 28 1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3,5-dichloro-benzene. To a solution of NaOH (2.45 g, 61.3 mmol) in water (20 mL) was added 3,5-dichlorophenol (5 g, 30.7 mmol). The solution was heated at reflux for 1 h and was cooled to room temperature. 1,2-Dibromoethane (11.52 g, 61.3 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at reflux for 24 h. The cooled solution was diluted with EtOAc and the organic solution was washed sequentially with HCI (1N, 1x), water (1x), and brine (1x). The organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (hexanes to 5% EtOAc in hexanes ) provided the title compound (3.79 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 6.98 (m, 1 H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 4.25 (t, 2H), 3.61 (t, 2 H ).
Pret~aration 29 1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-chlorobenzene. The compound of Preparation 29 was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 28.
Preparation 30 4-f(1-Acetyloxy-hexyll-benzyl bromide STEP A: Grignard Reaction and Protection 4-((1-Acetyloxy)-hexyl)-toluene. Pentylmagnesium bromide (2.0 M in Et20, 25 mL, 50 mmol) was added slowly to p-tolylbenzaldehyde (5.0 mL, 42.4 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at 0°C. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 3 h.
Aqueous 1 N HCI was added and the aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc.
The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in pyridine (35 mL) and Ac20 (10 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for 24 h and was diluted with water. The product was extracted into EtOAc (3x) and the organic solution was washed with 1 N HCI
followed by brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 4-((1-acetyloxy)-hexyl)-toluene (2.082 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.12-7.28 (m, 4H), 5.69 (t, 1 H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s,3H), 1.88 (m, 1 H), 1.74 (m, 1 H), 1.27 (m, 6H), 0.86 (m, 3H);
MS 252 (M+18).
STEP B: Benzrlic Bromination A mixture of 4-[(1-acetyloxy)-hexyl]-toluene prepared of Preparation 30, Step A
(2.082 g, 8.89 mmol), N-bromosuccinimide (1.58 g, 8.89 mmol), and catalytic 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile in carbon tetrachloride (30 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 h.
The reaction was cooled and was washed with aqueous NaHC03 (saturated), dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography (5% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the title compound of Preparation (2.67 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) ~ 7.34-7.40 (m, 4H), 5.70 (t, 1 H), 4.47 {s, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 1.86 (m, 1 H), 1.73 (m, 1 H), 1.27 (m, 6H), 0.85 (m, 3H).
Preparation 31 1-Methyl-1 H-indole-2-carbaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Comins and coworkers in J. Org. Chem., 52, 1, 104-9, 1987.
Preparation 32 5-Phenyl-furan-2-carbaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by D'Auria and coworkers in Heterocycles, 24, 6, 1575-1578, 1986.
Preparation 33 4-Phenethylsulfanyl-benzaldeh r, de. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Clark and coworkers in EP 332331.
Preparation 34 3-Hydroxy-4-propoxy-benzaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Beke in Acta Chim. Acad. Sci. Hung., 14, 325-8, 1958.
Preparation 35 4-Formyl-N-methyl-benzenesulfonamide. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Koetschet in Helv. Chim. Acta., 12, 682, 1929.
Preparation 36 4-Chloro-thiophene-2-carbaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Raggon and coworkers in Org. Prep. Proced. Int.; EN, 27 , 2, 233-6, 1995.
Preparation 37 4-Cyclohexyl-benzylamine. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Meglio and coworkers in Farmaco Ed. Sci.; IT; 35, 3, 191-202, 1980.
Preparation 38 4-Imidazol-1-yl-benzaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Sircar and coworkers in J. Med. Chem. 30, 6, 1023-9, 1987.
Preparation 39 4~2-Oxo-pyrrolidin-1-~)-benzaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Kukalenko in Chem. Heterocycl. Compd. (Engl. Transl.), 8, 43, 1972.
Precaration 4.0 2-(3-Chloro-ahenylsulfanyll-ethylamine. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Elz and coworkers in Fed. Rep. Ger. Sci. Pharm., 56, 4, 229-234, 1988.
Preparation 41 Prop-2-ynyl-carbamic acid t-butyl ester. The title compound can be prepared using the method described in J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I, 1985, 2201-2208.
Unless otherwise specified, all reactions were performed under an inert atmosphere such as nitrogen (NZ).
NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian XL-300 (Varian Co., Palo Alto, California), a Bruker AM-300 spectrometer (Bruker Co., Billerica, Massachusetts) or a Varian Unity 400 at about 23°C at 300 or 400 MHz for proton and 75.4 MHz for carbon nuclei.
Chemical shifts are expressed in parts per million downfield from trimethylsilane. The peak shapes are denoted as follows: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet, q, quartet; m, multiplet; bs=broad singlet. Resonances designated as exchangeable did not appear in a separate NMR experiment where the sample was shaken with several drops of DSO in the same solvent. Atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) mass spectra were obtained on a Fisons Platform II Spectrometer. Chemical ionization mass spectra were obtained on a Hewlett-Packard 5989 instrument (Hewlett-Packard Co., Palo Alto, California) (ammonia ionization, PBMS). Where the intensity of chlorine or bromine-containing ions are described the expected intensity ratio was observed (approximately 3:1 for 35CI/3'CI-containing ions) and 1:1 for'9Br/8'Br-containing ions) and the intensity of only the lower mass ion is given.
Column chromatography was performed with either Baker Silica Gel (40 ~.m) (J.T.
Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.) or Silica Gel 60 (EM Sciences, Gibbstown, N.J.) in glass columns under low nitrogen pressure. Radial Chromatography was performed, using a Chromatotron~ (model 7924T, Harrison Research). Medium pressure chromatography was performed on a Flash 40 Biotage System (Biotage Inc, Dyax Corp., Charlottesville, Virginia). Unless otherwise specified, reagents were used as obtained from commercial sources. Dimethylformamide, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, methanol, tetrahydrofuran, and dichloromethane, when used as reaction solvents, were the anhydrous grade supplied by Aldrioh Chemical Company (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The terms "concentrated" and "coevaporated" refer to removal of solvent at water aspirator pressure on a rotary evaporator with a bath temperature of less than 45°C. Reactions conducted at "0-20°C" or "0-25°C"
were conducted with initial cooling of the vessel in an insulated ice bath which was allowed to warm to room temperature over several hours. The abbreviation "min" and "h" stand for "minutes"
and "hours" respectively. DTT means dithiothreitol. DMSO means dimethyl sulfoxide.
EDTA means ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid.
Some of the preparation methods useful for the preparation of the compounds described herein may require protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary amine, secondary amine, carboxyl in Formula I precursors). The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art. The use of such protection/deprotection methods is also within the skill in the art. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T.W.
Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.
Biological Assays Determination of cAMP Elevation in 293-S Cell Lines Stably Overexpressing Recombinant Human EPA and EP4 Receptors cDNAs representing the complete open reading frames of the human EP2 and EP4 receptors are generated by reverse transcriptase polymerise chain reaction using oligonucleotide primers based on published sequences (1, 2) and RNA from primary human kidney cells (EP2) or primary human lung cells (EP4) as templates.
cDNAs are cloned into the multiple cloning site of pcDNA3 (Invitrogen Corporation, 3985B Sorrento Valley Blvd., San Diego, CA 92121 ) and used to transfect 293-S
human embryonic kidney cells via calcium phosphate co-precipitation. 6418-resistant colonies are expanded and tested for specific [3H]PGEz binding. Transfectants demonstrating high levels of specific [3H]PGEz binding are further characterized by Scatchard analysis to determine Bmax and Kds for PGE2. The lines selected for compound screening have approximately 338,400 receptors per cell and a Kd = 12 nM for PGE2 (EP2), and approximately 256,400 receptors per cell and a Kd = 2.9 nM
for PGE~ (EP4). Constituitive expression of both receptors in parental 293-S
cells is negligible. Cells are maintained in RPMI supplemented with fetal bovine serum (10%
final) and 6418 (700 ug/ml final).
cAMP responses in the 293-S/EP2 and 293-S/EP4 lines are determined by detaching cells from culture flasks in 1 ml of Ca++ and Mg++ deficient PBS via vigorous pounding, adding serum-free RPMI to a final concentration of 1 X 106 cells/ml, and adding 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (IBMX) to a final concentration of 1 mM. One milliliter of cell suspension is immediately aliquoted into individual 2 ml screwcap microcentrifuge and incubated for 10 minutes, uncovered, at 37 °C, 5%
C02,95% relative humdity. The compound to be tested is then added to cells at 1:100 dilutions such that final DMSO or ethanol concentrations is 1 %. Immediately after adding compound, the tubes are covered, mixed by inverting two times, and incubated at 37 °C for 12 minutes. Samples are then lysed by incubation at 100 °C for 10 minutes and immediately cooled on ice for 5 minutes. Cellular debris is pelleted by centrifugation at 1000 X g for 5 minutes, and cleared lysates are transferred to fresh tubes. cAMP concentrations are determined using a commercially available cAMP
radioimmunoassay kit RIA (NEK-033, DuPont/NEN Research Products, 549 Albany St., Boston, MA 02118) after diluting cleared lysates 1:10 in cAMP RIA assay buffer (included in kit). Typically, one treats cells with 6-8 concentrations of the compound to be tested in 1 log increments. EC50 calculations are performed on a calculator using linear regression analysis on the linear portion of the dose response curves.
References 1. Regan, J.W. Bailey, T.J. Pepperl, D.J. Pierce, K.L. Bogardus, A.M. Donello, J.E. Fairbairn, C.E. Kedzie, K.M. Woodward, D.F. and Gil, D.W. 1994 Cloning of a Novel Human Prostaglandin Receptor with Characteristics of the Pharmaclogically Defined EPA Subtype. Mol. Pharmacology 46:213-220.
2. Bastien, L., Sawyer, N., Grygorczyk, R., Metters, K., and Adam, M. 1994 Cloning, Functional Expression, and Characterization of the Human Prostaglandin E2 Receptor EP2 Subtype. J. Biol. Chem. Vol 269, 16:11873-11877.
Assay for Bindinct to Prostaglandin E~ Receptors Membrane Preparation:
All operations are performed at 4 °C. Transfected cells expressing prostaglandin E~ type 1 receptors (EPA), type 2 (EP2), type 3 (EP3) or type 4 {EP4) receptors are harvested and suspended to 2 million cells per ml in Buffer A
[50 mM
Tris-HCI (pH 7.4), 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM Pefabloc peptide, (Boehringer Mannheim Corp., Indianapolis, IN), 10 uM Phosporamidon peptide, (Sigma, St.
Louis, MO), 1 uM pepstatin A peptide, (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), 10 uM elastatinal peptide, (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), 100 uM antipain peptide, (Sigma, Sfi. Louis, MO)]. The cells are lysed by sonification with a Branson Sonifier (Model #250, Branson Ultrasonics Corporation, Danbury, CT) in 2 fifteen second bursts. Unlysed cells and debris are removed by centrifugation at 100 x g for 10 min. Membranes are then harvested by centrifugation at 45,000 x g for 30 minutes. Pelleted membranes are resuspended to 3-10 mg protein per ml, protein concentration being determined of the method of Bradford [Bradford, M., Anal. Biochem., 72, 248 (1976)]. Resuspended membranes are then stored frozen at -80 °C until use.
Binding Assay:
Frozen membranes prepared as above are thawed and diluted to 1 mg protein per ml in Buffer A above. One volume of membrane preparation is combined with 0.05 volume test compound or buffer and one volume of 3 nM 3H-prostaglandin E2 ( #TRK
431, Amersham, Arlington Heights, IL) in Buffer A. The mixture (205 ~,L total volume) is incubated for 1 hour at 25°C. The membranes are then recovered by filtration through type GF/C glass fiber filters ( #1205-401, Wallac, Gaithersburg, MD ) using a Tomtec harvester ( Model Mach II/96, Tomtec, Orange, CT). The membranes with bound 3H-prostaglandin E2 are trapped by the filter, while the buffer and unbound 3H-prostaglandin E~ pass through the filter into waste. Each sample is then washed 3 times with 3 ml of [50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.4), 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EDTA]. The filters are then dried by heating in a microwave oven. To determine the amount of 3H-prostaglandin bound to the membranes, the dried filters are placed into plastic bags with scintillation fluid and counted in a LKB 1205 Betaplate reader (Wallac, Gaithersburg, MD). IC50s are determined from the concentration of test compound required to displace 50% of the specifically bound 3H-prostaglandin E2.
The full length EPA receptor is made as disclosed in Funk et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry, 1993, 268, 26767-26772. The full length EPA receptor is made as disclosed in Regan et al., Molecular Pharmacology, 1994, 46, 213-220. The full length EP3 receptor is made as disclosed in Regan et al., British Journal of Pharmacology, 1994, 112, 377-385. The full length EPA receptor is made as disclosed in Bastien, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 1994, 269, 11873-11877.
These full length receptors are used to prepare 293S cells expressing the EPA, EPA, EP3 and EP4 receptors.
293S cells expressing either the human EPA, EP2, EP3 or EP4 prostaglandin E~ receptors are generated according to methods known to those skilled in the art.
Typically, PCR (polymerise chain reaction) primers corresponding to the 5' and 3' ends of the published full length receptor are made according to the well known methods disclosed above and are used in an RT-PCR reaction using the total RNA
from human kidney (for EPA), human lung (for EP2), human lung (for EP3) or human lymphocytes (for EP4) as a source. PCR products are cloned by the TA overhang method into pCR2.1 (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) and identity of the cloned receptor is confirmed by DNA sequencing.
293S cells (Mayo, Dept. of Biochemistry, Northwestern Univ.) are transfected with the cloned receptor in pcDNA3 by electroporation. Stable cell lines expressing the receptor are established following selection of transfected cells with 6418.
Clonal cell lines expressing the maximal number of receptors are chosen following a whole cell 3H-PGEZ binding assay using unlabeled PGE2 as a competitor.
EXample EPZ( nM) Example NumberEP2 (nM) Number 1 395 lal 17 la 2200 lan 94 lb 160 2 45 lc 24 2a 37 ld 885 2b 385 le 760 3 650 if 52 3a 440 lg 109 3b 7.83 lh 745 4 225 1 i 72 4a 795 lj 385 4b 440 lk 1755 4c 885 11 600 4d 175 lm 245 4e 410 In 140 4f 705 l0 550 4g 720 lp 44 4h 210 lq 39 5 980 lr 308 5a 355 is 165 5b 640 It 8 6 315 lu 7 6a 325 lv 9 6c 300 1 w 24 6d 170 lx 160 6e 325 ly 13 6f 490 lz 19 6g 350 laa 335 6h 140 1 ab 110 6i 270 1 ac 335 6j 375 lad 195 7a 400 lae 121 7b 140 1 of 106.5 7c 260 lag 169 7d 52 1 ah 180.5 7f 344 1 ai 125 7g 412 1 aj 25.5 7h 172 1 ak 6.19 8 71 Example EPZ( nM) Example Number EPZ (nM) Number 8a 180 12i 16 8b 266 12k 31 9 17 12m 38 9a 84.5 12n 10 9b 94.5 120 10 9c 490 12p 29 9d 202.5 12q 10 l la 8.2 12r 10 l lb 12.75 12s 10 i llc 13.2 12t 57 lld 45 12u 63 11 a 6.3 12v 10 l if 25.68 12w 47 l lg 25.04 12x 10 l lh 7.5 12y 55 111 89 12z 200 l lm 10 13a 10 lln 10 13b 22 lio 10 13c 10 llp 10 13d 10 llq 10 13e 10 llr 10 13f 10 l is 10 13g 34.0 l It 10 13h 10 l lu 10.5 13i 10.4 l lv 10 13j 26 l lw 36.5 13k 99 11 x 63.5 131 47.5 l ly 10 13m 155 llz 13 130 10 12a 65 13r 10 12b 14.3 13s 10 12c 25 13t 230 12d 515 13u 7.99 12e 118.5 13v 25.83 12f 10 13w 12 12g 10 13x 15.5 12h 10 13y 10 Exam le NumberEPZ nM
13z 24.5 14a 13.5 14b 10 14c 68 14d 10 14e 13 15a 10 15b 10 15c 35 15d 10 15e 39 15f 10 16a 110 16b ~ 215
is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with -chloro, fluoro, hydroxy or methyl;
M is -Ar3, -Ar4-V'-ArS, -Ar4-S-ArS, -Ar4-SO-ArS, -Ar4-SOZ-Ar5 or -Ar4-O-ArS;
Ar is a partially saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur; or Ar is a fully saturated five to seven membered ring having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen;
Ar' and Arz are each independently a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur;
said Ar, Ar' and Arz moieties are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen, on one ring if the moiety is monocyclic, on one or both rings if the moiety is bicyclic, or on one, two or three rings if the moiety is tricyclic, with up to three substituents per moiety independently selected from R3, R4 and R5 wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently hydroxy, vitro, halo, carboxy, (C~-C~)alkoxy, (C~-C4)alkoxy(C~-C4)alkyl, (C~-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, (C~-C~)alkyl, (CZ-C~)alkenyl, (C2-C~)alkynyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl(C~-C4)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C~-Ca)alkanoyl, formyl, (C~-C8)alkanoyl, (C~-C6)alkanoyl(C~-C6)alkyl, (C~-C4)alkanoylamino, (C~-C4)alkoxycarbonylamino, hydroxysulfonyl, aminocarbonylamino or mono-N-, di-N,N-, di-N,N'- or tri-N,N,N'-(C~-C4)alkyl substituted aminocarbonylamino, sulfonamido, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonamido, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylamino, carbamoyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C,-C4)alkylcarbamoyl, cyano, thiol, (C~-C6)alkylthio, (C~-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylaminosulfinyl;
Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are each independently a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independenfily from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substitufied on sulfur;
said Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 moieties are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen, on one ring if the moiety is monocyclic, on one or both rings if the moiety is bicyclic, or on one, two or three rings if the moiety is tricyclic, with up to three substituents per moiety independently selected from R3~, R4' and R5' wherein R3', R4' and R5' are independently hydroxy, vitro, halo, carboxy, (C~-C~)alkoxy, (C~-C4)alkoxy(C~-C4)alkyl, (C~-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, (C~-C~)alkyl, (CZ-C~)alkenyl, (Cz-C~)alkynyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl(C~-C4)alkyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl(C~-C4)alkanoyl, formyl, (C~-C8)alkanoyl, (C~-C6)alkanoyl(C~-C6)alkyl, (C~-C4)alkanoylamino, (C~-C4)alkoxycarbonylamino, hydroxysulfonyl, aminocarbonylamino or mono-N-, di-N,N-, di-N,N'- or tri-N,N,N'-(C~-C4)alkyl substituted aminocarbonyiamino, sulfonamido, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonamido, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylamino, carbamoyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylcarbamoyl, cyano, thiol, (C~-C6)alkylthio, (C~-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (C~-C4)alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C4)alkylaminosulfinyl;
W is oxy, thio, sulfino, sulfonyl, aminosulfonyl-, -mono-N-(C~-C4)alkyleneaminosulfonyl-, sulfonylamino, N-(C~-C4)alkylenesulfonylamino, carboxamido, N-(C~-C4)alkylenecarboxamido, carboxamidooxy, N-(C~-C4)alkylenecarboxamidooxy, carbamoyl, -mono-N-(C~-C4)alkylenecarbamoyl, carbamoyloxy, or -mono-N-(C~-C4)alkylenecarbamoyloxy, wherein said W alkyl groups are optionally substituted on carbon with one to three fluorines;
X is a five or six membered aromatic ring optionally having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; said ring optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with halo, (C~-C3)alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethyloxy, difluoromethyloxy, hydroxyl, (C~-C4)alkoxy, or carbamoyl;
R', R~, R3, R4 R5, R11, R3', R4' and R5', when containing an alkyl, alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene moiety, are optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted on carbon independently with halo or hydroxy; and V and V' are each independently a bond, thio(C~-C4)alkylene, (C~-C4)alkylenethio, (C~-C4)alkyleneoxy, oxy(C~-C4)alkylene or (C~-C3)alkylene optionally mono= or di-substituted independently with hydroxy or fluoro;
with the provisos that:
a. when o~C is (C2-C4)alkylene and M is Ar3 and Ar3 is cyclopenfi-1-yl, cyclohex-1-yl, cyclohept-1-yl or cyclooct-1-yl then said (C5-C8)cycloalkyl substituents are not substituted at the one position with hydroxy; and b. when K is a bond; G is phenyl, phenylmethyl, substituted phenyl or substituted phenylmethyl; Q is (C3-C$)alkylene; and M is Ar3 or Ar4-ArS, then A is sulfonyl.
The present invention also provides methods oftreating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension, and repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease, the methods comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Detailed Description of the Invention Examples of EPA selective receptor agonists are set forth in U.S. Patent Number 6,498,172. A preferred EP2 selective receptor agonist that can be used in the present methods is a compound of Formula I as defined above.
A preferred group of compounds designated the A Group, comprises those compounds having the Formula I as shown above, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein B
is N; Z is carboxyl, (C~-C6)alkoxycarbonyl' or tetrazolyl; Ar is phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2H-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, thiepinyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, benzo(b)thienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, decalinyl, 2H-benzopyranyl and 1,4-benzodioxan; Are, Ar2, Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are each independently cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2H-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinylpiperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, thiepinyl, 1,2,4-diazepinyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1 H-isoindolyl, indolinyl, cyclopenta(b)pyridinyl, pyrano(3,4-b)pyrrolyl, benzofuryl, isobenzofuryl, benzo(b)thienyl, benzo(c)thienyl, 1 H-indazolyl, _g_ indoxazinyl, benzoxazolyl, anthranilyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, indenyl, isoindenyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, decalinyl, 2H-1-benzopyranyl, 1,4-benzodioxan, pyrido(3,4-b)-pyridinyl, pyrido(3,2-b)-pyridinyl, pyrido(4,3-b)-pyridinyl, 2H-1,3-benzoxazinyl, 2H-1,4-benzoxazinyl, 1H-2,3-benzoxazinyl, 4H-3,1-benzoxazinyl, 2H-1,2-benzoxazinyl and 4H-1,4-benzoxazinyl;
and X is tetrahydrofuranyl, phenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrrazolyl, furanyl or pyrimidyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl;
and wherein each of said Ar, Ar' and Are groups are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen with up to three substituents independently selected from R3, R4 and R5;
each of said Ar, Ar',and Are groups are optionally substituted independently on carbon or sulfur with one or two oxo groups; each of said Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 groups are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen independently with up to three R3', R4' and R5' groups and each of said Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 groups are optionally substituted independently on carbon or sulfur with one or two oxo groups.
A group of compounds within the A Group, designated the B Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A is CO; G is oxy(C~-C6)alkylene;
Q is -(CZ-C6)alkylene-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C4-C8)alkylene-, said -(C4-C$)alkylene- optionally substituted wifih up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C2-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C2-C4)alkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl, thienyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
Another group of compounds which is preferred within the A Group, designated the C Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A
is CO; G is Ar; Q is _g_ -(C2-Cs)alkylene-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C4-C$)alkylene-, said -(C4-C$)alkylene- optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C2-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C2-C4)alkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl, thienyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
Another group of compounds which is preferred within the A Group, designated the D Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A
is CO; G is R'R~-amino or amino substituted with Ar, or amino substituted with Ar(C,-C4)alkylene and R", wherein R" is H; Q is -(C2-Cs)alkylene-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(Ca-C8)alkylene-, said -(C4-C8)alkylene- optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C~-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C~-C4)afkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl, thienyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl;and wherein R' and R2 may be taken separately and are independently selected from H and (C~-C8)alkyl, or R' and RZ are taken together to form a five- or six-membered azacycloalkyl, said azacycloalkyl optionally containing an oxygen atom.
Another group of compounds which is preferred within the G Group, designated the E Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prfldrugs, wherein A
is S02; G is R' R2-amino, or amino substituted with Ar and R"; O is -(C2-Cs)alkylene-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C4-C8)alkylene-, said -(C4-C$)alkylene- optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C2-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C,-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(CZ-C4)alkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-Ca)alkylene-X-O-(C,-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl, thienyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl; and wherein R' and RZ may be taken separately and are independently selected from H and (C~-Cs)alkyl, or R' and R~ are taken together to form a five- or six-membered azacycloalkyl, said azacycloalkyl optionally containing an oxygen atom.
Another group of compounds which is preferred within the A Group, designated the F Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A
is S~2; G is Ar, Ar(C1-CZ)alkylene or Ar'-V-Are; Q is -(C~-C6)alkylene-~-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(Ca-Cs)alkylene-, said -(C4-C8)alkylene- optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C~-C4)alkyl, -X-(C2-C5)alkylene-, -(C~-C5)alkylene-X-, -(C~-C3)alkylene-X-(C~-C3)alkylene-, -(C2-C4)alkylene-O-X-(Co-C3)alkylene-, or -(Co-C4)alkylene-X-O-(C~-C3)alkylene-; and X is phenyl,pyrimidyf, pyridyl, thienyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, furanyl or thiazolyl, wherein X is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
A particularly preferred group of compounds within the F Group, designated the FA Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein G is Ar or Ar-(C~-C2)-alkylene; Ar is phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl or 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl wherein each of said Ar groups is optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen with R', R2 or R3; Ar4 is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, pyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl or thiepinyl wherein each of said Ar4 groups is optionally mono- di- or tri-substituted on carbon or nitrogen with R3', Ra' or R5' ; Ar5 is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, pyranyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl or thiepinyl wherein each of said Ar5 groups is optionally mono- di-or tri-substituted on carbon or nitrogen with R3', R4' or R5'; Q is -(C5-C~)-alkylene-, -(C~-C~)-alkyfane-X-(C~-C2)-alkylene-, -(C~-C2)-X-O-(C~-C2)-alkylene-, -(Cz-C4)-alkylene-thienyl-, -(C2-C4)-alkylene-furanyl- or -(C2-C4)-alkylene-thiazolyl-; X is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl or thienyl; and said X groups are optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl;
said -(C2-C4)-alkylene-furanyl- and -(C2-C4)-alkylene-thienyl- having a 2,5-substitution pattern, e.g., l\ l\
(C2-C4)alkylene ~ (C2 C4)alkylene S
A preferred group of compounds within the FA Group, designated the FB
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein K is methylene, M is Ar4-ArS, Ar4-O-Ar5 or Are-S-Ar5 and Ar is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted on carbon or nitrogen with R3, Ra or R5.
A preferred group of compounds within the FB Group, designated the FC
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein M is Ar4-ArS; Ar is phenyl, pyridyl or imidazolyl; Ar4 is phenyl, furanyl or pyridyl; and Ar5 is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, phenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar, Ar4 and Ar5 are optionally mono, -di- or tri-substituted on carbon or nitrogen independently with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy.
An especially preferred group of compounds within the FC Group, designated the FD Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C5-C~)alkylene-.
Another especially preferred group of compounds within the FC Group, designated the FE Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q
is CH2-X-CHZ- and X is metaphenylene optionally mono- or di- substituted with chloro, fluoro, metlioxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the FE Group are those compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, selected from {3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid;
(3-(((5-phenyl-furan-2-ylmethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; and (3-(((4-pyrazin-2-yl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the FE Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is a furanyl ring and Ar5 is phenyl wherein said phenyl moiety is substituted at the 5-position of said furanyl ring; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred compound within the FE Group is the compund wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is phenyl and Ar5 is pyrimid-2-yl and said pyrimid-2-yl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring; and Q is -CH2-X-CHZ- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within th FE Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is phenyl and Ar5 is thiazol-2-yl and said thiazol-2-yl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring; and Q is -CH2-X-CHz- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the FE Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is phenyl and Ar5 is pyrimid-5-yl and said pyrimid-5-yl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring; and Q is -CHa-X-CHI- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the FE Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is Ar4-Ar5 wherein Ar4 is phenyl and Ar5 is pyrazin-2-y1 and said pyrazin-2-yl is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
A preferred group of compounds within the FC Group, designated the G
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C2-C4)-alkylene-thienyl-, -(C2-C4)-alkylene-furanyl- or -(C2-C4)-alkylene-thiazolyl-.
An especially preferred compound within the G Group is 5-(3-((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the G Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is n-propylenyl; X is thienyl; Z is carboxy; Ar is 3-pyridyl; Ar4 is phenyl; and Are is 2-thiazolyl; said 2-thiazolyl being substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl.
Another especially preferred group of compounds within the FC Group, designated the H Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q
is -CH2-X-~-CH2-; Ar4 is phenyl or pyridyl; said phenyl and pyridyl are optionally substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl and methyl; and X is metaphenylene.
A preferred group of compounds within the H Group are (3-(((4-cyclohexyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4- pyridin-3-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid; (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-4-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid; and (3-(((pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is cyclohexyl; and said cyclohexyl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
Another especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is thiazol-2-yl;
and said thiazol-2-yl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is 2-pyridyl; and said 2-pyridyl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is 3-pyridyl; and said 3-pyridyl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the H Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; Ar4 is phenyl; Ar5 is 4-pyridyl; and said 4-pyridyl moiety is substituted at the 4-position of said phenyl ring.
A preferred group of compounds within the FA Group, designated the I Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein K is methylene, G is Ar; Ar is phenyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, Ar is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with R3, R4 or R5, and M is Ar3, wherein said Ar3 is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzofuryl, benzo(b)thienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, 2H-1-benzopyranyl or 1,4-benzodioxan and is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with R3~, chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy.
An especially preferred group of compounds within the I Group are (3-(((2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-ylmethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; and (3-((benzofuran-2-ylmethyl-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the I Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compound and prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is 6-(1,4-benzodioxan);
and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred compound within the I Group is the compound wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is 2-benzofuryl; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2-wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred group of compounds within the I Group, designated the J Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is phenyl, pyridyl or imidazolyl, said phenyl, pyridyl and imidazolyl optionally substituted independently with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy; Ar3 is phenyl substituted with R3', wherein R3' is (C~-C~)alkyl, mono-N- or di-N, N-(C~-C4)alkylamine, or (C~-C5)alkoxy, said (C~-C~)alkyl or (C~-C5)alkoxy optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with hydroxy or fluoro; and Ar3 is further optionally mono- or di-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the J Group, designated the K Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C5-C~)alkylene-.
Another preferred group of compounds within the J Group, designated the L
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -CHZ-X-CH2-and X is phenyl optionally mono-, di- or tri- substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
An especially preferred group of compounds within the L Group are (3-(((4-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; (3-((benzenesulfonyl-(4-butyl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; .(3-(((4-butyl-benzyl)-(1-methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid; and (3-(((4-dimethylamino-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the L Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with n-butyl; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred compound within the L Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is phenyl; Z is carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with n-butyl; and Q is -CHZ-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the L Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is 4-(1-methyl-imida~olyl); Z is carboxy; M
is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with n-butyl; and Q is -CH2-X-CHZ-wherein X is metaphenylene.
Yet another especially preferred compound within the L Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with dimethylamino; and Q is -CH2-X-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another preferred group of compounds within the J Group comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(CZ-C4)alkylene-thienyl, -(CZ-C4)alkylene-furanyl or -(C2-C4)alkylene-thiazolyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the J Group, designated the M Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is =(C~-C2)-X-O-(C~-C~)alkylene-and X is metaphenylene, said X being optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl or methyl.
An especially preferred group of compounds within the M Group are (3-(((4-dimethylamino-ben~yl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetio acid and (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the M Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with dimethylamino; and Q is -CH2-X-O-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another especially preferred compound within the M Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar is pyrid-3-yl; Z is .carboxy; M is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with Pert butyl; and Q is -CHZ-X-O-CH2- wherein X is metaphenylene.
Another preferred group of compounds within the FA Group, designated the N
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein G is Ar; K is (Cz-C4) alkylene or n-propenylene; Ar is phenyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with R3, R4 or R5; and M is Ar3, optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy and trifluoromethyl.
An especially preferred compound within the N Group is traps-(3-(((3-(3,5 dichloro-phenyl)-allyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the N Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein K is traps-n-propenylene, said M group being attached to the position of the n-propenylene and said N atom being attached to the 3-position of the n-propenylene; Ar is pyrid-3-yl; M is phenyl 3,5-disubstituted with chloro; ~
is carboxy;
and Q is CH2-X-CHI- wherein X is metaphenylene.
A preferred group of compounds within the N Group, designated the O Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar3 is phenyl optionally substituted with chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the O Group, designated the P Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C5-C~)alkylene-.
Another group of compounds within the O Group, designated the Q Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -CHZ-X-CHI- and X is metaphenylene.
Yet another group of compounds within the O Group, designated the R
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C2-C4)alkylene-X- and X is furanyl, thienyl or thiazolyl.
Yet another preferred group of compounds within the O Group, designated the S Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C~-C2)-X-O-(C~-C2)alkylene- and X is metaphenylene.
Another preferred group of compounds within the FA Group, designated the T
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein G is Ar; K is thioethylene or oxyethylene, Ar is phenyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar is optionally substituted with up to three R3, R4 or R5; and M is Ar3, optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted with chloro, fluoro, methyl, diffuoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the T Group, designated the U Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Ar3 is phenyl.
A preferred group of compounds within the U Group, designated the V Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C5-C7)alkylene-.
Another preferred group of compounds within the U Group, designated the W
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -CH2-X-CH2-and X is metaphenylene.
Another preferred group of compounds within the U Group, designated the X
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C~-C4)alkylene-X- and X is furanyl, thienyl or thiazolyl.
Another preferred group of compounds within the U Group, designated the Y
Group, comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein Q is -(C~-C2)-X-O-(C~-C2)alkylene- and X is metaphenylene.
An especially preferred compound within the Y Group is (3-(((2-(3,5-dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid.
An especially preferred compound within the Y Group is the compound, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein K is ethylenyloxy; said M group being attached to the oxygen atom of the ethylenyloxy group and said N atom being attached to the 2-position of the ethylenyloxy group; Ar is pyrid-3-yl; M is phenyl 3,5-disubstituted with chloro; Z is carboxy and Q is -CH2-X-O-CHz- wherein X is a second phenyl ring and said CH2 and OCH2 substituents are situated in a meta substitution pattern on said second phenyl ring.
Another preferred group of compounds, designated the Z Group, comprises those compounds of Formula I, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein B is CH.
A preferred group of compounds within the Z Group comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A is CO; G is Ar, K is methylenyl, propylenyl, propenylenyl or oxyethylenyl; M is Ar3 or Ar4-ArS; Ar3 is phenyl or pyridyl;
Ar4 is phenyl, thienyl, pyridyl or furanyl; Ar5 is (C5-C~) cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl or thiazolyl ; Ar is phenyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar, Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are optionally substituted independently with up to three chloro, fluoro, methyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
Another especially preferred group of compounds within the ~ Group comprises those compounds, prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and said prodrugs, wherein A is CO; G is Ar, K is methylenyl, propylenyl, propenylenyl or oxyethylenyl; M is Ar3 or Ar4-ArS; Ar3 is phenyl or pyridyl;
Ar4 is phenyl, thienyl, pyridyl or furanyl; Ar5 is (C5-C~) cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl or thiazolyl ;
Ar is phenyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, wherein Ar, Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are optionally substituted independently with up to three chloro, fluoro, methyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
Exemplary five to six membered aromatic rings optionally having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur (i.e.,X
rings) are phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridiazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyrazinyl.
Exemplary partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered rings optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen (i.e., Ar, Ar' and Arz) are cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and phenyl. Further exemplary five membered rings are furyl, thienyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, 2H-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2-dithiolyl, 1,3-dithiolyl, 3H-1,2-oxathiolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazolyl, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazolyl, 3H-1,2,3-dioxazolyl, 1,2,4-dioxazolyl, 1,3,2-dioxazolyl, 1,3,4-dioxazolyl, 5H-1,2,5-oxathiazolyl and 1,3-oxathiolyl.
Further exemplary six membered rings are 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, 1,2-dioxinyl, 1,3-dioxinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, 1,3,5-trithianyl, 4H-1,2-oxazinyl, 2H-1,3-oxazinyl, 6H-1,3-oxazinyl, 6H-1,2-oxazinyl, 1,4-oxazinyl, 2H-1,2-oxazinyl, 4H-1,4-oxazinyl, 1,2,5-oxathiazinyl, 1,4-oxazinyl, o-isoxazinyl, p-isoxazinyl, 1,2,5-oxathiazinyl, 1,2,6-oxathiazinyl, 1,4,2-oxadiazinyl and 1,3,5,2-oxadiazinyl.
Further exemplary seven membered rings are azepinyl, oxepinyl, thiepinyl and 1,2,4-diazepinyl.
Further exemplary eight membered rings are cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl and cyclooctadienyl.
Exemplary bicyclic rings consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five andlor six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen are indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1 H-isoindolyl, indolinyl, cyclopenta(b)pyridinyl, pyrano(3,4-b)pyrrolyl, benzofuryl, isobenzofuryl, benzo(b)thienyl, benzo(c)thienyl, 1 H-indazolyl, indoxazinyl, benzoxazolyl, anthranilyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, indenyl, isoindenyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, decalinyl, 2H-1-benzopyranyl, 1,4-benzodioxan, pyrido(3,4-b)-pyridinyl, pyrido(3,2-b)-pyridinyl, pyrido(4,3-b)-pyridinyl, 2H-1,3-benzoxazinyl, 2H-1,4-benzoxazinyl, 1H-2,3-benzoxazinyl, 4H-3,1-benzoxazinyl, 2H-1,2-benzoxazinyl and 4H-1,4-benzoxazinyl.
Exemplary tricyclic rings consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five and/or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen are indacenyl, biphenylenyl, acenaphthylenyl, fluorenyl, phenalenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, naphthothienyl, thianthrenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl and phenoxazinyl. It will be understood that the fully saturated and all partially unsaturated forms of these rings are within the scope of this invention. Further, it will be understood that nitrogen may be substituted as the heteroatom at any position, including a bridgeghead position, in the heterocyclic rings. Further still, it will be understood that sulfur and oxygen may be substituted as the heteroatom at any non-bridgehead position within the heterocyclic rings.
By alkylene is meant saturated hydrocarbon (straight chain or branched) wherein a hydrogen atom is removed from each of the terminal carbons.
Exemplary of such groups (assuming the designated length encompases the particular example) are methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene and heptylene.
By alkenylene is meant a hydrocarbon containing monounsaturation in the form of one double bond wherein said hydrocarbon is straight chain or branched and wherein a hydrogen atom is removed from each of the terminal carbons.
Exemplary of such groups (assuming the designated length encompasses the particular example) are ethenylene (or vinylene), propenylene, butenylene, pentenylene, hexenylene and heptenylene.
By alkynylene is meant a hydrocarbon containing di-unsaturation in the form of one triple bond wherein said hydrocarbon is straight chain or branched and wherein a hydrogen atom is removed from each of the terminal carbons.
Exemplary of such groups (assuming the designated length encompasses the particular example) are ethynylene, propynylene, butynylene, pentynylene, hexynylene and heptynylene.
By halo is meant chloro, bromo, iodo, or fluoro.
By alkyl is meant straight chain saturated hydrocarbon or branched saturated hydrocarbon. Exemplary of such alkyl groups (assuming the designated length encompasses the particular example) are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl and octyl.
By alkoxy is meant straight chain saturated alkyl or branched saturated alkyl bonded through an oxy. Exemplary of such alkoxy groups (assuming the designated length encompasses the particular example) are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tertiary butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, tertiary pentoxy, hexoxy, isohexoxy, heptoxy and octoxy.
As used herein, the term mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-CX)alkyl... refers to the (C~-CX)alkyl moiety taken independently when it is di-N,N-(C~-Cx)alkyl...(x refers to integers and is taken independently when two (C~-Cx)alkyl groups are present, e.g., methylethylamino is within the scope of di-N,N-(C~-CX)alkyl).
Unless otherwise stated the "M" moieties defined above are optionally substituted (e.g., the mere listing of a substituent such as R' in a subgenus or dependent claim does not mean that M is always substituted with the R' moiety unless it is stated that the M moiety is substituted with R~). However, in the compounds of Formula I, when K is a bond and M is phenyl, said phenyl group is substituted with one to three substituents. Additionally, in the compounds of Formula I, when Ar or Ar' is a fully saturated five to eight membered ring, said ring is unsubstituted.
It is to be understood that if a carbocyclic or heterocyclic moiety may be bonded or otherwise attached to a designated substrate, through differing ring atoms without denoting a specific point of attachment, then all possible points are intended, whether through a carbon atom or, for example, a trivalent nitrogen atom. For example, the term "pyridyl" means 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl, the term "thienyl"
means 2-, or 3-thienyl, and so forth.
A particularly preferred compound of Formula I is (3-(((4-tart-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, or a pharmaceitcally acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, or a salt of a prodrug. A particularly preferred salt is the sodium salt.
Other EP2 selective receptor agonists that can be used in the present invention include the prostaglandin receptor agonists disclosed in U.S. patent numbers 6,288,120; and 6,124,314; and PCT published patent application WO
98/58911 (PCT/IB98/00866). A preferred EPZcompound disclosed in U.S. 6,288,120 is 7-[(4-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, or a salt of a prodrug. A preferred salt of 7-[{4 butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid is the monosodium salt.
Other EPz selective receptor agonists that can be used in the present invention include the compounds disclosed in the following: Burk, Robert M.;
Holoboski, Mark; Posner, Mari F., Preparation of prostaglandin E2 analogs as receptor agonists-US patent application no. 2002187961; Burk, Robert M.;
Holoboski, Mark; Posner, Mari F., Preparation of prostaglandin E2 analogs as EP2-receptor agonists- US patent 6,376,533; Duckworth, N.; Marshall, K.; Clayton, J. K., An investigation of the effect of the prostaglandin EP2 receptor agonist, butaprost, on the human isolated myometrium from pregnant and non-pregnant women, Journal of Endocrinology (2002), 172(2), 263-269; Tani, Kousuke; Naganawa, Atsushi;
Ishida, Akiharu; Egashira, Hiromu; Odagaki, Yoshihiko; Miyazaki, Toru; Hasegawa, Tomoyuki; Kawanaka, Yasufumi; Nakai, Hisao; Ohuchida, Shuichi; Toda, Masaaki.
Synthesis of a highly selective EP2-receptor agonist, Synlett (2002), (2), 239-242;
Tani, Kousuke; Naganawa, Atsushi; Ishida, Akiharu; Egashira, Hiromu; Sagawa, Kenji; Harada, Hiroyuki; Ogawa, Mikio; Maruyama, Takayuki; Ohuchida, Shuichi;
Nakai, Hisao; Kondo, Kigen; Toda, Masaaki. Development of a highly selective receptor agonist. Part 2. Identification of 16-Hydroxy-17,17-trimethylene 9b-chloro PGF derivatives, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry (2002), 10(4), 1107-1114;
Tani, Kousuke; Naganawa, Atsushi; Ishida, Akiharu; Sagawa, Kenji; Harada, Hiroyuki;
Ogawa, Mikio; Maruyama, Takayuki; Ohuchida, Shuichi; Nakai, Hisao; Kondo, Kigen;
Toda, Masaaki, Development of a highly selective EP2-receptor agonist. Part 1.
Identification of 16-hydroxy-17,17-trimethylene PGE2 derivatives, Bioorganic &
Medicinal Chemistry (2002), 10(4), 1093-1106; Michelet, Jean-Francois; Mahe, Yann;
Bernard, Bruno, Use of non-prostanoic agonists of EP-2 and/or EP-4 prostaglandin receptors as cosmetic agent for reducing or stopping hair loss- European patent application EP 1175891 A1;Tani, K.; Naganawa, A.; Ishida, A.; Egashira, H.;
Sagawa, K.; Harada, H.; Ogawa, M.; Maruyama, T.; Ohuchida, S.; Nakai, H.; Kondo, K.;
Toda, M., Design and Synthesis of a Highly Selective EP2-Receptor Agonist, Bioorganic &
Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2001 ), 11 (15), 2025-2028; Crider, J. Y.;
Sharif, N. A., Functional pharmacological evidence for EP2 and EP4 prostanoid receptors in immortalized human trabecular meshwork and non-pigmented ciliary epithelial cells., International Journal of Environmental Studies (2000), 58(1 ), 35-46; Crider, J. Y.;
Sharif, N., A. Functional pharmacological evidence for EP2 and EP4 prostanoid receptors in immortalized human trabecular meshwork and nonpigmented ciliary epithelial cells. Journal of Ocular Pharmacology and Therapeutics (2001 ), 17(1 ), 35-46; Klimko, Peter G.; Sharif, Najam A.; Griffin, Brenda W. Prostaglandin E
agonists for treatment of glaucoma- WO 0038667 A2; Woodward, David F., EP2 receptor agonists as neuroprotective agents for the eye-US 5877211; Regan, John W.;
Gil, Daniel W.; Woodward, David F., Cloning of a novel human prostaglandin receptor with characteristics of the pharmacologically defined EP2 subtype- US 5716835;
Woodward, David F. EP2-receptor agonists as agents for lowering intraocular pressure-US 5698598; Woodward, David F. EP2-receptor agonists as agents for lowering intraocular pressure.-WO 9519964; Woodward, D. F.; Bogardus, A. M.;
Donello, J. E.; Fairbairn, C. E.; Gil, D. W.; Kedzie, K. M.; Burke, J. A.;
Kharlamb, A.;
Runde, E.; et al., Molecular characterization and ocular hypotensive properties of the prostanoid EP2 receptor, Journal of Ocular Pharmacology and Therapeutics (1995), 11 (3), 447-54; Nials, Anthony T.; Vardey, Christopher J.; Denyer, Lois H.;
Thomas, Malcolm; Sparrow, Susan J.; Shepherd, Gillian D.; Coleman, Robert A., AH13205, a selective prostanoid EP2-receptor agonist, Cardiovascular Drug Reviews (1993), 11(2), 165-79; and Woodward, D. F.; Protzman, C. E.; Krauss, A. H. P.;
Williams, L.
S., Identification of 19(R)-OH prostaglandin E2 as a selective prostanoid EP2-receptor agonist, Prostaglandins (1993), 46(4), 371-83.
The present methods can be used to treat pulmonary hypertension.
Pulmonary hypertension, also known as primary pulmonary hypertension, is a disease of unknown origin that involves the medium and small pulmonary arteries and results in right ventricular failure or fatal syncope, typically 2 to 5 years after detection. Intimal hyperplasia and consequent narrowing of the vessel lumen are always present. Areas of medial hypertrophy and hyperplasia, irreversible plexiform lesions, and necrotizing arteritis (plexogenic arteriopathy) occur in more advanced cases. Those skilled in the art are familiar with the identification of patients having pulmonary hypertension.
The present methods can also be used in facilitating joint fusion. Examples of joint fusions include fusion of bones in the wrist or ankle as well as other joints. In a joint fusion, two or more bones are fused together.
The present methods can also be used to facilitate tendon and/or ligament repair. The repair can comprise the strengthening of a tendon or ligament or can comprise the reconstruction of a damaged portion of a tendon and/or ligament.
Another aspect of tendon and ligament repair is to strengthen or repair the attachment of a tendon or ligament to a bone.
The present methods can also be used to reduce the occurrence of secondary fractures. A secondary fracture is a fracture subsequent to a primary fracture. Once a fracture has occurred, the present methods can be used to prevent another fracture from occurring or reduce the magnitude or complexity of any secondary fracture. For example, if a patient has a hip fracture, the present method may be used to help avoid or ameliorate the extent of a second fracture in the hip either on the same side of the hip as the first fracture or on the other side of the hip.
The prevention or amelioration of damage caused by secondary fractures is also important in cases where the risk of secondary fractures is enhanced, such as in response to chemotherapy. Also, the prevention of secondary fractures in the spine and spinal stabilization are important.
The present invention also provides methods of treating avascular necrosis.
Avascular necrosis is characterized by cell death in bone resulting from a compromised blood supply. The hip, femur and shoulder are commonly affected bones. Various conditions have been associated with avascular necrosis including fracture of the femoral neck, hip dislocation, decompression sickness, sickle cell disease, radiotherapy, Gaucher's disease, and corticosteroid high-dose therapy.
Other conditions that have been associated with avascular necrosis include systemic lupus erythrmatosus, renal transplantation, polycythemia versa, Cushing's syndrome, Diabetes mellitus, atherosclerosis, cytotoxic chemotherapy, alcohol abuse, fatty liver, psoriasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic cancer and gout. Thus, the presence of a condition associated with avascular necrosis can be an indicator to apply the methods of the present invention to prevent or ameliorate the occurrence of avascualr necrosis in a patient.
The present invention also be used to facilitate cartilage repair, facilitate bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitate liver regeneration, facilitate wound healing, reduce the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treat hypertension, facilitate the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treat glaucoma, treat ocular hypertension, or repair damage caused by metastatic bone disease, which conditions are well known to those skilled in the art. Patients having such conditions are easily identified by those skilled in the art.
The term "facilitating"," facilitate", and the like, with regard to the present methods, means to make the methods less difficult or improve the speed of the methods. For example, facilitating bone fusion means to make the procedure less difficult to accomplish or proceed more rapidly in the presence of an EP2 selective receptor agonist than in the absence of an E-PZ selective receptor agonist.
A preferred dosage is about 0.001 to 100 mg/kg/day of an EP2selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I. An especially preferred dosage is about 0.01 to 10 mg/kglday of an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I.
The present invention is also concerned with pharmaceutical compositions comprising an EPz selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I, and a carrier, solvent, diluent and the like.
Another aspect'of this invention is directed to combinations of an EPA
selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I, and other therapeutically useful compounds.
In one embodiment, the combinations of this invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a first compound, said first compound being an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I; and a therapeutically effective amount of a second compound, the second compound being an anti-resorptive agent such as an estrogen agonistlantagonist or a bisphosphonate.
An estrogen agonistlantagonist is also called a selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM).
It is noted that when compounds are discussed herein, it is contemplated that the compounds may be administered to a patient as a therapeutically acceptable salt, prodrug, or a salt of a prodrug. All such variations are intended to be included in the invention.
Another aspect of this invention is a kit comprising:
a. an amount of an EPA selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula f, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent in a first unit dosage form;
b. an amount of an anti-resorptive agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diiuent in a second unit dosage form; and c. a container.
Yet another aspect of this invention is directed to pharmaceutical compositions or kits comprising an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I, and another bone anabolic agent (although the other bone anabolic agent may be another EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a different compound of Formula.l). Such compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a first compound, said first compound being an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I; and a therapeutically effective amount of a second compound, said second compound being another bone anabolic agent.
The first compound can administered at the same time as the second compound in the same dosage form or in different dosage forms. Alternatively, the first compound and second compound can be administered at different times.
Moreover, the combinations of the present invention can comprise more than two compounds. For example, two EPA selective receptor agonists and an anti-repsorptive or bone anabolic compound can be administered to a patient.
Another aspect of this invention is a kit comprising:
a. an amount of an EPZ receptor selective agonist, such as a compound of Formula I, in a first unit dosage form;
b. an amount of a second compound, said second -compound being another bone anabolic agent in a second unit dosage form; and c. a container.
Preferred bone anabolic agents include IGF-1, prostaglandins, prostaglandin agonists/antagonists, sodium fluoride, parathyroid hormone (PTH), active fragments of parathyroid hormone, parathyroid hormone related peptides and active fragments and analogues of parathyroid hormone related peptides, growth hormones'or growth hormone secretagogues and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof or a salt of a prodrug.
Since the present invention has an aspect that relates to a combination of active ingredients, which may be administered separately, the invention also relates to combining separate pharmaceutical compositions in kit form. The kit comprises two separate pharmaceutical compositions: an EP2 selective receptor agonist, such as a compound of Formula I and a second compound as described above. The kit comprises container means for containing the separate compositions such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet, however, the separate compositions may also be contained within a single, undivided container. Typically, the kit comprises directions for the administration of the separate components. The kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components are preferably administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parenteral), are administered at different dosage intervals, or when titration of the individual components of the combination is desired by the prescribing physician.
An example of such a kit is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of the tablets or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed.
As a result, the tablets or capsules are sealed in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet. Preferably the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
It may be desirable to provide a memory aid on the kit, e.g., in the form of numbers next to the tablets or capsules whereby the numbers correspond with the days of the regimen which the dosage form s~ specified should be ingested.
Another example of such a memory aid is a calendar printed on the card e.g., as follows "First Week, Monday, Tuesday, ...etc.... Second Week, Monday, Tuesday,..." etc. Other variations of memory aids will be readily apparent. A "daily dose" can be a single tablet or capsule or several tablets or capsules to be taken on a given day.
Also, a daily dose of a Formula I compound, a prodrug thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound or said prodrug can consist of one tablet or capsule while a daily dose of the second compound can consist of several tablets or capsules and vice versa. The memory aid should reflect this.
In another specific embodiment of the invention, a dispenser designed to dispense the daily doses one at a time in the order of their intended use is provided.
Preferably, the dispenser is equipped with a memory-aid, so as to further facilitate compliance with the regimen. An example of such a memory-aid is a mechanical counter which indicates the number of daily doses that has -been dispensed.
Another example of such a memory-aid is a battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a liquid crystal readout, or audible reminder signal which, for example, reads out the date that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when the next dose is to be taken.
Preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists of the present invention include the compounds described in U.S. patent no. 5,552,412. Those compounds are described by the formula designated herein as formula (I) given below:
Z~-G
(I) HO
wherein:
n a A is selected from CH2 and NR;
S, ~ and E are independently selected from CH and N;
Y is (a) phenyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4;
(b) naphthyl, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4;
(c) C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from R4;
(d) C3-C$ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from R4;
(e) a five membered heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NR2- and -S(O)n-, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4;
(f) a six membered heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NRz- and -S(O)n-optionally.substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4; or (g) a bicyclic ring system consisting of a five or six membered heterocyclic ring fused to a phenyl ring, said heterocyclic ring containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NRz- and -S(O)~-, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4;
Z' is (a) -(CHz)p W(CHz)q (b) -O(CHz)P CRSR~-;
(c) -O(CHZ)PW(CH2)4~~
(d) -OCHRzCHR3-;
or (e) -SCHR2CHR3-;
G is (a) -NR'Ra;
~ (CH~)m~
(b) -N Z2 ~{CH2)n-~
wherein n is 0, 1 or 2; m is 1, 2 or 3; Zz is -NH-, -O-, -S-, or -CHz-;
optionally fused on adjacent carbon atoms with one or two phenyl rings and, optionally independently substituted on carbon with one to three substituents and, optionally, independently on nitrogen with a chemically suitable substituent selected from R4; or (c) a bicyclic amine containing five to twelve carbon atoms, either bridged or fused and optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from R4; or Z' and G in combination may be N
-OCH2 ~)n W is (a) -CH2-;
(b) -CH=CH-;
(c) -O-;
(d) -NR2-;
(e) _S(O)n-(f) -C-(g) -CR2(OH)-;
(h) -CONR2-;
(i) -NR2C0-;
S
(j) ; or (k) -C--_C-;
R is hydrogen or C~-C6 alkyl;
R~ and R3 are independently (a) hydrogen; or (b) C~-C4 alkyl;
R4 is (a) hydrogen;
(b) halogen;
(c) C~-C6 alkyl;
(d) C~-C4 alkoxy;
(e) C~-C4 acyloxy;
(f) C~-C4 alkylthio;
(g) C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl;
(h) C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl;
(i) hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl;
G) aryl (C~-C4)alkyl;
(k) -C02H;
(I) -CN;
(m) -CONHOR;
(n) -S02NHR;
(o) -NH2;
(p) C~-C4 alkylamino;
(q) C~-C4 dialkylamino;
(r) -NHS02R;
(s) -NOz;
(t) -aryl; or (u) -OH;
R5 and R6 are independently C,-C$ alkyl or together form a Cg-Cq0 carbocyclic ring;
R' and R$ are independently (a) phenyl;
(b) a C3-Coo carbocyclic ring, saturated or unsaturated;
(c) a C3-C,o heterocyclic ring containing up to two heteroatoms, selected from -O-, -N- and -S-;
(d) H;
(e) C~-C6 alkyl; or (f) form a 3 to 3 membered nitrogen containing ring with R5 or R6;
R' and R$ in either linear or ring form may optionally be substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from C~-C6 alkyl, halogen, alkoxy, hydroxy and carboxy;
a ring formed by R' and R8 may be optionally fused to a phenyl ring;
a is 0, 1 or 2;
m is 1, 2 or 3;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
qis0,1,2or3;
and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts and prodrugs thereof.
Additional preferred estrogen agonists/antagonists are disclosed in U.S.
patent no. 5,552,412 and are described by the formula designated herein as formula (IA):
Hr (IA) _, wherein G is -N , ~ or -N
/N
R4 is H, OH, F, or CI; and B and E are independently selected from CH
and N, and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts and prodrugs thereof.
Especially preferred estrogen agonistslantagonists for the methods of the invention are:
cis-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperid in-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
(-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
cis-1-[6'-pyrrolidinoethoxy-3'-pyridyl]-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene;
1-(4'-pyrrolidinoethoxyphenyl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1,2, 3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline;
OCH~CH~G
cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5, 6, 7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
1-(4'-pyrrolidinoethoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
An especially preferred salt of (-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-of is the D-tartrate salt.
Other preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists are disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,047,431. The structure of these compounds are described by the formula designated herein as formula (II) below:
OCH~CH~N~
OH
wherein R1A and R2A may be the same or different and are either H, methyl, ethyl or a benzyl group; and optical or geometric isomers thereof; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts, and prodrugs thereof.
Additional preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists are the compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,536,516; 4-hydroxy tamoxifen -(i.e., tamoxifen wherein the 2-phenyl moiety has a hydroxy group at the 4 position) and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,623,660; raloxifene: (methanone, [6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)benzo[b]thien-3-yl][4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]-,hydrochloride) and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent Numbers 4,418,fl68; 5,393,763;
5,457,117; 5,478,847 and 5,641,790; toremifene: (ethanamine, 2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-butenyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethyl-, (Z)-, 2-hydroxy-1,2,3-propanetricarboxylate (1:1 ) and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent Numbers 4,696,949 and 4,996,225; centchroman: 1-[2-[[4-(-methoxy-2,2, dimethyl-phenyl-chroman-4-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl]-pyrrolidine and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 3,822,287; idoxifene: pyrrolidine, 1-[-[4-[[1-(4-iodophenyl)-2-phenyl-1-butenyl]phenoxy]ethyl] and other compounds as disclosed in U.S.
Patent No. 4,839,155; 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-naphthalen-2-of and other compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,484,795;
and {4-[2-(2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl-[6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[b]thiophen-3-ylJ-methanone and other compounds as disclosed in published international patent application WO 95/10513. Other preferred compounds include GW 5638 and GW 7604, the synthesis of which is described in Willson et al., J. Med. Chem., 1994; 37: 1550-1552.
Further preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists include EM-652 (as shown in the formula designated herein as formula (III) and EM-800 (as shown in the formula designated herein as formula (IV)). The synthesis of EM-652 and EM-800 and the activity of various enantiomers is described in Gauthier et al., J.
Med. Chem., H
1997; 40: 2117-2122.
O
C
o N
~CH3 (IV) Further preferred estrogen agonists / antagonists include TSE 424 and other compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,998,402, U.S. Patent No. 5,985,910, U.S.
Patent No. 5,780,497, U.S. Patent No. 5,880,137, and European Patent Application EP 0802183 A1 including the compounds described by the formulae designated herein as formulae V and VI, below:
(V) Rse I \
RsB \UH2)s Ya R~
I \ (VI) Rse O
R6 ~ \(CH2)s-Yn wherein:
RIB is selected from H, OH or the C~-C~2 esters (straight chain or branched) or C~-C~z (straight chain or branched or cyclic) alkyl ethers thereof, or halogens; or C~-C4 halogenated ethers including trifluoromethyl ether and trichloromethyl ether.
R28, Rse, Rag, Rss, and R6B are independently selected from H, OH or the C~-C~2 esters (straight chain or branched) or C~-C~2 alkyl ethers (straight chain or branched or cyclic) thereof, halogens, or C~-C4 halogenated ethers including trifluoromethyl ether and trichloromethyl ether, cyano, C~-C6 alkyl (straight chain or branched), or trifluoromethyl;
XA is selected from H, C~-C6 alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, and halogen;
s is 2 or 3;
YA is selected from:
a) the moiety:
\ iR~B
N
Ras wherein RIB and R8B are independently selected from the group of H, C~-C6 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by CN, C~-C6 alkyl (straight chain or branched), C~-C6 alkoxy (straight chain or branched), halogen, -OH, -CF3, or -OCF3;
b) a five-membered saturated, unsaturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -N(C~-C4 alkyl)-, -N=, and -S(O)u , wherein a is an integer of from 0-2, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C~
alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 acyloxy, C~-Ca alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C,-C4)alkyl, -CO2H, -CN, -CONHR~B, -NH2, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHSOzR~B, -NHCOR~B, -N02, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (C~-C4)alkyl;
c) a six-membered saturated, unsaturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -N(C~-C4 alkyl)-, -N=, and -S(O)u , wherein a is an integer of from 0-2, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 acyloxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -C02H, -CN, -CONHR~, -NH2, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHS02R~g, -NHCOR~B, -N02, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (C~-C4)alkyl;
d) a seven-membered saturated, unsaturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -N(C~-C4 alkyl)-, -N=, and -S(O)S , wherein a is an integer of from 0-2, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 acyloxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -C02H, -CN, -CONHR~B, -NHS, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHS02R~B, -NHCOR~B, -NO2, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (C~-C4)alkyl; or e) a bicyclic heterocycle containing from 6-12 carbon atoms either bridged or fused and containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -N(C~-C4 alkyl)-, and -S(O)S , wherein a is an integer of from 0-2, optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 acyloxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -COZH-, -CN-, -CONHR~B-, -NH2, -N=, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHS02R~B, -NHCOR~B, -NO~, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (C~-C4) alkyl; and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts, and prodrugs thereof.
Preferred compounds of this invention are those having the general structures V or VI, above, wherein:
RIB is selected from H, OH or the C~-C~2 esters or alkyl ethers thereof, and halogen;
R2g, Rgg, R4g, RSg, and R6B are independently selected from H, OH or the C~-C~2 esters or alkyl ethers thereof, halogen, cyano, C~-C6 alkyl, or trihalomethyl, preferably trifluoromethyl, with the proviso that, when RIB is H, R2B is not OH;
XA is selected from H, C~-C6 alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, and halogen;
YA is the moiety:
\ iR~s N
Rye and RsB are selected independently from H, C~-C6 alkyl, or combined by -(CH2)w , wherein w is an integer of from 2 to 6, so as to form a ring, the ring being optionally substituted by up to three substituents selected from the group of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -C02H, -CN, -CONH(C~-C4alkyl), -NH2, C~-C4 alkylamino, C~-C4 dialkylamino, -NHSO2(C~-C4alkyl), -CO(C~-C4alkyl), and -NO2; and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts, and prodrugs thereof.
The rings formed by a concatenated Rye and RBg, mentioned above, may include, but are not limited to, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, hexamethyleneamine or heptamethyleneamine rings.
Preferred compounds of structural formulas V and VI, above, are those wherein RIB is OH; RzB - RsB are as defined above; XA is selected from the group of CI, NO~, CN, CF3, or CH3; YA is the moiety \ i RIB
N
R$B
and RIB and RsB are concatenated together as -(CH2)t-, wherein t is an integer of from 4. to 6, to form a ring optionally substituted by up to three subsituents selected from the group of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, C~-C4 alkyl, trihalomethyl, C~-C4 alkoxy, trihalomethoxy, C~-C4 alkylthio, C~-C4 alkylsulfinyl, C~-C4 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy (C~-C4)alkyl, -CO~H, -CN, -CONH(C~-C4)alkyl, -NH2, C~-C4 alkylamino, di(C~-C4)alkylamino, -NHS02(C~-C4)alkyl, -NHCO(C~-C4)alkyl, and -N02; and optical and geometric isomers thereof; and nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, N-oxides, esters, quaternary ammonium salts, and prodrugs thereof.
Another preferred compound is TSE-424 as described by the formula designated herein as formula (Va) below:
H
(Va) Another estrogen agonist/antagonist that can be used in the combination aspect of the present invention is arzoxifene, which is disclosed in IJ.S.
patent no.
5,723,474.
A particularly preferred combination of an EP2 selective receptor agonist and an estrogen agonist/antagonist is (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid and (-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-(4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol. In a more preferred combination, the (3-(((4-terfi-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid is in the form of the sodium salt, and the (-)-cis-6-phenyl-5-(4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-of is in the form of the D-tartrate salt.
Preferred bisphosphonates include, tiludronic acid, alendronic acid, zoledronic acid, ibandronic acid, risedronic acid, etidronic acid, clodronic acid, and pamidronic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs or salts of the prodrugs.
It will be recognized that prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be formed from the compounds of this invention. All of such prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts so formed are within the scope of this invention.
Particularly preferred salt forms of the estrogen agonists/antagonists include, raloxifene hydrochloride, tamoxifen citrate, toremifene citrate, and lasofoxifene tartrate.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that anti-resorptive agents such as progestins, polyphosphonates, bisphosphonate(s), estrogen agonists/antagonists, estrogen, estrogen/progestin combinations, Premarin~ (conjugated estrogens), estrone, estriol or 17a- or 17(3-ethynyl estradiol may be used in conjunction with the EP2 selective receptor agonists in the present methods.
Exemplary progestins are available from commercial sources and include:
algestone acetophenide, altrenogest, amadinone acetate, anagestone acetate, chlormadinone acetate, cingestol, clogestone acetate, clomegestone acetate, delmadinone acetate, desogestrel, dimethisterone, dydrogesterone, ethynerone, ethynodiol diacetate, etonogestrel, flurogestone acetate, gestaclone, gestodene, gestonorone caproate, gestrinone, haloprogesterone, hydroxyprogesterone caproate, levonorgestrel, lynestrenol, medrogestone, medroxyprogesterone acetate, melengestrol acetate, methynodiol diacetate, norethindrone, norethindrone acetate, norethynodrel, norgestimate, norgestomet, norgestrel, oxogestone phenpropionate, progesterone, quingestanol acetate, quingestrone, and tigestol.
Preferred progestins are medroxyprogestrone, norethindrone and norethynodrel.
Exemplary polyphosphonates include polyphosphonates of the type disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,683,080. Preferred polyphosphonates are geminal diphosphonates (also referred to as bis-phosphonates). Tiludronate disodium is an especially preferred polyphosphonate. Ibandronic acid is an especially preferred polyphosphonate. Alendronate is an especially preferred polyphosphonate.
Zoledronic acid is an especially preferred polyphosphonate. Other preferred polyphosphonates are 6-amino-1-hydroxy-hexylidene-bisphosphonic acid and 1-hydroxy-3(methylpentylamino)-propylidene-bisphosphonic acid. The polyphosphonates may be administered in the form of the acid, or of a soluble alkali metal salt or alkaline earth metal salt. Hydrolyzable esters of the polyphosphonates are likewise included. Specific examples include ethane-1-hydroxy 1,1-diphosphonic acid, methane diphosphonic acid, pentane-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, methane dichloro diphosphonic acid, methane hydroxy diphosphonic acid, ethane-amino-1,1-diphosphonic acid, ethane-2-amino-1,1-diphosphonic acid, propane-3-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, propane-N,N-dimethyl-3-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, propane-3,3-dimethyl-3-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, phenyl amino methane diphosphonic acid,N,N-dimethylamino methane diphosphonic acid, N(2-hydroxyethyl) amino methane diphosphonic acid, butane-4-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, pentane-5-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, hexane-6-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid and pharmaceutically acceptable esters and salts thereof.
Any prostaglandin may be used in .combinaiton with an EP2 selective receptor agonist in the present methods. The term prostaglandin refers to compounds that are analogs of the natural prostaglandins PGD~, PGD2, PGE2, PGE~ and PGF2. These compounds bind to the prostaglandin receptors. Such binding is readily determined by those skilled in the art of standard assays (e.g., An S. et al., Cloning and Expression of the EP2 Subtype of Human Receptors for Prostaglandin E2, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 1993, 197(1 ):263-270).
Prostaglandins are alicyclic compounds related to the basic compound prostanoic acid. The carbon atoms of the basic prostaglandin are numbered sequentially from the carboxylic carbon atom through the cyclopentyl ring to the terminal carbon atom on the adjacent side chain. Normally the adjacent side chains are in the trans orientation. The presence of an oxo group at C-9 of the cyclopentyl moiety is indicative of a prostaglandin within the E class while PGEZ contains a traps unsaturated double bond at the C~3-C~4 and a cis double bond at the C5-C6 position.
A variety of prostaglandins are described and referenced below. However, other prostaglandins will be Known to those skilled in the art. Exemplary prostaglandins are disclosed in U.S. patents 4,171,331 and 3,927,197.
Norrdin et al., The Role of Prostaalandins in Bone In Vivo, Prostaglandins Leukotriene Essential Fatty Acids 41, 139-150, 1990 is a review of bone anabolic prostaglandins.
Any prostaglandin agonist/antagonist may be used as the second compound in certain aspects of this invention. The term prostaglandin agonistlantagonist refers to compounds which bind to prostaglandin receptors {e.g., An S. et al., Cloning and Expression of the EP2 Subtype of Human Receptors for Prostaglandin E2, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 1993, 197(1 ):263-270) and mimic the action of prostaglandin in vivo. Such actions are readily determined by those skilled in the art of standard assays. Eriksen E.F. et al., Bone Histomorphometry, Raven Press, New York, 1994, pages 1-74; Grier S.J. et. al., The Use of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry In Animals, Inv. Radiol., 1996, 31 (1 ):50-62; Wahner H.W. and Fogelman I., The Evaluation of Osteoporosis: Dual Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Clinical Practice., Martin Dunitz Ltd., London 1994, pages 1-296. A variety of these compounds are described and referenced below. However, other prostaglandin agonists/antagonists will be known to those skilled in the art.
Exemplary prostaglandin agonists/antagonists are disclosed as follows: U.S.
patent 3,932,389 discloses 2-descarboxy-2-(tetrazol-5-yl)-11-desoxy-15-substituted-omega-pentanorprostaglandins; U.S. patent 4,018,892 discloses 16-aryl-13,14-dihydro-p-biphenyl esters; U.S. patent 4,219,483 and 4,132,847 discloses 2,3,6-substituted-4-pyrones; U.S. patent 4,000,309 and 3,982;016 discloses 16-aryl-13,14-dihydro-p-biphenyl esters; U.S. patent 4,621,100 discloses substituted cyclopentanes;
and U.S. patent 5,216,183 discloses cyclopentanones.
Sodium fluoride may be used as the second compound in certain aspects of this invention. The term sodium fluoride refers to sodium fluoride in all its forms (e.g., slow release sodium fluoride, sustained release sodium fluoride). Sustained release sodium fluoride is disclosed in U.S. patent 4,904,478. The activity of sodium fluoride is readily determined by those skilled in the art of biological protocols (e.g., see Eriksen E.F. et al., Bone Histomorc~hometry, Raven Press, New York, 1994, pages 1-74; Grier S.J. et. al., The Use of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry In Animals, Inv.
Radiol., 1996, 31 (1 ):50-62; Wahner H.W. and Fogelman I., The Evaluation of Osteoporosis: Dual Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Clinical Practice., Martin Dunitz Ltd., London 1994, pages 1-296).
Any parathyroid hormone (PTH) may be used as the second compound in certain aspects of this invention. The term parathyroid hormone refers to parathyroid hormone, fragments or metabolites thereof and structural analogs thereof which can stimulate bone formation and increase bone mass. Also included are parathyroid hormone related peptides and active fragments and analogs of parathyroid related peptides (see PCT publication no. WO 94/01460). A variety of these compounds are described and referenced below. However, other parathyroid hormones will be known to those skilled in the art. Exemplary parathyroid hormones are disclosed in the following references.
"Human Parathyroid Peptide Treatment of Vertebral Osteoporosis", Osteoporosis Int., 3, (Supp 1):199-203.
"PTH 1-34 Treatment of Osteoporosis with Added Hormone Replacement Therapy: Biochemical, Kinetic and Histological Responses" Osteoporosis Int.
1:162-170.
Any growth hormone or growth hormone secretagogue may be used as the second compound in certain aspects of this invention. The term growth hormone secretagogue refers to a compound which stimulates the release of growth hormone or mimics the action of growth hormone (e.g., increases bone formation leading to increased bone mass). Such actions are readily determined by those skilled in the art of standard assays well known to those of skill in the art. A variety of these compounds are disclosed in the following published PCT patent applications: WO
95/14666; WO 95113069; WO 94/19367; WO 94/13696; and WO 95/34311.
However, other growth hormones or growth hormone secretagogues will be known to those skilled in the art.
In particular a preferred growth hormone secretagogue is N-[1(R)-[1,2-~ihydro-1-methanesulfonylspiro[3H-indole-3,4'-piperidin]-1'-yl)carbonyl]-2-(phenylmethyloxy)ethyl]-2-amino-2-methylpropanamide: MK-677.
Other preferred growth hormone secretagogues include 2-amino-N-(2-(3a-(R)-benzyl-2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexahydro-pyrazolo-[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)-1-(R)-benzyloxymethyl-2-oxo-ethyl)-isobutyramide or its L-tartaric acid salt;
2-amino-N-( 1-(R)-benzyloxymethyl-2-(3a-(R)-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexahydro-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl)isobutyramide;
2-amino-N-(2-(3a-(R)-benzyl-3-oxo-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexahydro-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)-1-(R)benzyloxymethyl-2-oxo-ethyl)isobutyramide; and 2-amino-N-(1-(2,4-difluoro-benzyloxymethyl)-2-oxo-2-(3-oxo-3a-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexahydro-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)-ethyl)-2-methyl-propionamide.
The term "treating", "treat" or "treatment" as used herein includes preventative (e.g., prophylactic), palliative and curative treatment.
By "pharmaceutically acceptable" it is meant the carrier, diluent, excipients, and/or salts or prodrugs must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
The term "prodrug" means a compound that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of the present invention. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms, such as through hydrolysis in blood. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
For example, when a compound of the present invention contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as (C~-C$)alkyl, (C~-C~2)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N-(C~-C2)alkylamino(C2-C3)alkyl (such as [3-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(C~-C~)alkyl, N,N-di(C~-C~)alkylcarbamoyl-(C~-CZ)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholino(C~-C3)alkyl.
Similarly, when a compound of the present invention comprises an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as (C~-C6)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-((C~-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-((C~-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (C~-C6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(C~-C6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (C~-C6)alkanoyl, a-amino(C~-C4)alkanoyl, arylacyl and a-aminoacyl, or a-aminoacyl-a-aminoacyl, where each a-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH)2, -P(O)(O(C~-C6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate).
When a compound of the present invention comprises an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as Rx-carbonyl, RXO-carbonyl, NRxRx'-carbonyl where Rx and Rx' are each independently (C,-C~°)alkyl, (C3-C~)cycloalkyl, benzyl, or Rx-carbonyl is a natural a-aminoacyl or natural a-aminoacyl-natural a-aminoacyl, -C(OH)C(O)OYx wherein Yx is H, (C~-C6)alkyl or benzyl), -C(OYx°) Yx' wherein Yxo is (C~-C4) alkyl and Yx' is (C~-C6)alkyl, carboxy(C~-Ca)alkyl, amino(C~-C4)alkyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-C6)alkylaminoalkyl, -C(Yx2) Yxa wherein Yx2 is H or methyl and Yx3 is mono-N- or di-N,N-(C~-Ca)alkylamino, morpholino, piperidin-1-yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl.
The expression "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to nontoxic anionic salts containing anions such as (but not limited to) chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, oxalate, lactate, tartrate, citrate, gluconate, methanesulfonate and 4-toluene-sulfonate. The expression also refers to nontoxic cationic salts such as (but not limited to) sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium or protonated benzathine (N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine), choline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglamine (N-methyl-glucamine), benethamine (N-benzylphenethylamine), piperazine or tromethamine (2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol).
As used herein, the expressions "reaction inert solvent" and "inert solvent"
refers to a solvent that does not interact with starting materials, reagents, intermediates or products in a manner which adversely affects the yield of the desired product.
It will be recognized that the compounds of this invention can exist in radiolabelled form, i.e., said compounds may contain one or more atoms containing an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number ordinarily found in nature. Radioisotopes of hydrogen, carbon, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine include 3H, '4C, 3zP, 355, 'aF and 3aCl, respectively. Compounds of this invention which contain those radioisotopes and/or other radioisotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Tritiated, i.e., 3H, and carbon-14, i.e.,'4C, radioisotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability.
Radiolabelled compounds of this invention can generally be prepared of methods well known to those skilled in the art. Conveniently, such radiolabelled compounds can be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the above Schemes and/or in the Examples and Preparations below by substituting a readily available radiolabelled reagent for a non-radiolabelled reagent.
It will be recognized by persons of ordinary skill in the art that some of the compounds of this invention have at least one asymmetric carbon atom and therefore are enantiomers or diastereomers. Diasteromeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physicochemical differences by methods known per se as, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diasteromeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., alcohol), separating the diastereomers and .converting (e.g., hydrolyzing, including both chemical hydrolysis methods and microbial lipase hydrolysis methods, e.g., enzyme catalyzed hydrolysis) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. All such isomers, including diastereomers, enantiomers and mixtures thereof are considered as part of this invention.
Also, some of the compounds of this invention are atropisomers (e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention.
In addition, when the compounds of this invention, including the compounds of Formula I, the anti-resorptive agents, bone anabolic agents, prostaglandin agonists/antagonists, parathyroid hormones, growth hormones and growth hormone secretagogues, form hydrates or solvates, they are also within the scope of the invention.
Administration of the compounds of this invention can be via any method that delivers a compound of this invention systemically and/or locally. These methods include oral routes, parenteral, intraduodenal routes, etc. Generally, the compounds of this invention are administered orally, but parenteral administration (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, transdermal, subcutaneous, rectal or intramedullary) may be utilized, for example, where oral administration is inappropriate for the target or where the patient is unable to ingest the drug.
The compounds of this invention may also be applied locally to a site in or on a patient in a suitable carrier or diluent, optionally in combination with one or more of the anabolic agents or anti-resorptive agents described above.
The amount and timing of compounds administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject being treated, on the severity of the affliction, on the manner of administration and on the judgment of the prescribing physician.
Thus, because of patient to patient variability, the dosages given herein are guidelines and the physician may titrate doses of the drug to achieve the treatment that the physician considers appropriate for the patient. In considering the degree of treatment desired, the physician must balance a variety of factors such age of the patient, presence of preexisting disease, as well as presence of other diseases (e.g., cardiovascular disease).
In general an effective dosage for the anabolic agents used in this invention described above is in the range of 0.001 to 100 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.01 to mg/kg/day.
The following paragraphs provide preferred dosage ranges for various anti-resorptive agents.
In general, an effective dosage for an anti-resorptive agent is about 0.001 mg/kg/day to about 20 mg/kg/day.
In general, an effective dosage for progestins is about 0.1 to 10 mg per day;
the preferred dose is about 0.25 to 5 mg per day.
In general, an effective dosage for polyphosphonates is determined by its potency as a bone resorption inhibiting agent of standard assays.
P
Ranges for the daily administration of some polyphosphonates are about 0.001 mg/kg/day to about 20 mg/kg/day.
In general an effective dosage for the treatment of this invention, for example the bone resorption treatment of this invention, for the estrogen agonists/antagonists of this invention is in the range of 0.01 to 200 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.5 to mg/kg/day.
In particular, an effective dosage for raloxifene is in the range of 0.1 to mg/kg/day, preferably 0.1 to 10 mg/kg/day.
In particular, an effective dosage for tamoxifen is in the range of 0.1 to 100 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.1 to 5 mg/kg/day.
In particular, an effective dosage for 2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-yl-ethoxy)-phenoxy]- benzo[b]thiophen-6-of is 0.001 to 1 mg/kg/day.
In particular, an effective dosage for cis-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-(4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
(-)-cis-6-p he nyl-5-(4-(2-pyrro l id i n-1-yl-ethoxy)-ph a nyl )-5, 6, 7, 8-tetra hyd ro-naphthalene-2-ol;
cis-6-phenyl-5-(4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol;
cis-1-(6'-pyrrolodinoethoxy-3'-pyridyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene;
1-(4'-pyrrolidinoethoxyphenyl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline;
cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-(4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; or 1-(4'-pyrrolidinolethoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline is in the range of 0.0001 to 100 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.001 to 10 mg/kglday.
The compounds of the present invention are generally administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one of the compounds of this invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle or diluent.
Thus, the compounds of this invention can be administered individually or together in any conventional oral, parenteral, rectal or transdermal dosage form.
For oral administration a pharmaceutical composition can take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, and the like.
Tablets containing various excipients such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate and calcium phosphate are employed along with various disintegrants such as starch and preferably potato or tapioca starch and certain complex silicates, together with binding agents such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, gelatin and acacia.
Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc are often very useful for tabletting purposes. Solid compositions of a similar type are also employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules;
preferred materials in this connection also include lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. When aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs are desired for oral administration, the compounds of this invention can be combined with various sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents, as well as such diluents as water, ethanol, propylene glycol, glycerin and various like combinations thereof.
For purposes of parenteral administration, solutions in sesame or peanut oil or in aqueous propylene glycol can be employed, as well as sterile aqueous solutions of the corresponding water-soluble salts. Such aqueous solutions may be suitably buffered, if necessary, and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose. These aqueous solutions are especially suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal injection purposes. In this connection, the sterile aqueous media employed are all readily obtainable by standard techniques well-known to those skilled in the art.
For purposes of transdermal (e.g.,topical) administration, dilute sterile, aqueous or partially aqueous solutions (usually in about 0.1 % to 5%
concentration), otherwise similar to the above parenteral solutions, are prepared.
Methods of preparing various pharmaceutical compositions with a certain amount of active ingredient are known, or will be apparent in light of this disclosure, to those skilled in this art. For examples of methods of preparing pharmaceutical compositions, see Reminaton's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Maok Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 19th Edition (1995).
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may contain 0.1 %-95% of the compounds) of this invention, preferably 1 °l°-70%. In any event, the composition or formulation to be administered will contain a quantity of a compounds) of this invention in an amount effective to treat the disease/condition of the subject being treated.
The present invention can also be administered using an injectable, flowable composition that provides sustained release at the local site of the injection by forming a biodegradable solid or gel depot, matrix or implant. An example of such an administration system is an EPz selective receptor agonist compound in a slow-release biodegradable polymer based delivery system.
The polymer based delivery system contains EP2 selective receptor agonist compound, and optionally any additional therapeutically useful compounds, dissolved or dispersed in biodegradable, thermoplastic polymer solution or dispersion in an organic solvent. Upon injection of the flowable composition, the organic solvent diffuses away from the injection site, causing the polymer to precipitate or gel;
thereby entrapping the compound in a sustained-release depot. The compound is subsequently released by diffusion from, and erosion of, the polymeric matrix.
The polymeric matrix slowly erodes by hydrolysis and eventually disappears from the site of administration. The molecular weight and concentration of the polymer can control the in vivo release of the compound as well as the degradation rate of the matrix.
The polymer based delivery system provides sustained release of an EP2 selective receptor agonist compound in vivo for a sustained period of time with minimum or reduced burst in a patient in need thereof. A large burst of compound would result in poor local toleration due to local effects of the compound (e.g., irritation) and would minimize the amount of compound available for efficacy.
The advantages this administration method is that it minimizes or reduces the initial burst, but still delivers compound at efficacious levels for a sustained period of time upon a single local injection.
The polymer system is prepared by contacting the flowable composition with a gelation medium to coagulate or gel the composition into a solid, microporous polymeric matrix or a gel polymeric matrix. The flowable composition contains a thermoplastic polymer or copolymer in combination with a suitable solvent. The polymers or copolymers, which form the body of the matrix, are substantially insoluble, preferably essentially completely insoluble, in water and body fluids. The insolubility of the matrix body enables it to function as a single site for the controlled release of the EPA selective receptor agonist compound. The polymers or copolymers also are biocompatible and biodegradable and/or bioerodible within the body of an animal, e.g., mammal. The biodegradation enables the patient to metabolize the polymer matrix so that it can be excreted by the patient without the need for further surgery to remove it. Because the flowable composition and polymer system are biocompatible, the insertion process and the presence of the polymer system within the body do not cause substantial tissue irritation or necrosis at the implant site. The composition of the present invention is administered as a flowable composition directly into body tissues.
Suitable thermoplastic polymers for incorporation into the solid matrix of the controlled release polymer system are solids, pharmaceutically compatible and biodegradable by cellular action and/or by the action of body fluids. Examples of appropriate thermoplastic polymers include polyesters of diols and dicarboxylic acids or of hydroxycarboxylic acids, such as polylactides, polyglycolides and copolymers thereof. More preferably the polymer is the copolymer, poly-lactic-co-glycolic acid (abbreviated PLGH), which upon hydrolysis, produces lactic and glycolic acid. The burst of release of this copolymer can be minimized further by the addition of polyethylene glycol (PEG) to form the PEG end-capped PLGH.
Preferred materials for use in the present invention are the polylactides, polyglycolides and copolymers thereof. These polymers can be used to advantage in the polymer system in part because they show excellent biocompatibility.
They produce little, if any, tissue irritation, inflammation, necrosis or toxicity.
In the presence of water, these polymers produce lactic and glycolic acid, respectively, which are readily metabolized by the body. The polylactides can also incorporate glycolide monomer to enhance the resulting polymer's degradation. These polymers can also be used because they effectively control the rate of release of the EPA selective receptor agonist compound from the polymer system, and because they result in the local retention of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound at the site of the site of administration.
The solubility or miscibility of a thermoplastic polymer in the organic solvent of the composition will vary according to factors such as crystallinity, hydrophilicity, capacity for hydrogen bonding and molecular weight of the polymer.
Consequently, the molecular weight and the concentration of the polymer in the solvent are adjusted to achieve desired miscibility, as well as a desired release rate for the incorporated EPA selective receptor agonist compound.
The flowable composition of thermoplastic polymer, solvent and the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound is a stable flowable substance. A
homogenous solution of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound in an organic solvent preferably results. The thermoplastic polymer is substantially soluble in the organic solvent. Upon placement of the flowable composition into the body, the solvent will dissipate and the polymer will solidify or gel to form the polymer system having the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound within a solid or gel polymeric matrix.
It has been discovered that the molecular weight of the polymer used distinctly affects the rate of release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound and the rate of degradation of the polymer from the site as long as the flowable composition has been used as an intermediate.
For certain preferred polymers for use in the present invention, the molecular weight of the polymer or copolymer is adjusted to be within a range of about 0.2 to about 0.4 inherent viscosity (I.V. in deciliters/g) for effective sustained release of the bone growth promoting compound. The typical rate of release of the incorporated bone growth promoting compound occurs at an I.V. of about 0.2 (about 8,000 to about 16,000 molecular weight) or about 0.3 (about 23,000 to about 45,000 molecular weight) but can vary depending on the particular components of the composition. For most systems, it is preferred to adjust the molecular weight of the polymer to about 0.2 I.V. for an effective sustained release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound. The unit of measure for the molecular weight is daltons.
For a poly(DL-lactide) or a lactide-co-glycolide polymer system, the desired molecular weight range is about 0.2 to about 0.4 I.V., with an I.V. of about 0.2 being most preferred. The molecular weight of a polymer can be varied by any of a variety of methods. The choice of method is typically determined by the type of polymer composition. The preferred polymers for use are commercially available.
Highly preferred thermoplastic polymers for use in the present invention are the following: PLGH copolymer with 1:1 ratio of lactic and glycolic acid with an inherent viscosity of about 0.2 dl/g (commercially available from Boehringer Ingelheim as Copolymer RESOMER~ RG 502 H) (about 12,000 molecular weight); PLGH
copolymer with 1:1 rafiio of lactic and glycolic acid with an inherent viscosity of about 0.3 dl/g (commercially available from Boehringer Ingelheim as Copolymer RESOMER~ RG 503 H)(about 37,000 molecular weight); PLGH copolymer with 1:1 ratio of lactic and glycolic acid with an inherent viscosity of about 0.4 dl/g (commercially available from Boehringer Ingelheim as Copolymer RESOMER~ RG
504 H) (about 47,000 molecular weight); and polyethylene glycol (PEG) end-capped PLGH copolymer with 1:1 ratio of lactic and glycolic acid with an inherent viscosity of about 0.79 dl/g (commercially available from Boehringer Ingelheim as PLG-PEG) (about 52,000 molecular weight).
By appropriate choice of the polymer molecular weight and viscosity, the rate and extent of release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound from the polymer system can be varied from very fast to very slow. For example, according to the present invention, the release rate of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, sodium salt, can be slowed to produce substantially complete release of the compound within about seven days.
With the use of a greater viscosity of polymer according to the present invention, the period of time can be increased to about fourteen days. The desired release rate of the EPA selective receptor agonist compound will depend on several factors, such as the species of animal being treated as well as the specific condition being treated.
The concentration of the polymer in the system can also be varied to adjust the release rate of the incorporated EPZ selective receptor agonist compound. It has been discovered that the more dilute the polymer concentration, the more readily the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound compound will be released. This effect can be used in combination with other methods to more effectively control the release of the incorporated EP2 selective receptor agonist compound as desired. For example, by adjusting the concentration of the polymer and ~EP~ selective receptor agonist compound, if desired, a wide range of release rates can be obtained The solvents used in the thermoplastic compositions of the present invention are preferably pharmaceutically acceptable, biocompatible and will dissipate into body fluid in situ such that they may be classed as having a solubility in water ranging from highly soluble to insoluble. Preferably, they cause relatively little, if any, tissue irritation or necrosis at the site of the injection and implantation.
Preferably, the solvent may have at least a minimal degree of water solubility.
When the organic solvent is water insoluble or is minimally soluble in water, the solvent will slowly disperse from the flowable polymeric composition. The result will be an implant that during the course of its life may contain a varying amount of residual solvent. Especially preferably, the organic solvent has a moderate to high degree of water solubility so that it will facilely disperse from the polymeric composition into the body fluids. Most preferably, the solvent disperses rapidly from the polymeric composition so as to quickly form a solid implant. Concomitant with the dispersion of solvent, the thermoplastic polymer coagulates or gels into the solid polymer system. Preferably, as the thermoplastic polymer coagulates, the solvent dispersion causes pore formation within the polymer system. As a result, the flowable composition containing thermoplastic polymer, solvent and EP2 selective receptor agonist compound will form a porous solid polymer system. Also, when the solvent is slightly water soluble or is water insoluble, the solvent dispersion may result in the formation of a solid porous implant, or if some solvent remains with the implant, the result may be formation of a gel implant having few or no pores.
Suitable solvents include those liquid organic compounds meeting the foregoing criteria. The preferred solvent for use in the present invention is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) due, at least in part, to its solvating ability and its biocompatibility.
The solvents for the thermoplastic polymer flowable compositions are chosen for compatibility and appropriate solubility of the polymer and solvent. Lower molecular weight thermoplastic polymers will normally dissolve more readily in the solvents than high molecular weight polymers. As a result, the concentration of a thermoplastic polymer dissolved in the various solvents differs depending upon type of polymer and its molecular weight. Conversely, the higher molecular weight thermoplastic polymers will tend to coagulate, gel or solidify faster than the very low molecular weight thermoplastic polymers. Moreover, the higher molecular weight polymers tend to give higher solution viscosities than the low molecular weight materials. Thus, for advantageous injection efficiency, in addition to advantageous release rate, the molecular weight and the concentration of the polymer in the solvent are controlled.
Upon formation of the polymer system from the flowable composition, the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound becomes incorporated into the polymer matrix.
After insertion of the flowable composition to form in situ the polymer system, the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound will be released from the matrix into the adjacent tissues or fluids by diffusion and polymer degradation mechanisms.
Manipulation of these mechanisms also can influence the release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound into the surroundings at a controlled rate. For example, the polymer matrix can be formulated to degrade after an effective and/or substantial amount of the EPZ selective receptor agonist compound is released from the matrix. Thus, the release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound from the matrix can be varied by, for example, the solubility of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound in water, the distribution of the bone growth promoting compound within the matrix, or the size, shape, porosity, solubility and biodegradability of the polymer matrix, among other factors. The release of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound from the matrix is controlled relative to its inherent rate by varying the polymer molecular weight to provide a desired duration and rate of release.
For example, a preferred dosage form of the EP2 selective receptor agonist compound, (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, is a lyophile of the sodium salt to be reconstituted with a solution of PLGH
in NMP before administration. The dosage form, consisting of the lyophilized compound in one syringe (syringe A) and a solution of PLGH in NMP in a second syringe (syringe B), is known as the AlB reconstitution system. The contents of both syringes are mixed together immediately prior to dose delivery at or near site. After reconstitution, the contents are transferred into a graduated dosing syringe for delivery. The administered dosage forms will be a solution and will result in the dispersion of the compound with PLGH in NMP at desired strengths of, for example, 5 and 50 mgA/ml (mgA/ml refers to the free acid equivalent of the sodium salt form of the compound). The dosage form is a parenteral (e.g., subcutaneous, intramuscular or intramedullary) sustained release injection for local administration. This compound in a slow-release polymer matrix (depot injection) is designed for administration at or near a site, and is not intended for intravenous administration. To provide adequate shelf-life stability for the dosage form, a two-syringe system (A/B), as described above, may be used, preferably with the sodium salt form of the compound. A
uniphase formulation, preferably with the free acid form of the compound, is a preferred alternative formulation. Based on the compound and polymer stability, sterile filtration of the compound and irradiation of the polymer solution may be preferred for manufacturing a stable sterile product. In one embodiment, the dosage form can be manufactured and shipped as separate aluminum pouches containing syringes filled with the lyophile form of the compound in one pouch and the polymer solution in the other pouch. Delivery containers, systems and methods for the lyophilization of the bone growth promoting compounds of the present invention to prepare pharmaceutical compositions and kits are described in published International patent application WO 01!73363.
EXAMPLE A
To obtain dosage form at strengths of 5 and 50 mgA/ml, the following combinations A) and B) of lyophile and polymer syringe, respectively, were used:
A) 5 mgA/ml (upon reconstitution) of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, sodium salt formulation:
Drug Syringe A contained 4 mgA of the sodium salt lyophile in 1.25 ml male syringe without graduations; and Vehicle Syringe B contained 0.8 ml 50% RG502H/50%NMP solution in 1.25 ml female syringe without graduations.
B) 50 mgA/ml (upon reconstitution) of (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, sodium salt formulation:
Drug Syringe A contained 40 mgA of the sodium salt lyophile in 1.25 ml male (fat) B-D syringe without graduations; and Vehicle Syringe B contained 0.8 ml 50% RG502H/50% NMP solution in 1.25 ml female (thin) syringe without graduations.
MgA refers to free acid equivalent of the sodium salt form of the compound;
The percentages used in these examples are based on the weight of the indicated ingredients;
RG502H is a PLGH copolymer with 1:1 ratio of lactic and glycolic acid with inherent viscosity of 0.2 dl/gm, which is commercially available such as from Boehringer Ingelheim as Copolymer RESOMER~ RG 502 H.
50% RG502H/50% NMP with 5 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed A/B
(polymer solution autoclaved, compound lyophilized) 50% RG502H/50% NMP with 10 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed A/B
(polymer solution irradiated, compound lyophilized) 50% RG502H/50% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of {3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed A/B
(polymer solution irradiated, compound lyophilized) 47% RG502H/3% PLG-PEG/50% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, uniphase 47% RG503H13% PLG-PEG/50% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, uniphase 45% RG504H/55% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tart-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, uniphase 37% RG503H/63% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of(3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed AlB
(polymer solution autoclaved, compound lyophilized) 37% RG503H/63% NMP with 50 mgA/ml of sodium salt of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, mixed A/B
(polymer solution irradiated, compound lyophilized) 50% RG502H/50°/~ NMP with 5 mgA/ml of (3-(((4-tart-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid, uniphase.
Further exemplification of the polymer matrix delivery system described above can be found in U.S. provisional patent application No 60/337,255, filed November 30, 2001.
In a preferred administration system, syringe A contains the lyophile of the sodium salt of (3-(((4-tent-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid which in made to result in 4 mg per syrinige or 40 mg per syringe. Syringe B contains Resomer 502H, 50:50 Poly(D,L lactide-co-glycolide), (50,50 PLGH) and N-methyl-2-pyrroliddone (NMP) The dose using the above describe A/B syringe system can vary widely and is deterimed by the disese being treated among other factors. A preffered dose range includes 0.5mgA up to about 100mgA. In syringes containing 50mgA/ml, preferred doses include 0.1 ml, 0.2m1, 0.6m1 and 2m1. In syringes contianing SmgA/ml, preferred doses include 0.1 ml, 0.2m1, 0,3m1, 0.6 and 2m1.
Other methods of administration of an EP2 selective receptor agonist include local administration by injection to a particular site or delivery by a catheter to a site.
Additional examples can be found in U.S. provisional patent application number 60/335,156, filed November 30, 2001.
GENERAL EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES
In general the compounds of this invention can be made by processes which include processes known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein. Certain processes for the manufacture of the compounds of this invention are provided as further features of the invention and are illustrated by the following reaction schemes. Other processes are described in the experimental section.
Some substituents (e.g., carboxyl) may best be prepared through conversion of another functional group (e.g., carboxyl substituents may be prepared through conversion of, e.g., hydroxyl or carboxaldehyde) at a point later in the synthetic sequence.
Compounds of Formula I wherein B is nitrogen may be prepared using methods described in SCHEMES 1-5. These methods include (a) sequential alkylation of a sulfonamide or amide with two appropriate alkylating agents, generally alkyl halides or alkyl sulfonates; (b) alkylation of a sulfonamide or amide with an alkyl halide or alkyl sulfonate; or (c) reductive amination of an aldehyde followed by reaction with an acylating agent such as an acyl chloride, a chloroformate, an isocyanate or a chlorocarbonyl amide; or a sulfonylating agent such as a sulfonyl chloride. When perForming sequential alkylation, one of the alkylating agents will contain a Q-Z portion, where the Z portion is suitably protected if necessary, and the other alkylating agent will contain a K-M portion, where any functional groups requiring protection are suitably protected. The order of the alkylation, i.e., whether the alkylating agent containing the Q-Z portion is added first or second, will depend upon the reactivity of the electrophilic side chain. When performing a reductive amination, the Q-Z portion may be attached to either the amine reagent or the aldehyde reagent depending upon the ease of preparation of the reagent and the reactivity of the reagents in the reductive amination reaction. The reductive amination is followed by acylation or sulfonylation with an appropriate acylating agent or sulfonyl chloride and, if desired the product is hydrolysed. The starting materials, including amines, aldehydes and alkylating agents, are prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art. Certain preferred methods for their preparation are described herein.
For example, compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared of the methods set forth in SCHEMES 1 and 2 below. In general, the sequences involve sequential alkylation of an appropriate sulfonamide of Formula 1 or amide of Formula 1 with two appropriate alkyl halides or alkyl sulfonates. SCHEMES 1 and 2 differ only in the order of addition of the two alkylating agents. The alkylation order is typically chosen depending on the reactivity of the electrophilic side-chain. It is generally preferable to react the less reactive electrophilic side chain first. This reduces the amount of dialkylation which occurs in that first alkylation step, thereby resulting in a greater yield of monoalkylated material to be carried on to the next alkylation. In SCHEMES 1 and 2, one of the alkylating agents contains a carboxylic acid or a carboxylic acid isostere, suitably protected with an appropriate protecting group, if necessary. Further, in SCHEMES 1 and 2, the carboxylic acid precursor of Formula 3 is a carboxylic acid ester where R is a suitable carboxylic acid protecting group.
Generally, the protecting group is either a straight chain lower alkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl, or a terfi-butyl or phenyl group. ~ther acid isosteres can be employed by appropriately modifying SCHEMES 1 and 2 of methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., see SCHEME 6 which sets forth the preparation of a tetrazole).
Typical alkylating agents are primary, secondary,' benzylic or allylic halides and sulfonates and are preferably alkyl bromides or alkyl iodides.
The Formula 1 sulfonamide or amide is converted to its anion with a strong base such as sodium hydride, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium tert-butoxide, etc. in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran or N,N-dimethylformamide/benzene at a temperature of about -78°C to about 100°C. The resulting anion is alkylated with an appropriate alkyl halide of Formula 2 or 3 or an appropriate alkyl sulfonate of Formula 2 or 3, wherein X' is the halide or sulfonate portion of the alkylating agent, at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100°C to yield the corresponding mono-alkylated compound of Formula 4 or 5. In some cases, varying amounts of a side-product resulting from dialkylation of the amide or sulfonamide are obtained and can be removed using chromatographic techniques, preferably by flash chromatography (W.C. Still, M. Kahn, A. Mitra, J. Org.
Chem. 43, 2923, 1978). After the first alkylation is complete, the compound of Formula 4 or 5 is converted to an anion using a suitable base such as sodium hydride, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium diisopropylamide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium tent-butoxide, or potassium carbonate in an aprotic solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, N,N- dimethylformamide/benzene, or acetone at a temperature of about -78°C to about 100°C. Alkylation of the anion with an appropriate second alkyl halide of OFormula 3 or 2 or alkyl sulfonate of Formula 3 or 2 provides the corresponding diafkylated compound of Formula 6. When R is methyl or ethyl, the ester of Formula 6 is hydrolyzed to the corresponding carboxylic acid of Formula I with a dilute aqueous basic solution. This hydrolysis is preferably carried out using sodium or potassium hydroxide in aqueous methanol or ethanol, lithium hydroxide in aqueous alcoholic solvent or aqueous tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C. Alternatively, the hydrolysis may be carried out by using methods well known to those skilled in the art, for example, methods described in "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis," Second Edition, T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991.
1. Base 1. Base X'-K-M 2. X'-G-C02R
G-A ~ -Q-COZR 1. NaOH G-A- ~ -Q-C02H
K-M 2~ H30~' K-M
1. Base 1. Base 1 2. X' C~-GOZR 2. X' K-M
G-A-N-Q-COZR 1. NaOH G--A-N-O-COzH
-M 2. H30+
K-M
Compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are also prepared from amines as set forth in SCHEMES 3-4. Generally, the appropriate amine starting materials of Formulas 9 and 10 are commercially obtained or can be prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art {see "The Chemistry of Amino, Nitroso and Nitro Compounds and their ~erivatives," Ed. S. Patai, J. Wiley, New York, 1982). For example, the amine starting materials are prepared from the corresponding nitrites of Formulas 7 or 8. Said nitrites are available from. commercial sources or can be prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art {see Rappaport, "The Chemistry of the Cyano Group," Interscience, New York, 1970 or Patai and Rappaport, "The Chemistry of Functional Groups," pt. 2, Wiley, New York, 1983). The nitrite of Formula 7 or 8 is reduced with a reducing agenfi such as borane-tetrahydrofuran complex, borane-methyl sulfide complex or lithium aluminum hydride in an aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether at a temperature of about -78°C to about 60°C. Alternatively, the nitrite is hydrogenated under a hydrogen atmosphere typically at 0 to 50 psi in the presence of Raney nickel or a platinum or palladium catalyst in a protic solvent such as methanol or ethanol at a temperature of about 0°C to about 50°C. It may be desired to add an equivalent of an acid, such as hydrogen chloride, to accomplish the reduction. The amine of Formula 9 or 10 thus obtained is converted to the sulfonamide of Formula 11 or 12 by sulfonylation with a sulfonyl chloride or said amine is converted to an amide of Formula 11 or 12 by acylation with an appropriate acyl chloride. Both the sulfonylation reactions and the acylation reactions are generally carried out in the presence of a weak base such as triethylamine, pyridine, or 4-methylmorpholine in an aprotic solvent such as methylene chloride or diethyl ether at a temperature of about -20°C to about 50°C. Alternatively, coupling of amines of Formulas 9 or 10 with carboxylic acids are conveniently carried out in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane or N,N-dimethylformamide by a coupling reagent such as 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl )-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) or 1, 3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) in the presence of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBT) to generate compounds of Formulas 11 or 12. Where the amine is present as the hydrochloride or other salt, it is preferable to add one equivalent of a suitable base such as triethylamine to the reaction mixture. Alternatively, the coupling can be effected with a coupling reagent such as benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP) in an inert solvent such as methanol.
Such coupling reactions are generally conducted at temperatures of about -30°C to about 80°C, preferably 0°C to about 25°C. For a discussion of other conditions used for coupling peptides see Houben-Weyl, Vol. XV, part ll, E. Wunsch, Ed., George Theime Verlag, 1974, Stuttgart. Alkylation and if desired, deprotection, of the Formula 11 or 12 compound as described in SCHEMES 1 and 2 affords the corresponding acid Formula 13 and 14 compound. The compounds of Formulas 11 and 12 are alkylated in a manner analogous to the alkylation of the compounds of Formulas 1, 4 and 5 of SCHEMES 1 and 2 hereinabove. The alkylated products are deprotected, if necessary, to afford the compounds of Formulas 13 and 14.
The amines of Formulas 9 and 10 are also prepared via reduction of an appropriate amide of Formulas 15 and 16. This reduction is achieved using reagents such as a borane-tetrahydrofuran complex, a borane-methyl sulfide complex, or diisobutyaluminum hydride in an aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether at a temperature of about -78°C to about 60°C.
The amines of Formulas 9 and 10 are also obtained from the corresponding nitro precursors by reduction of the nitro group using reducing reagents such as zinc/HCI, hydrogenation in the presence of Raney nickel, palladium, or platinum catalysts, and other reagents as described by P.N. Rylander in "Hydrogenation Methods," Academic Press, New York, 1985.
O
~ M
H2N/ 'K/
[H]
N~ M [H] ~ ~ / M
j H2N K
K
7 g GACI
Base G A N Q-CO~H 1. Base 2. ?C' Q CO2R G~A~N~K/M
K
13 I 3. Hydrolysis 11 M
O
~ Z
H N- 'Q/
(H]
N~ Z (~ ~, / Z
Q
GACI
Base /COSH
G A N Q 1. Base K M 2. X' K M ~A~N~Q/Z
G H
14 3. Hydrolysis 12 Amines and alkylating agents useful for the above syntheses are described and prepared as set forth in the section entitled PREPARATIONS below, 5 Alternatively, the compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared by reductive amination of an aldehyde containing the appropriate suitably protected acidic functionality with an amine. This sequence is set forth in SCHEME 5.
Alternatively, the amine may contain the appropriate suitably protected acidic functionality.
10 The reductive amination is typically carried out at a pH of between 6 and 8, using a reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The reaction is normally performed in a protic solvent such as methanol or ethanol at temperatures of about -78°C to about 40°C. (e.g., see A.
Abdel-Magid, C. Maryanoff, K. Carson, Tetrahedron Lett. 39, 31, 5595-5598, 1990.) The reductive amination reaction may also be carried out using titanium isopropoxide and sodium cyanoborohydride (R.J. Mattson et al, J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 2552-4) or by preformation of the imine under dehydrating conditions followed by reduction, The resulting amine of Formulas 42 and 42A, is transformed to the desired amide or sulfonamide by coupling with an acid chloride, sulfonyl chloride, or carboxylic acid as set forth in SCHEMES 3 and 4. if desired, the amine intermediate of Formulas 42 or 42A may be converted to a urethane by treatment ~ivith a chloroformate or to a tetrasubstituted urea by treatment with a chlorocarbonyl amide. These reactions are performed in the presence of a weak base such as triethylamine, pyridine, or 4-methylmorpholine in an aprotic solvent such as methylene chloride or diethyl ether at a temperature of about -20°C to about 50°C. Conversion of the amine of Formulas 42 or 42A to a trisubstituted urea is accomplished by treatment with an isocyanate in an apratic solvent such as methylene chloride or diethyl ether at temperatures ranging between -20°C and 50°C (for example, see SCHEME 5A). In cases where the amine is present as the hydrochloride salt, it is preferable to add an equivalent of a suitable base such as triethylamine to the reaction. If desired, hydrolysis of the resulting sulfonamide or amide provides the corresponding acid.
+ fHl OHC-K-M K
M
GACI
Base A
G/ \N-Q-C02H /A~' 1. NaOH G N-Q-C02R
E
2. H30+
K
M I
M
A
G/ \N~Q-C02H E 1. NaOH A~
2. H30~ G~ ~ Q--'COZR
K
\M . KIM
GACI
Base H2N-K M HN~Q-C02R
+ - ~H.-~ \
K
A
HN Q C02R GANCO G~ ~N Q C02R
K
M
M
1. NaOH
2. H 3O+
A
G~ ~N Q C02H
K
M
Aldehydes useful in the above SCHEME 5 are described and prepared as set forth in the section entitled PREPARATIONS below.
Compounds of Formula I where 13 is N and ~ is tetrazolyl are prepared as set forth in SCHEME 6. A sulfonamide or amide of Formula 4 is alkylated with the appropriate alkyl halide or sulfonate (wherein X' is halide or sulfonate), preferably a primary, secondary, benzylic, or allylic alkyl bromide, iodide, or sulfonate, which contains a nitrite to provide a nitrite of Formula 59. This alkylation is achieved by treatment of the sulfonamide or amide of Formula 59 with a base such as sodium hydride, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium tert-butoxide, or potassium carbonate in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylformamide/benzene, or acetone followed by reaction of the resulting anion with a suitable alkylating agent. Alkylation occurs at a temperature of about -78°C to about 100°C. A preferred method for converting the resulting nitrite of Formula 59 to the tetrazole of Formula 60 is treatment of the alkylated nitrite with dibutyltin oxide and trimethylsilylazide, in refluxing toluene (S.J.
Wittenberger and B.G. Donner, J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 4139-4141, 1993). For a review of alternative preparations of tetrazoles see R.N. Butler, Tetrazoles, In Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry; Potts, K.T. Ed.; Pergamon Press: Oxford, 1984, Vol. 5, pp 791-838.
1. Base G-A-N-K-M -----~ G-A ~ -Q-CN
H 2~Q-CN
4 K~
(Bu3Sn)2O
toluene N~
G-A-N-Q ~ I
HN~N
KIM
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as set forth in SCHEME 7. Thus, esters of Formula 46 are prepared using the 10 procedures described above in SCHEMES 1 and 2. Subsequent Heck coupling of this intermediate to an arylhalide (preferably an aryl bromide or aryl iodide), an aryl triflate, or a ring system which contains a vinyl bromide, iodide, or triflate is accomplished with a palladium catalyst, such as palladium acetate or tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) in the presence of a trialkylamine, such as 15 triethylamine. In some cases, an additive such as a triarylphosphine or triarylarsene may be added to the reaction. The reaction is typically performed in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide or acetonitrile at a temperature of about 0°C to about 150°C (see R.F. Heck in Comp. Org. Syn., Vol. 4, Ch. 4.3, p. 833 or Daves and Hallberg, Chem. Rev. 1989, 89, 1433). If desired, the compound of Formula 47 can be hydrolyzed to the corresponding acid. Alternatively, the compound of Formula 47 can be hydrogenated and, if desired, further hydrolyzed to the corresponding acid of Formula 49. Hydrogenation is preferably achieved under a hydrogen atmosphere typically at 0 to 50 psi in the presence of a palladium or platinum catalyst in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol or methanol at a temperature of about 0°C to about 50°C. In cases where M represents a partially saturated ring system, hydrogenation will generate a fully saturated ring system.
G A N-Q C02R Tf0-M
or G A N Q COZR
halo M
C
palladium catalyst amine 1. H2, catalyst G A N Q-C02H 2. Hydrolysis n M
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 8. Compounds of Formula 51 are prepared as described in SCHEMES 1 and 2 by alkylation of compounds of Formula 5 with an electrophile of Formula 2 which contains the appropriate functionality on the M ring. At least one of the substituents on the M ring must be suitable for subsequent conversion to an aldehyde. For example, electrophiles of Formula 2 containing a protected alcohol on the M ring may be alkylated and then deprotected and oxidized to the aldehyde, using reagents well known to those skilled in the art, to generate compounds of Formula 51. An alternative method is to alkylate with an electrophile of Formula 2 where M contains a vinyl group. After alkylation, oxidative cleavage of the double bond provides the desired aldehyde of Formula 51. The oxidative cleavage is accomplished by transforming the double bond to the 1,2-diol with catalytic osmium tetroxide and N-methylmorpholine followed by oxidative cleavage to the aldehyde using sodium periodate. Alternatively, oxidative cleavage via ozonolysis followed by reduction using reagents such as methyl sulfide, triphenylphosphine, zinc/acetic acid, or thiourea, generates the desired aldehyde of Formula 51. Addition of LMetal where LMetal is any organometallic reagent such as an organolithium or a Grignard reagent in an aprotic solvent such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about -78°C to about 80°C, followed by hydrolysis of the ester as described above, provides the desired compound of Formula 50.
G-A ~ -Q-C02R G-A N Q-C02H
1. LMetal ~ ~ M 2. Hydrolysis I M
CHO
HO L
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 9. The appropriate sulfonamide or amide of Formula 5 is alkylated using the conditions described in SCHEMES 1 and 2. The alkylating agent is an electrophile which contains an aromatic bromide or iodide or a ring system which contains a vinyl bromide or iodide (Ar') to provide compounds of Formula 53.
Suzuki-type coupling of the compound of Formula 53 thus obtained with an aryl boronic acid (Arz) provides Formula 53a compounds. For a review of the Suzuki reaction see A.R. Martin and Y. Yang in Acta Chem. Scand. 1993, 47, 221. The coupling reaction is achieved using about two equivalents of a base, such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, thallium hydroxide or potassium phosphate, in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), palladium acetate, palladium chloride, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) or [1,4-bis(diphenylphosphine)butane]palladium(0). The reaction may be run in an aqueous alcoholic solvent such as methanol or ethanol; or in other aqueous solvents such as aqueous tetrahydrofuran, aqueous acetone, aqueous glycol dimethyl ether, or aqueous benzene at temperatures ranging from about 0°C to about 120°C. When Are is a partially saturated ring, reduction of the ring to provide a saturated ring system may, if desired, be perFormed at this point. This transformation is achieved by hydrogenating the partially saturated ring in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium or platinum in an alcoholic solvent (ethanol or methanol) and/or ethyl acetate. Ester hydrolysis of compounds of Formulas 53 or 53a, if desired, provides the corresponding acid. The resulting acids may contain functional groups on either of the ring systems (Ar' or Arz) which can be modified using methods well known to those skilled in the art. Examples of such modifications are shown in SCHEME
10.
1. NaH
G-A-H-Q-C02R ~. G-A- ~ -Q-C02R
5 / K ~ ~ ~Br' l~ K
X' Are \Ar~ 53 Br, I
Ar2B(OH)2 Pd catalyst base G-A- ~ -Q-C02R
K ~Ar~
I 53a Arz Compounds of Formula 54 which contain an aldehyde functional group are prepared using methods described in SCHEMES 8 and 9. Of SCHEME 10, treatment of a compound of Formula 54 with an appropriate organometallic reagent (LMetal), such as an organolithium or Grignard reagent, in an aprotic solvent such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about -78°C to about 80°C, followed by hydrolysis of the ester, provides compounds of Formula 56.
Alternatively, reduction of the aldehyde followed by hydrolysis provides Formula 55 compounds.
G-A ~ Q-C02R , 1. [H-]
~~Ar~ 2. Hydrolysis r W A~~ H OH
1. LMetal 2. Hydrolysis G A N Q-C02H
I< ~,Ar~
OH
L
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 11. The starting alcohols of Formula 58 are prepared of methods well known to persons skilled in the art, for example, by using methods described in SCHEMES 1 and 2. It will be recognized by a person of ordinary skill in the art that protecting groups may be required in the synthesis of certain of these alcohols. Intermediate 58 is coupled with a variety of aryl alcohofs (M is as defined above) using Mitsonobu coupling conditions (for a review see O. Mitsonobu, Synthesis, 1, 1981 ). Typically the coupling is achieved by addition of a coupling agent such as triphenylphosphine and diethyl azodicarboxylate or diisopropyl azodicarboxylate in an inert solvent such as methylene chloride or tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C. If desired, subsequent hydrolysis yields the corresponding acid.
A A
G~ ~N Q C02R G~ ~N-Q-C02R
PPh3 + M-DH m pH DEAD
58 ~ 57 M
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 12. A compound of Formula 1fl2 is added to a compound of Formula 105 (wherein X is as defined above for the compound of Formula I) in the presence of a Lewis acid such as titanium tetrachloride or a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid. If desired the ester of Formula 106 can be converted to the corresponding acid by hydrolysis or deprotection.
-N ~ C02R ~ewis Acid X n C02R
CI X
---~ A-N
G ~ ~ or H+ /
~ M 105 G
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula 1 wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 13. Chloromethyl compounds of Formula 104 are treated with the appropriate substituted aromatic ring system, M, such as 4-ethoxybenzene or thiophene in the presence of a Lewis acid such as titanium tetrachloride or a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid in an aprotic solvent such as chloroform at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C to yield compounds of Formula 107 which may subsequently be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to yield the corresponding carboxylic acids. Alternatively, chloromethyl compounds of Formula 104 can be treated with a Lewis acid such as titanium tetrachloride and an appropriately substituted vinyl silane in an aprotic solvent such as methylene chloride at a temperature of about -50°C to about 50°C to give compounds of Formula 108. If desired, the compounds of Formula 108 may subsequently be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to yield the corresponding acid. If desired, reduction of the double bond can be accomplished using conditions described in SCHEME 7.
~ G A N Q-C02R
Lewis acid CI
M
Lewis Acid G A N-Q C02R
M
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 14. Chloromethyl compounds of Formula 104 are treated with a Lewis acid such as titanium tetrachloride and an appropriately substituted allyl silane in an aprotic solvent such as chloroform at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C to give compounds of Formula 109 which may subsequently be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to afford the corresponding carboxylic acids.
G A N Q CO~R ~ewis Acid CI
+ M
TMS 1 U~
M
Alternatively, certain compounds of Formula I wherein B is N are prepared as described in SCHEME 15. Chloromethyl compounds of Formula 104 are treated with a sulfinic acid of Formula 111 in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in an aprotic solvent such as chloroform at a temperature of about -30°C to about 50°C to give compounds of Formula 112 which may subsequently be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to yield the corresponding acid.
G A N Q CO~R
G A N Q COZR base e.g. Et3N
CI ~ 02 M
+ 112 Formula I compounds wherein B is C(H) and Q, G, M and K are as described above in the Summary of the Invention can be prepared of SCHEME 16. Formula 113 beta-ketoesters are alkylated sequentially with Formula 114 compounds to form _78_ Formula 115 compounds followed by alkylation with Formula 116 compounds to give Formula 117 compounds (J. Med. Chem. 26, 1993, p335-41 ). Alkylations can be carried out in a suitable solvent such as DMF, THF, ether, or benzene using an appropriate base such as sodium hydride, LDA, or potassium carbonate at a temperature of about -78°C to about 80°C. The resulting Formula 117 disubstituted keto esters are hydrolyzed and decarboxylated to give the corresponding Formula 118 compound by using an aqueous base such as sodium hydroxide to hydrolyze the ester, followed by an acidic quench such as with aqueous hydrochloric acid to effect decarboxylation.
O O
O O
Base e.g. NaH . K ~, / R > G ~~O/ R + X~ M
O
Q O X'=Br, CI, I, OMs 113 ~R
+ 11G
O O
X' R 115 Q O~
X'=Br, CI, I, OMs Base e.g. NaH
O O O
Q OH 1 ) NaOH G / R' 'O
2) H+ K
K'M O ~ ~ O~R
I
O
_79_ Alternatively, Formula I compounds wherein B is C(H) and G, Q, M and K are as described above in the Summary of the Invention may be prepared of SCHEME
17. Sequential alkylation of a malonate derivative of Formula 119 provides the Formula 121 dialkylated compound. Deprotection of the ester group by treatment with a strong acid such as TFA or HCI in ethanol at a temperature of about -20°C to about 50°C leads to the Formula 122 decarboxylated product. Conversion of the acid to an acid chloride using thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride in an aprotic solvent at a temperature of about -78°C to about 50°C or to a Weinreb amide using methoxymethyl amine in the presence of a suitable coupling agent such as DCC
or DEC in an aprotic solvent at a temperature of about -30°C to about 50°C provides Formula 123 compounds. Formula 123 compounds are suitable substrates for addition of various organometallic species, e.g., Grignard reagents and organo-cadmium reagents which, after hydrolysis of the terminal ester, provide the keto-acid compounds of Formula 118.
Alternatively, Formula 118 compounds can be prepared using methods described previously in Schemes 7-11 where one or both of the side chains are further functionalized after attachment to the alkanoyl fragment.
O O
O
O Base R~ /R X,~K M
R R --.---~ O ~ w0 +
O/ e.g. NaH Q X'=Br, CI, I, OMs ~O
119, R= tBu O~R~ 116 O O
X' ~ , 120 \ /R
Q O
X'=Br, CI, I, OMs Base 114 i.e. NaH
O O O
R R
HO O O~ R~ TFA ~r HCI K IQ
K O~ R
\M O I
O
O O
1 ) G-metal Q
[F, NMe O~R~ 2) NaOH G O~R' (OMe)]
KIM O K\M O
PREPARATIONS
Amines, Amides and Sulfonamides Certain amides or sulfonamides described by Formulas 21, 22, and 23 wherein W and Z are as described above in the Summary of the Invention and X
and M are aromatic or saturated ring systems are prepared as set forth in SCHEME
18.
Alkynyl amides or sulfonamides of Formulas 25, 26 and 27 are prepared by coupling an alkynyl sulfonamide or alkynyl amide of Formula 24 to an aromatic or vinyl halide, preferably an aromatic or vinyl bromide or iodide wherein W and Z are as defined above and where X and M represent an aromatic ring or a partially saturated ring system. The coupling is typically accomplished in the presence of copper iodide, a palladium catalyst, such as palladium chloride, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride, or tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), and an amine such as triethylamine, diisopropylamine, or butylamine in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100°C. The alkynes of Formulas 25, 26 and 27 are converted to the corresponding alkanes of Formulas 21, 22 or via hydrogenation in the presence of a palladium or platinum catalyst in a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, and/or ethyl acetate at a temperature of about 0°C to about 50°C. In the case where M represents a partially saturated ring system, hydrogenation will convert M to a fully saturated ring system. Alternatively, the alkynes are converted to cis-alkenes using the Lindlar catalyst (Pd-CaC~3-Pb0) or other suitable catalyst. Alkylation and deprotection as described in SCHEMES 1 and 2 affords the corresponding compounds of Formula I.
GANH~~~
+ X'- M
-E X~/X~Z + X~~ /W Z
X
Cul Pd catalyst X'=Br, I
m m GANH ' ~n GANH
X~ZGANH ~ W Z
25 26 X / ~ M
catalyst m n m /W Z m GANH X Z GANH X ~ GANH M
H2N X~ GACI
OCH3 Base GANH X
~OCH3 Demethylation GANH X~ ~ Base, acetone or DMF
O C02R ~ GANH X
33 O ~ OOH
Br n OR
Compounds of Formula 33 are prepared from a suitable amine of Formula 32 (e.g., methoxyarylalkylamine). Amines of Formula 32 are commercially available or are prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art (for example, see SCHEME 4). Amines of Formula 32 are converted to sulfonamides or amides of Formula 31 using methods, for example, described in SCHEME 3 and 4. The resulting aromatic methyl ether of Formula 31 is deprotected with reagents such as boron tribromide, pyridinium hydrochloride, hydrogen bromide/acetic acid, or other reagents as described in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991. Alkylation with a bromoalkylester using a mild base such as potassium carbonate in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide or acetone at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100°C
generates an amide or sulfonamide of Formula 33.
H3C-M BrCH~-M
or or H3C BrCH2 NBS
M radical M
or initiator or H3C X~ BrCH2 X
or Z or ~ ~Z
H3C X-W BrCH2 X-W , ~Z ~Z
Numerous methods exist for the synthesis of the desired alkylating agents used in the above procedures and are known to those skilled in the art (see "The Chemistry of the Carbon-Halogen Bond," Ed. S. Patai, J. Wiley, New York, 1973 and "The Chemistry of Halides, Pseudo-Halides, and Azides," Eds. S. Patai and Z.
Rappaport, J. Wiley, New York, 1983). Some examples are shown in SCHEMES 20-24. As shown in SCHEME 20, tolyl or allylic substrates can be converted via halogenation to benzylic or allylic bromides wherein M, X, W and Z are as described above in the Summary of the Invention. This reaction is typically performed with N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) in the presence of a radical initiator such as 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) or a peroxide, preferably benzoyl peroxide.
Alternatively, the reaction can be initiated with light. The reaction is performed in an inert solvent such as carbon tetrachloride or chloroform at a temperature of about 50°C to about 100°C.
NBS Br H3C-Ar Pd catalyst H3C-Ar + halo-Are ~ radicah ~Ar~
B(OH)2 base 34 Are initiator r~
15 SCHEME 21 sets forth the synthesis of alkylating agents useful for preparing compounds of Formula I where M represents a biaryl or aryl cyclic group.
Suzuki-type coupling of an aryl iodide or bromide or a ring system containing a vinyl bromide or iodide (Are) with a methylaryl boronic acid (Ar') using the conditions described in SCHEME 9 provides compounds of formula 34. Where a vinyl bromide or iodide is 20 used, compounds of Formula 34 can be reduced to generate a fully saturated ring.
The reduction is accomplished by hydrogenation in the presence of palladium or platinum catalysts typically in protic solvents such as methanol or ethanol;
or in tetrahydrofuran or ethyl acetate. Halogenation of the methyl group using reagents and conditions as described in SCHEME 20 provides alkylating agents of Formula 25 35.
O
M hydride M
_ M
RO K~ ~ HO~K~ hal ~K~
R = H, alkyl Another common method for accessing alkyl halides is by halogenation of an alcohol or an alcohol derivative. Alcohols are obtained from commercial sources or can be prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art. For example, SCHEME 22 sets forth the reduction of a carboxylic acid or ester to the corresponding alcohol using reagents such as, but not limited to, sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, borane-tetrahydrofuran complex, borane-methyl sulfide complex, etc. The corresponding alkyl chlorides are typically prepared from the alcohols with reagents such as hydrogen chloride, thionyl chloride, phosphorous pentachloride, phosphorous oxychloride, or triphenylphosphine/carbon tetrachloride.
For the preparation of alkyl bromides, the alcohol is commonly treated with reagents such as hydrogen bromide, phosphorous tribromide, triphenylphosphine/bromine, or carbonyldiimida~ole/allyl bromide (Kamijo, T., Harada, H., lizuka, K. Chem.
Pharm.
Bull. 1983, 38, 4189). To access alkyl iodides, an appropriate alcohol is typically reacted with reagents such as triphenylphosphine/iodine/imidazole or hydogen iodide. Alternatively, alkyl chlorides can be converted to the more reacfiive alkyl bromides or alkyl iodides by reaction with an inorganic salt such as sodium bromide, lithium bromide, sodium iodide, or potassium iodide in solvents such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone. Alkyl sulfonates can also be used as electrophiles or can be converted to alkyl halides. Alkyl sulfonates are prepared from the corresponding alcohol using a mild base such as triethylamine or pyridine and a sulfonyl chloride in an inert solvent such as methylene chloride or diethyl ether. If desired, conversion to the halide is accomplished by treating the alkyl sulfonate with an inorganic halide (sodium iodide, sodium bromide, potassium iodide, potassium bromide, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, etc) or a tetrabutylammonium halide.
halo ~M
O
RO ~M HO ~M
R = H, alkyl 40 hydride H~
catalyst O
hydride R~ ~ ~M HO M
halo M
Cinnamic acids or esters are commonly available from commercial sources and can by converted to alkylating agents of Formulas 37 or 38 as follows (see SCHEME 23). The cinnamic acid or ester derivatives are reduced by hydrogenation in the presence of palladium or platinum catalysts typically in protic solvents (e.g., methanol or ethanol), tetrahydrofuran, or ethyl acetate. Reduction and conversion to the alkyl halide or sulfonate as described in SCHEME 22 provides the compounds of Formula 38. Where appropriate, the cinnamic acids or esters are converted directly to the alcohols of Formula 39 by treat those cinnamic acids ~r esters with reagents such as lithium aluminum hydride in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether. Alternatively, the cinnamic acid or ester can be reduced to an allylic alcohol of Formula 40 using reagents such as lithium aluminum hydride/aluminum chloride, diisobutylaluminum hydride or lithium borohydride. Conversion to the allylic halide or sulfonate as described in SCHEME 22 provides the compounds of Formula 37.
_87_ 1. Base W -M
HW-M ~~
2. n X--t'' l n 42 X~~Br, I 41 X = CI, Br The preparation of alkylating agents of Formula 41 wherein W and M are as described above in the Summary of the Invention is set forth in SCHEME 24.
Compounds of Formula 42 can be alkylated with a variety of bases. The choice of base is dependent on the nature of W and M. Some preferred bases include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, sodium hydride, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide and potassium tert-butoxide. Treatment of the resulting anion with one of a variety of dialkylhalides generates the desired alkylating agents of Formula 41. For the preparation of compounds where W is an oxygen and M is an aromatic ring, it is preferred to form the alkoxide anion with sodium hydroxide followed by addition of a dihaloalkane, e.g.
dibromoalkane. The reaction is normally performed in water at about 75°C to about 125°C.
_88_ OH
RO n M/CHO LMetal RO n -M L
H30+
OH
~n OHC~M L
Aldehydes useful for the method described in SCHEME 5 are available from commercial sources or can be prepared from available intermediates using methods well known to those skilled in the art (for a general reference see "The Chemistry of the Carbonyl Group," Ed. S. Patai, Interscience, New York (1966-70)). SCHEME
demonstrates an exemplary method used to prepare Formula 43 hydroxy aldehydes where M in SCHEME 5 contains a hydroxy substituted alkyl group. Treatment of a dialdehyde, where one of the aldehydes is protected as an acetal of Formula 44 wherein the OR groups are conventional substituents used in an acetal protecting group, with an organometallic reagent (LMetal), preferably an organolithium or Grignard reagent, in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether, provides compounds of Formula 45. Subsequent acetal hydrolysis under mildly acidic conditions, e.g., dilute hydrogen chloride, Amberlyst-15~ resin, silica gel, or other reagents as described in "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis," Second Edition, T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991 provides the desired hydroxy aldehydes of Formula 43.
Aldehydes useful for the method described in SCHEME 5 may be prepared using the methods described in SCHEMES 26-28. For example, as shown in SCHEME 26, an aryl boronic acid which contains an aldehyde can be coupled to an aryl bromide, aryl iodide, or a ring system which contains a vinyl bromide or iodide _89_ using the Suzuki protocol described for SCHEME 9 to provide aldehydes of Formula 60.
SCHEME 27 describes the preparation of aldehydes of Formula 62 which contain a suitably protected acid moiety and can be used for the preparation of compounds of Formula 42A described in SCHEME 5. Selective reduction of nitrites (see SCHEMES 3-4 for preparations) of Formula 61 provides aldehydes of Formula 62. A preferred method for this reduction involves heating the nitrite with aluminum-nickel (Raney) alloy in the presence of an acid such as formic acid. Aldehydes of Formula 64 useful for the preparation of .compounds of Formula 42 (SCHEME 5) may be prepared from starting nitrites of Formula 63 by treatment with a variety of reducing agents such as diisobutylaluminum hydride, tin (II) chloride/hydrogen chloride, or lithium triethoxyalanate.
A method for the preparation of proprionaldehydes of Formula 65 is described in SCHEME 28 and follows the procedures described by Kang (J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 2604) and by Jeffery (J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1984, 19, 1287). An aryl iodide or bromide is coupled to allyl alcohol in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, preferably palladium acetate. The reaction is performed in a suitable polar, aprotic solvent, preferably dimethylformamide, with addition of a base, such as sodium bicarbonate, and an ammonium salt, such as tetrabutylammonium chloride and provides proprionaldehydes of Formula 65.
OHC Are Pd catalyst OHC Are + halo Ar2 B(OH)2 base ~ r2 N Q z IHl Q z O
N K M ~H~ K M
63 , H
SCHEME 2&
Pd catalyst Ar Ar halo + ~OH
NaHC03, Bu4NCl CHO
CHL~i~~f~ETHI~L INTERIVIE~I/~TES
Intermediate chloromethyl compounds can be prepared as described in SCHEMES 29 and 30. In general, the appropriate Formula 66 or 68 sulfonamide or carboxamide is treated with a formaldehyde equivalent such as paraformaldehyde in an inert organic solvent such as methylene chloride or chloroform with a suitable catalyst such as HCI, zinc chloride or trimethylsilyl chloride at temperatures ranging from about 0°C to about 60°C to give the Formula 67 and 69 chloromethyl derivatives, respectively.
G A NH (CHO)n G A N/ \CI
HCI or TMSCI
KIM K~
M
(CHO)~
or ~OH
G A N
KIM
Q CO~R
CI
(CHO)~ ~~ 69 O or OH
SCHEME 31 sets forth the synthesis of biaryl aldehydes of Formula 60.
Fluorobenzonitriles of Formula 70 are heated with a nucleophilic group such as a pyrrazole or imidazole in a suitable solvent, preferably DMF to effect displacement of the fluoro group yielding intermediates of Formula 71. The desired biaryl aldehydes of Formula 60 are obtained by reduction of the nitrite via hydrogenation with Raney alloy in formic acid, or by reduction with a hydride source such as diisobutylaluminum hydride.
O
NaH
Ra-Ni Alioy CNH formic acid Art 70 71 ~ ~ 60 Arz = pyrazole, J = CH or N pyrrole or imidazole The examples and synthetic procedures set forth in this application are intended to illustrate particular embodiments of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the specification or claim in any manner. All documents cited in this application are hereby incorporated by reference.
Example 1 7-((4-Butyl-benzyl)-.(pyridine-3-sulfonyl~ amino)-heptanoic acid Stea A: Reductive Amination ~4-Butyl-benzylamino)-heptanoic acid methyl ester. A solution of 7-amino-heptanoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride, prepared of Preparation 1., (1.12 g, 5.9 mmol), 4-butyl-benzaldehyde (0.915 g, 5.65 mmol) and triethylamine (0.83 mL, 5.98 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After cooling to 0°C, NaBH4 (0.342 g, 9.04 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. The mixture was quenched with 1:1 NaHC03:H20 and the MeOH was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was diluted with CH2CIZ
and the organic solution was washed with water and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step A (1.4 g). 'H
NMR~(400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.08-7.38 (m, 4H), 3.62.(s, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.52-2.66 (m, 4H), 2.25 (t, 2H), 1.53-1.63~(m, 6H), 1.25-1.40 (m, 6H), 0.85 (t, 3H); MS 306 .(M+1).
Stec B: Amide formation 7-((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(wridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino -heptanoic acid methyl ester. A
solution of 7-(4-butyl-benzylamino)-heptanoic acid methyl ester prepared of Example 1, Step A (0.10 g, 0.33 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.85 g 0.66 mmol) and pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride hydrochloride, prepared of Preparation 2, (0.070 g, 0.33 mmol) in 3 mL CHaCl2 was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was dilufied with CH~Ch and the organic solution was washed with wafier and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (10% EtOAc/hexanes to 30% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the title compound of Step B. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 9.01 (s, 1 H), 8.75.(d, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.41 (dd, 1 H), 7.23 (m, 4H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.19 (t, 2H), 1.10-1.58 (m, 12H), 0.87 (t, 3H); MS 447 (M+1).
Step C: Ester Hydrolysis 7-((4-Butyl-ben~l~,(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-heptanoic acid. A solution of 7-((4-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-heptanoic acid methyl ester prepared of Example 1, Step B (0.040 g, 0.158 mmol), in 2 mL MeOH and 0.5 mL 2N NaOH was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was quenched with 2N HCI
and was diluted with CHzCl2, The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCI and water, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2°!° MeOH/CH2CI2to 5°I° MeOH/CHzCl2) to afford the title compound (42 mg). ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.09 (s, 1 H), 8.77 (d, 1 H), 8.08 (d, 1 H), 7.48 (dd, 1 H), 7.09 (m, 4H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.12 (s, 2H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.25 (t, 2H), 1.12-1.58 (m, 12H), 0.88 (t, 3H); MS 431 (M-1 ).
Examples 1 a-1 an Examples 1a-tan were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Example 1, with variations in reaction time, temperature, and reagents as noted.
Example 1 a 7-(Benzenesulfonyl-(4-butyl-benzyl)-amino)-heatanoic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, GDCI3) 8 7.83 (d, 2H), 7.51-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.11 (m, 4H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.24 (t, 2H), 1.51-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.35 (m, 4H), 1.08-1.15 (m, 4H), 0.91 (t, 3H); MS 430 (M-1).
Example 1 b j~1-Methyl-1 H-indol-3-ylmethyl~pyridine-3-sulfon~l -amino)-methyl~~n I~! )-acetic acid H NMR (400 MHz, (CDCI3) b 8.93 (s, 1 H), 8.66 (s, 1 H), 7.96 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (d, 1 H), 7.01-7.37 (m, 9H), 6.77 (s, 1 H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 2H);
MS 448 (M-1 ).
Example 1 c ,(3-(((5-Phenyl-furan-2- IYmefihyl~~ayridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-meth~rf)-phenyl)-acetic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, (CDCI3) 8 8.02 (d, 1 H), 7.22-7.34 (m, 12H), 6.42 (d, 1 H), 6.17 (d, 1H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H); MS 461 (M-1).
Example 1d (3-(((5-Benzyl-ayridin-2-ylmethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR~(400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 8.97 (s, 1 H), 8.71 (d, 1 H), 8.15 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (d, 1 H), 7.44 (d, 1 H), 7.04-7.34 (m, 10H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H); MS 486 (M-1 ).
Example 1 a 3-((( 4-Phenethvlsulfanvl-benzvl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonvl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 4 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S
8.00 (d, 1 H), 7.50 (bs, 1 H), 6.90-7.38 (m, 15H), 4.31 (s, 4H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.87 (t, 2H); MS 531 (M-1 ).
Example 1f (3-(((3-Hvdroxv-4-propoxv-benzvl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) ~
8.95 (s, 1 H), 8.72 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (d, 1 H), 7.37 (m, 1 H), 7.13-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.94-7.00 {m, 2H), 6.55-6.68 (m, 3H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 3.95 (t, 2H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, 3H).
Example 1~a -(((4-Pentyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl~ amino)-methyl~phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature. ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.14-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.05 (m, 6H), 4.35 (s, 4H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 2.54 (t, 2H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 4H), 0.88 (t, 3H);
MS 465 (M-1 ).
Example 1 h (3-(((4-Met~lsulfamoyl-benzyl)pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.06 (s, 1 H), 8.85 (s, 1 H), 8.16 (d, 1 H), 7.53-7.64 (m, 3H), 6.91-7.26 (m, 6H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H); MS 488 (M-1).
Example 1 i (3-(((4-Isopropoxy-benzyl)-(wridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 8.97 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (m, 1 H), 7.42 (m, 1 H), 6.94-7.25 (m, 6H), 6.72 (m, 2H), 4.48 (m, 1 H), 4.32 (m, 4H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 1.29 (t, 6H); MS 453 (M-1 ).
Example 1 i ((4-Chloro-thiophen-2-ylmeth~)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 3.5 h at room temperature.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.01 (s, 1 H), 8.79 (s, 1 H), 8.07 (d, 1 H), 7.45 (m, 1 H), 7.20-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, 1 H), 7.10 (s, 1 H), 7.07 (s, 1 H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H); MS 435 (M-1 ).
Example 1 k (3-(((4-Butyl-bent rLll-(4-vitro-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 8.23 (m, 2H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.25 (m, 2H), 695-7.02 {m, 6H), 4.32 (m, 4H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 2.52 {m, 2H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, 3H); MS 495 (M-1 ).
Example 11 (3-(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(4-cyano-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-methLrl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 8.21 (d, 1 H), 7.67-7.84 (m, 3H), 6.89-7.24 (m, 8H), 4.46 (s, 1 H), 4.38 (s, 1 H), 4.32 (m, 2H), 3.54 (s, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 1 H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.33 {m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 1 H), 0.89 (t, 3H); MS 475 (M-1 ).
Example 1 m ~~4-Butyl-benzyl)-(3-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 7.58 (m, 1 H), 7.45 (m, 1 H), 6.92-7.24 (m, 10H), 4.29 (m, 4H), 3.52 (d, 2H), 2.52 (d, 2H), 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 0.90 {m, 3H); MS
468 {M-1).
Example 1 n (3-(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(5-pyridin-2-yl-thiophene-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl) acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 7.81 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.27 (m, 6H), 6.94-7.16 (m, 6H), 4.29 (d, 4H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.31 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H); MS 533 (M-1).
Examale 10 j3 =(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.71 (d, 2H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.87-7.01 (m, 2H), 4.26(d, 4H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 0.91 {t, 3H); MS 464 (M-1 ).
Example 1 p (3-(((2,3-Dihydro-benzof 1,4ldioxin-6-ylmethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.76 (s, 1 H), 8.02 {d, 1 H), 7.40 (m, 1 H), 7.14-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, 1 H), 6.96 (s, 1 H), 6.72 (d, 1 H), 6.59 (m, 2H), 4.35 {s, 2H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 4.20 (s, 4H), 3.55 (s, 2H); MS 453 (M-1 ).
Example 1 a (3-((Benzofuran-2-ylmethyl-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.05 (s, 1 H), 8.66 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.11-7.42 (m, 9H), 6.44 (s, 1 H), 4.45 (s, 1 H), 4.39 (s, 1 H), 3.59 (s, 1 H); MS 435 (M-1 ).
Example 1 r ~3-(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(1-methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl~-amino~methyl)-phenyl) acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.58 (s, 1 H), 7.28 (s, 1 H), 6.99-7.26 (m, 8H), 4.33 .(d, 4H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.54 (t, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H);
MS 454 (M-1 ).
Example 1 s (3-!((4-Imidazol-1-yl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) b 9.45 (m, 1 H), 9.44 (s, 1 H), 9.03 (m, 1 H), 8.91 {d, 1 H), 8.19 (t, 1 H), 8.04 (m, 1 H), 7.77 (s, 1 H}, 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.53 (d, 2H), 7.11 (m, 4H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 4.51 (s, 2H), ,3.33 (s, 2H); MS 461 (M-1 ).
Example 1t (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino~methyl)_phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.10 (s, 1 H), 8.80 (m, 3H), 8.14 (d, 1 H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.06-7.25 (m, 6H), 6.83 (s, 1 H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.41 (s, 2H);
MS 473 (M-1 ).
Example 1 a (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.11 (s, 1 H), 8.85 (s, 1 H), 8.15 (d, 1 H), 7.87 (s, 2H), 7.63 (d, 2H), 7.51 (m, 1 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H}, 7.07-7.27 (m, 6H), 6.83 (s, 1 H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.41 (s, 2H).
Example 1 v (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-j4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino methyl) phenyl~-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.85 (s, 1 H), 7.59 {m, 2H), 7.47 (s, 1 H), 7.34.(s, 1 H), 7.07-7.25 (m, 6H), 6.88 (s, 1 H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 2H}; MS 483 (M-1 ).
_98_ Example 1 w (3-(((4-Dimethylamino-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-aminol-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reaction time of 4 h at room temperature. Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 8:09 .(d, 1 H), 7.09-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.99 (m, 7H), 6.65 (d, 2H), 5.36 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 2.89 (s, 6H); MS 438 (M-1 ).
Example 1x (3-(((4-Cyclohexyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine. ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.95 (s, 1 H), 8.73 (d, 1 H), 8.00 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.17 (t, 1 H), 7.13 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 6.81 (d, 1 H), 6.73 (d, 1 H), 6.61 (s, 1 H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.34 (s, 4H), 2.43 (m, 1 H), 1.81 (d, 4H), 1.37 (t, 4H), 1.23 (m, 1 H); MS 495 (M+1 ), 493 (M-1 ).
Example 1y (3-(((2-(3.5-Dichloro-~henoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy~
acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.07 (s, 1 H), 8.78 (d, 1 H), 8.12 (d, 1 H), 7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.25 (m, 1 H), 6.82-6.91 (m, 4H), 6.53 (s, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 3.91 (t, 2H), 3.54 (t, 2H); MS
511 (M+1 ), 509 (M-1 ).
Examcle 1z (3-(((4-Dimethylamino-benzyl~~pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 8.91 (s, 1 H), 8.79 (m, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.43 (m, 1 H), 7.16 (t, 1 H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 6.49 (s, 1 H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.28 (s, 4H), 2.91 (s, 6H);
MS 456 (M+1 ), 454 (M-1 ).
Example 1 as (3-(((4-tert-Butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.95 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 7.99 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.15 (t, 1 H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.81 (d, 1 H), 6.72 (d, 1 H), 6.62 (s, 1 H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 4H), 1.27 (s, 9H); MS 469 (M+1 ), 467 (M-1 ).
_99-Example 1 ab (3-(((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy) acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.77 (d, 1 H), 8.07 (d, 1 H), 7.48 (m, 1 H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.91 (s, 1 H), 6.86 (m, 3H), 6.78 (s, 1 H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 3.15 (t, 2H), 2.43 (t, 2H), 1.68 (m, 2H); MS 475 (M+1 ), 473 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ac (3-(((4-tert-Butyl-benzyl)-(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-amino -methyl) phenoxy -acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.66 (s, 1 H), 7.08-7.31 (m, 6H), 6.70-6.78 (m, 3H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 4H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 9H); MS 469.9 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ad (3-(((4-Cyclohexyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfon~l)-amino)-methyl)-chenvl)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.98 (bs, 1 H), 8.75 (bs, 1 H), 7.98 (d, 1 H), 7.39 (bs, 1 H), 6.97-7.25 (m, 8H), 4.36 (d, 4H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 2.44 (s, 1 H), 1.72-1.82 (m, 4H), 1.24-1.36 (m, 5H); MS
476.9 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ae (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl~~4-phenoxy-benzyl),-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.06-7.37 (m, 10H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.83 (d, 2H), 4.38 (s, 4H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 1.72-1.82 (m, 4H), 3.56 (s, 2H); MS 490 (M-1 ).
Example 1 of (3-(((4-Phenoxy-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfo~rl~-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.00 (bs, 1 H), 8.76 (bs, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.41 (t, 1 H), 7.35 (m, 1 H), 6.86-7.32 (m, 10H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 4.37 (d, 4H), 3.54 (s, 2H);
MS 487 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ag 3-(((4-(2-Oxo-pvrrolidin-1-yl)-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-meth r~l -phenyl) acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.06 (bs, 1 H), 8.80 (bs, 1 H), 8.14 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (m, 1 H), 6.96-7.26 (m, 7H), 4.28 (m, 4H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 2.59 (m, 2H), 2.11 (m, 2H); MS 478 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ah (3-((Benzof1,31dioxol-5-ylmethyl-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.76 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.41 (m, 1 H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1 H), 6.94 (s, 1 H), 6.64 (t, 2H), 6.55 (d, 1 H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 3.54 (s, 2H); MS 439 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ai (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl) phenyl)-acetic acid Step B: N,N-diisopropylethylamine was replaced by triethylamine.'H NMR.(400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.18 (s, 1 H), 8.91 (s, 2H), 7.05-7.54 (m, 11 H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.55 (s, 2H); MS 476 (M-1 ).
Example 1 ai (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 9.17 (s, 1 H), 9.01 (s, 1 H), 8.77 (s, 1 H), 7.57 (m, 4H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.05-7.16 (m, 5H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H).
Example 1ak (3-(((4-Pyrazin-2-yl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-~henyl)-acetic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ~ 9.18 (s, 1 H), 9.02 (s, 1 H), 8.83 (d, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 8.57 (s, 1 H), 8.25 (d, 1 H), 7.96 (d, 2H), 7.60 (m, 1 H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H).
Example 1 al (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl) phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.78 (d, 2H), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.54 (s, 1 H), 7.44 (s, 1 H), 7.22-7.03 (m, 6H), 6.87 (s, 1 H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.38 (s, 2H);
MS 476 (M-1 ).
Example 1 am (3-(((4-Butyl-benzyll-ahenylmethanesulfonyl-amino)-meth -phenLrl~
acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.31-6.96 (m, 13H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.60 (t, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.33 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H); MS
464 (M-1 ).
Example 1 an 5-(3-((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino) propel) thiophene 2 carboxylic acid Step A: Triethylamine was replaced with N,N-diisopropylethylamine. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.18 (d, 1 H), 8.82 (d, 1 H), 8.05 (d, 1 H), 7.73-7.20 (m, 8H), 6.60 (d, 1 H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.22 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 1.85-1.70 (m, 2H).
Example 2 (3-(((2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl) amino) methyl) phenyl) acetic acid Step A: Alkylation (3-(((2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino) methyl) henyl) acetic acid methyl ester. To a solution of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.016 g, 0.3996 mmol) in 2 mL DMF was added (3-((pyridine-3-sulfonylamino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 14, 0.096 g, 0.333 mmol) at 0°C
and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. After cooling to 0°C, 1-(2-bromo-ethoxy)-3-chloro-benzene (from Preparation 29, 0.094 g, 0.399 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight.
The DMF was removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with EtOAc and the organic solution was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0.5% MeOH/CH2C12to 2% MeOH/CH2CI2) to afford the title compound of Step A
(0.025 g). MS 475 (M+1 ).
Steo B: Ester Hydrolysis f3-(((2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino) methyl) phenyl) acetic acid. A solution of the compound of Example 2, Step A (0.025 g, O.fl53 mmol), in 2 mL MeOH and 0.5 mL 2N NaOH was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was quenched with 2N HCI and was diluted with CH2CI2, The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCI and water, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2%
MeOH/CH2CI2to 5% MeOH/CH2CI2) to afford the title compound (20 mg). 'H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.05 (s, 1 H), 8.77 (d, 1 H), 8.11 (d, 1 H), 7.43 (m, 1 H), 7.08-7.27 (m, 5H), 6.89 (d, 1 H), 6.62 (s, 1 H), 6.55 (d, 1 H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 3.95 (t, 2H), 3.59 (s, 4H); MS 495 (M-2).
Examples 2a-2c Examples 2a-2c were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Example 2.
Example 2a Trans-(3-(((3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl) . phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.08 (bs, 1 H), 8.81 (bs, 1 H), 8.11 (d, 1 H), 7.48 {bs, 1 H), 7.12-7.28 (m, 4H), 6.98 (s, 2H), 6.19 (d, 1 H), 5.86 (m, 1 H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.93 (d, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H).
Example 2b (3-(((2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl -phenyl) acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.96 (bs, 1 H), 8.70 (bs, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.41 {m, 1 H), 7.24-7.09 (m, 4H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 6.47 (s, 2H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.49 ~(s, 2H), 3.31 (m, 2H).
Example 2c 3-(((4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino) methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.91 (bs, 1 H), 8.72 (bs, 1 H), 8.03 (d, 1 H), 7.40 (bs, 1 H), 7.16-6.99 (m, 7H), 6.81 (s, 1 H), 4.57 (t, 1 H), 4.29 (s, 4H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 1 H), 1.61 (m, 1 H), 1.32-1.16 (m, 8H), 0.82 (t, 3H).
Example 3 5-(3-((2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-(p~rridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-carboxylic acid Step A: Reductive Amination 5-(3- 2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethylamino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. Step A was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step A of Example 1.
Step B: Amide Formation 5-(3-((2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 1, except triethylamine was used in place of N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
Step C: Ester Hydrolysis 5-(3-((2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene-carboxylic acid~TFA. A solution of 5-(3-((2-benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl) amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester prepared of Example 3, Step B (0.038 g) in 1 mL CH2CI2 was cooled to 0°C and 1 mL TFA was added. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 1 h. The CHZCI2 and TFA were removed by evaporation, azeotroping with added CH2CI2 to yield the title compound (46.3 mg). MS 475 (M-1 ).
Examples 3a-3i were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analagous to the method of Example 3 with variations thereto noted.
Example 3a 5-(3-((2-(3-Chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-ethyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-prop r~l thior~hene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) b 8.93 (s, 1 H), 8.78 (d, 1 H), 8.21 (d, 1 H), 7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.57 (s, 1 H), 7.35 (s, 1 H), 7.19-7.28 (m, 3H), 6.87 (s, 1 H), 3.16-3.35 (m, 6H), 2.87 (t, 2H), 1.89 (t, 2H); MS 497,499 (M+).
Example 3b (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~2TFA
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.40 (bs, 1 H), 8.98 (s, 1 H), 8.84 (s, 1 H), 8.28 (m, 1 H), 8.10 (s, 1 H), 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.68 (m, 1 H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.24 (m, 3H), 7.12 (t, 1 H), 6.77 (m, 1 H), 6.48 (s, 1 H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H); MS 494 (M-1 ).
Example 3c (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~2HCI
The TFA salt was converted to the HCI salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N
HCI
followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo.'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 9:00 (d, 2H), 8.78 (d, 1 H), 8.25 (d, 2H), 8.08 (t, 1 H), 7.60 (t, 1 H), 7.42 Vim, 3H), 7.11 (m, 1 H), 6.81 (d, 1 H), 6.72 (m, 3H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H).
Example 3d (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~2TFA
'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 7.93 (s, 1 H), 7.85 (d, 1 H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 7.70 (s, 1 H), 7.60 (d, 1 H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.09 (t, 1 H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.68 (s, 1 H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H); MS 498 (M+).
Example 3e (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-ayridin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxyy-acetic acid ~HCI
No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
490 (M+1 ), 488 (M-1 ).
Example 3f (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-~henoxy)-acetic acid~HCl No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
493 (M+1 ), 491 (M-1 ).
Example 3a (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-3-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~HCl No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
490 (M+1 ), 488 (M-1 ).
Example 3h (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-3-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~HCl No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
493 (M+1 ), 491 (M-1 ).
Example 3i (3-(((Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-(4-pyridin-4-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl -phenoxy)-acetic acid ~HCI
No triethylamine was used in Step A. The TFA salt was converted to the HCI
salt by stirring in 2 equivalents 1 N HCI followed by removal of water and drying in vacuo. MS
490 (M+1 ), 488 (M-1 ).
Examale 4 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-prop)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-aropyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Stea A: Sulfonamide formation 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridine-3-sulfonvl)-amino)-aroovl)-thioohene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 8, 0.0855 g, 0.243 mmol), triethylamine (0.0541 g 0.534 mmol), and pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride hydrochloride (from Preparation 2, 0.0572 g, 0.267 mmol) in 10 mL CHZCI2 combined at 0°C was stirred at room temperature overnight. The organic solution was washed with water, saturated NaHC03 and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step A as an oil. MS 494 (M+1 ).
Stea B: Ester Hydrolysis 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-pro~ayl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. A solution of 5-(3-((3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester prepared of Example 4, Step B (0.119 g, 0.241 mmol), in 5 mL EtOH and 0.72 mL 1 N NaOH was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 6.2 and the layers were separated. The organic solution was washed with water, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (16 mg). 'H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 8.00 (d, 1 H, J=8), 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.30-7.60 (m, 6H), 6.75 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.95 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H);
(M+1 ), 476 (M-1 ).
Examples 4a-4h Examples 4a-4h were prepared from the appropriate starting in a manner analogous to the method of Example 4.
Exam~fe 4a 5-L3~((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-propyl) thiophene-2-carbox liy c acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=7), 7.00-7,40 (m, 8H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.95 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.50 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.70-2.00 (m, 2H); MS
508 (M+1 ), 506 (M-1 ).
Example 4b 5-(3-((Benzoj1.2,51thiadiazole-4-sulfonYl)-(3-(3-chloro-phe~l)-aropyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.00-7.70 (m, 8H), 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.05 (m, 4H), 2.90 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.54 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.72-1.92 (m, 2H); MS 536 (M+), 535 (M-1 ).
Example 4c 5-(3-(Benzenesulfony_I~3-(3-chloro-phen r~l -propLrl)-amino)-propyl~-thiophene-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 6.70-7.92 (m, 11H), 3.26.(m, 4H), 3.05 (m, 4H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H); MS 578(M+1 ), 576 (M-1 ).
Examtale 4d 5-~3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)~arJ~l~ .~henylmethanesulfonyl-amino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.50 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 (m, 9H), 6.85 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.00 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.80 (m, 2H); MS 490 (M-1 ).
Example 4e 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro=phenyl)-prop)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-propel)-furan-2-carbo~lie acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.00 (m, 1 H), 8.70 (m, 1 H), 8.00 (d, 1 H, J=6), 7.50 .(m, 1 H), 6.80-7.04 (m, 6H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.62-2.00 (m, 4H);
MS 463 (M+1 ), 461 (M-1 ).
Example 4f 5-(3- (3-(3-Chloro-phenyl -propel)-(naphthalene-2-sulfonyl)-amino)-pro~yl)-thiot~hene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.40 (d, 1 H, J=2), 7.00-8.00 (m, 11 H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.82 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.80-2:00 (m, 2H); MS
528.9 (M+1 ).
Example 4g 5-(3-(!3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylL(naphthalene-1-sulfonyl)-amino~ro~rLl)-thiophene-2-carbox 1i 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.60 (d, 1 H, J=5), 6.95-8.22 (m, 11 H), 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.40 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.72-1.95 (m, 4H); MS 528.9 (M+1 ).
Example 4h 5-(3-((2-Acetylamino-4-methyl-thiazole-5-sulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl -propyl) amino)-aropyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.61 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 4H), 3.60 (d, 1 H, J=3.8), 2.80 (t, 2H, J=7.0), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=6.8), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 556 (M+1 ), 554 (M-1 ).
Example 5 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridine-3-carbonyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Amide formation 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-(pyridine-3-carbonyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carbox rLlic acid methyl ester. A solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 8, 0.075 g, 0.213 mmol), DCC (0.0483 g 0.234 mmol) and nicotinic acid (0.0289 g, 0.234 mmol) in mL CHZCI2 was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 15 mL
EtOAc and the insolubles were removed via filtration. The organic solution was washed with water followed by brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step A as an oil (113 mg). MS 457 (M+).
Stea B: Ester Hydrolysis Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 4.
~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 860 (d, 1 H, J=8), 6.80-7.70 (m, 8H), 6.60 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.25 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 1.60-2.05 (m, 4H); MS 443 (M+1 ), 441 (M-1 ).
Examples 5a-5b Examples 5a-5b were prepared from the appropriate starting in a manner analogous to the method of Example 5.
Examale 5a 5-(3-((3-L-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(pyridin-2-yl-acetyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene 2 carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.60 (m, 1 H), 7.00-7.80 (m, 8H), 6.60 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (s, 2H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 457 (M+1 ), 455 (M-1 ).
Example 5b 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(ovridin-3-yl-acetyl)-amino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.60-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.00-7.50 (m, 7H), 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.60 (s, 2H), 3.10-3.40 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS
457 (M+1 ), 455 (M-1 ).
Example 6 5-(3-((2-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-amino)-propyl~
thioohene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Amide formation 5-(3-((2-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-amino)-propyl)-thioohene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester A stock solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester (from Preparation 9, 0.10 g, 0.254 mmol) in 10 mL CH2CIa was prepared and 1 mL of the solution (0.010 g, 0.0254 mmol) was added to a 1 dram vial. To this was added triethylamine (0.78 mL, 0.056 mmol) and 2-chloro-benzenesulfonyl chloride (0.0059 g, 0.028 mmol). The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and was diluted wifih 2 mL CH2CIZ . The organic solution was washed with 3 mL of 5 S°/"
aqueous HCI solution (2X) and 3 mL saturated bicarbonate solution (2?C). The organic layer was dried with MgS04 and was concentrated to yield the title compound of Step A (10 mg).
Stea B: Ester H drolysis 5-(3-((2-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-amino)-propyl~
thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. A solution of 5-(3-((2-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tent-butyl ester prepared of Example 6, Step A (0.010 g, 0.010 mmol) in 4N HCI in 1,4 dioxane (3 mL) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. HCI (g) was bubbled in until reaction was determined to be complete by thin layer chromatography. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting organic residue was azeotroped with CCI4 to produce a powder (5 mg). 'H
NMR.(400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.00 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.72 (m, 8H,), 6.75 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20-3.40 (m, 4H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS
509.9 (M-1 ).
Examples 6a-6i Examples 6a-6j were prepared from the appropriate starting material in a manner analogous to the method of Example 6.
Examcle 6a ~3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyll-propel)-(2,5-dimethLrl-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-propyl) thioahene-2 carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1H, J=7), 7.00-7.40 (m, 7H), 6.80 (d, 1H, J=4), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H); MS
506.1 (M+1 ), 504.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6b 5-(3-( ~3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(2,4-dioxo-1.2,3.4-tetrahydro-auinazoline-6-sulfo~l)-amino -propyl~thioc~hene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 6.80-7.92 (m, 9H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 1.75-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS 594.0 (M-1+CI).
Example 6c 5-(3-( 4-(2-Carboxy-benzoylamino)-butane-1-sulfonyl~ j3-(3-chloro-ahem-aropyl)-amino)-propyl)-thioahene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=6), 7.62 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.55 (d, 1 H, J=8), 7.45-7.20 (m, 6H), 6.80-6.90 (m, 10H), 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.22 (m, 2H); MS 620.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6d 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel);~~3,5-dioxo-4,5-dihydro-3H-f 1,2,41triazin-2- r~l -benzenesulfon r~l -amino)-propyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.60-7.92 (m, 4H), 6.80 (m, 7H), 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H); MS 587.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6e 5~3-((3 j3-Chloro-ahen~il)~~ropyl)_{2-methoxycarbonyl-benzenesulfonyl)-amino propel)-thioahene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.75 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.7fl (m, 8H), 6.85 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.31 (m, 4H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.82-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS 534.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6f 5-(3-((4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-amino)-prop rLl~
thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.75 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.70 (m, 8H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H); MS 557.9 (M+1 ), 555.9 (M-1 ).
Example 6a 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel -(4- 1 1-dimethyl-propel)-benzenesulfonyl)-amino propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.95 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.80 (m, 8H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 0.60 (t, 3H, J=7); MS 548 (M+1 ).
Example 6h 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(3 5-dimethyl-isoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-amino)-propyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 6.95-7.40 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=8), 6.75 (d, 1 H, J=8), 2.91 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.72-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS 495 (M-1 ).
Example 6i 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(2 5-dimethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-prop~rl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.50 (m, 7H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.25 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 2H); MS 538.1 (M+1 ), 536.1 (M-1 ).
Example 6~
5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-(2-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-amino)-propyl) thioahene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.00-8.00 (m, 9H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=7.2), 3.30 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.20 (m, 2H); MS 494.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7 5-(3-( 1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-ethyl-ureido)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Isocyanate addition 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-pheny_I~ propel)-3-ethyl-ureido)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. A stock solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (from Preparation 9, 0.10 g, 0.254 mmol) in 10 mL CH2CI2 was prepared and 1 mL (0.010 g, 0.0254 mmol) was added to a 1 dram vial. Triethylamine (0.7 mL, 0.051 mmol) and ethyl isocyanate (0.004 g, 0.051 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.
The solution was diluted with 2 mL CH2CI2. The organic solution was washed with 3 mL of 5.5% aqueous HCI solution (2X) followed by 3 mL saturated bicarbonate solution (2X). The organic layer was dried with MgS04 and was concentrated to yield the title compound of Step A (10 mg).
Stec B: Ester Hydrolysis Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 6.
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 {m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 6H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H, J=7); MS
409.1 (M+1 ), 407.1 (M-1 ).
Examples 7a-J
Examples 7a-7j were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Example 7.
Example 7a 5-(3(1-(~3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-isopropyl-ureido)-propel)-thiophene-2 carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.75-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.05 {d, 6H, J=7); MS
423.1 (M+1 ), 421.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7b 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-phenyl-ureido)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) ~ 7.75 (d, 1 H, J=7), 7.00-7.50 (m, 9H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 457.1 (M+1), 455.2 (M-1 ).
Example 7c 5~- 3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl~~ropyl~-~3,4-dichloro-phenyl)-ureido)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 6.80-7.60 (m, 9H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.86-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 527.0 (M+1 ), 525.0 (M-1 ).
Example 7d 5-(3~{1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl -propyl)-3-propel-ureido)-propel)- thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20-3.30 (m, 5H), 2.95 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=7), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H), 0.95 (t, 3H, J=7); MS 423 (M+1 ), 421 (M-1 ).
Exam~ale 7e 5-(3-(3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-1-(~3-chloro-phenyl)-propel)-ureido~-prop rLl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 8H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 1.69-2.02 (m, 4H); MS 491 (M+1 ), 489 (M-1 ).
Example 7f 5~3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-(2,3-dichloro-phen~)-ureido)-propyl) thiophene-2-carbox~lic acid ~ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (bs, 1 H), 7.00-7.30 (m, 7H), 6.80 (bs, 1 H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.75-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 527 (M+1 ), 525.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7q 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-props)-3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl -ureido~propyl) thiophene-2-carbox~lic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 7H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 527.1 (M+1 ), 525.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7h 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-(2 6-difluoro-phenyl)-ureido) ~ro~wl) thiophene 2-carbox lic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 7H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.95 (m, 4H); MS 493.1 (M+1 ), 491.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7i 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-(4-fluoro-phenyl) ureido) propel) thiophene 2 carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.70 (bs, 1 H), 7.00-7.60 (m, 8H), 6.80 (bs, 1 H), 3.30 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H); MS 475.1 (M+1 ), 473.1 (M-1 ).
Example 7i 5-(3-(3-Butyl-1-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl)-ureido)-propyl) thiophene 2 carboxylic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 7.70 (bs, 1 H), 7.00-7.20 (m, 4H), 6.80 (bs, 1 H), 3.20 (m, 6H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H), 0.95 (t, 3H, J=6.8);
MS 437.2 (M+1 ), 435.2 (M-1 ).
Example 8 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-(avrrolidine-1-carbonyl) amino) propel) thiophene 2-carboxylic acid Step A: Amide formation 5-(3-(1-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-3-ethyl-ureido) propyl) thiophene 2 carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. A stock solution of 5-(3-(3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tent-butyl ester (from Preparation 9, 0.10 g, 0.254 mmol) in 10 mL CH2CIz was prepared and 1 mL (0.010 g, 0.0254 mmol) was added to a 1 dram vial. Triethylamine (0.7 mL, 0.051 mmol) and ethyl isocyanate (0.004 g, 0.051 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature.
The reaction was diluted with 2 mL CH2CI2 and the organic solution was washed with 3 mL of 5.5% aqueous HCI solution (2X) followed by 3 mL saturated bicarbonate solution (2X). The organic layer was dried with MgS04 and concentrated to yield the title compound of Step A (10 mg).
Steo B: Ester Hydrolysis Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 6.
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 (m, 4H), 6.80 {d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 8H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 8H), 1.20 {m, 4H); MS
435.1 (M+1 ), 433.2 (M-1 ).
Examples 8a-8c Examples 8a-8c were prepared from the appropriate starting material in a manner analogous to the method of Example 8.
Example 8a 5~3=((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-pro~r~l~(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-amino~aroplrl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 7.65 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.40 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.60 {m, 4H), 3.00-3.20 (m, 8H), 2.8fl (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 4H); MS
451.1 (M+1 ), 449.2 {M-1 ).
Examt~le 8b 5-(3-((3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propel)-isoaropoxycarbonYl-amino~proayl)-thiophene-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=4), 7.00-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, 1 H, J=4), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.80 {t, 2H, J=6.7), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=6.7), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.01 (d, 6H);
MS 424 (M+1 ), 422 (M-,1 ).
Example 8c 5-(3-(j3 ~(3-Chloro-phenyl~ propyl)-propoxycarbonyl-amino)-propel)-thioahene-2-carboxylic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.70 (bs, 1 H), 7.00-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.80 (bs, 1 H), 4.00 (t, 2H, J=6.8), 3.30 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.40-2.00 (m, 6H), 0.90 (t, 3H, J=7); MS 424 (M+1 ), 422.2 (M-1 ).
Example 9 ~3-(((4-But I-~ benzyl -Lyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl~-acetic acid Step A: Reductive Amination I,'3-((4-Butyl-benzylamino -methsrl~phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. A
solution flf 4-butyl-benzylamine (from Preparation 15, 0.918 g, 6 mmol) in MeOH was added to HCI in dioxane (0.75 mL, 3 mmol) followed by addition of (3-formyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 13, 0.534 g, 3.0 mmol). NaCNBH3 (0.194 mL, mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight.
The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and 2N NaOH was added. The organic solution was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified via flash chromatography (50% hexanes, 50% EtOAc, 0.1 % Et3N) to afford the title compound of Step A. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.08-7.38 (m, 8H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.61 (t, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.37 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H); MS 326 (M+1 ).
Step B: Amide Formation (3-(((4-Butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 1 to provide the title compound.
Step C:. Ester Hydrolysis {~4-Butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.
Step C
was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step C of Example 1 to provide the title compound. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 8.99 (bs, 1 H), 8.74.
(bs, 1 H), 7.99 (d, 1 H), 7.36 (bs, 1 H), 7.20-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.19 (m, 6H), 4.33 (s, 4H), 3.3.54 (s, 2H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H).
Examples 9a-9d Examples 9a-9d were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Example 9.
Example 9a ~3-{SBenzenesulfanyl-(4-butyl-benzLrl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.83 (d, 2H), 7.46-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.24 (s, 1 H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 6.86-6.98 (m, 5H), 4.29 (d, 4H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 2.52 (t, 2H), 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 0.90 (t, 2H); MS 450 (M-1 ).
Example 9b (3-(( 4-Butyl-benzyl)~thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 6.89-7.14 (m, 7H), 4.27 {d, 4H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.49 (t, 2H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, 2H); MS
456 (M-1 ).
Example 9c ~3-(((4-Acetylamino-benzenesulfonyl)-(4-butyl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, 2H), 7.06-7.23 (m, 6H), 6.91 (d, 1 H), 6.68 (s, 1 H), 4.30 (d, 4H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 2.54 (t, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, 2H); MS 507(M-1 ).
Example 9d (3-(((Benzof1,2,51oxadiazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-butyl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.94 (d, 1 H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.36 (t, 1 H), 7.07 (s, 2H), 6.90-6.96 (m, 6H), 53 (d, 4H), 3.46 (s, 2H), 2.46 (t, 2H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.26 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, 2H); MS 4.92 (M-1 ).
Example 10 (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino -methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~HCl Step A: Reductive Amination (3-((4-Pyrimidin-2-yl-benzylamino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid t-butyl ester.
Step A
was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step A of Example 1.
Stets B: Amide Formation (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl~
phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester. Step B was performed in a manner analogous to the method of Step B of Example 1 using triethylamine in place of N,N-diisopropylethylamine as base.
Steta C: Ester Hydrolysis (3-(((1-Methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)~4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benz~rl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid~HCI. A solution of (3-(((1-methyl-1 H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester prepared of Example 10, Step B (0.094 g, 0.17 mmol) in 1 N HCI in diethyl etherwas stirred for 20 minutes as a precipitate formed. To the mixture was added 1 mL water and 1 mL
dioxane and the reaction was stirred for 3 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo, azeotroping with ethanol to yield the title compound as a solid (54 mg). ~H
NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 9.09 (m, 2H), 8.95 (bs, 1 H), 8.24 (d, 2H), 8.04 (s, 1 H), 7.71 .(s, 1 H), 7.44 (d, 2H), 7.13 (m, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 1 H), 6.76 (d, 1 H), 6.69 (s, 1 H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H); MS 494 (M+1 ).
Preparation 1 7-Amino-heptanoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride. A solution of 7-amino-heptanoic acid (3.0 g, 21.0 mmol), in 25 mL MeOH and 2.4 mL concentrated HCI was heated at reflux for 4 hours and was stirred at room temperature for 60 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (3.3 g~~ ~H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.31 (t, 2H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.37 (m, 4H).
Preparation 2 Pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride hydrochloride. The title compound was prepared using the method described by Karaman, R. and coworkers J. Am. Chem. Soc. 114, 12, 1992, 4889-4898.
Preparation 3 3-f3-Chloro-phenyl)-propionaldehyde. A solution of 1-chloro-3-iodobenzene (9.63 g, 40.38 mmol), allyl alcohol (5.86 g, 100.96 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (8.48 g, 100.96 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (11.22 g, 40.38 mmol), and Pd(OAc)~ (317 mg, 1.413 mmol) in 25 mL DMF was stirred at 50°C for 16 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water, and the aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with water followed by brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified via flash chromatography on silica gel (9:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to afford the title compound as an oil (5.04 g).
Preparation 4 5-(3-Oxo-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester Stec A: Ester Formation 5-Bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. To a solution of anhydrous MgSO4 (11.60 g, 96.4 mmol) in 100 mL CH2CI2 was added concentrated H2S04 (1.45 mL, 24.1 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes followed by addition of 5-bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (5.0 g, 24.1 mmol). After stirring for 1 minute, tert-butanol (11.6 g, 20 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHC03. The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2, and the combined organic layers were dried over MgS04. The organic solution was concentrated to give a clear oil which was purified via medium pressure chromatography (3% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the title compound of Step A(4.97 g). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 7.45 (d, 1 H), 7.02 (d, 1 H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
Step B: Aldehyde formation 5-(3-Oxo-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester. To a solution of 5-bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester prepared of the method of Preparation 4, Step A (0.50 g, 1.89 mmol) in 5 mL DMF was added allyl alcohol (0.51 mL, 7.57 mmol) followed by NaHC03 (0.397 g, 4.72 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (0.525g, 1.89 mmol), and palladium acetate (0.021 g, 0.094 mmol). The reaction was placed in an oil bath heated to 65°C and was heated to 90°C for 2 h.
The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and 25 mL water and the solids were removed by filtration through Celite~. The layers were separated, and the organic solution was washed with water (4x), dried over MgS04 and concentrated to a dark yellow oil which was purified via medium pressure chromatography (7:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to afford the title compound (0.190 g). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.80 (s, 1 H), 7.51 (d, 1 H), 6.78 (d, 1 H), 3.14 (t, 2H), 2.86 (t, 2H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
Preparation 5 5-(3-Amino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester Step A
5-(3-tart-Butoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester.
A mixture of prop-2-ynyl-carbamic acid tart-butyl ester (from Preparation 41, 1.67 g, 0.011 mmol), 5-bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (2.50 g, 0.011 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphine(0) palladium (0.622 g, 0.0538 mmol), Cul (0.102 g, 0.538 mmol) and triethylamine (1.57 mL, 0.011 mmol) in 50 mL acetonitrile was heated at reflux for 16 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 75 mL
EtOAc, washed with 5.5% HCI, water and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to an oil. The product was purified via flash chromatography (9:1 to 4:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to afford the title compound of Step A as an oil (2.06 g).
MS 313 (M+18).
Step B
5-(3-tart-Butoxvcarbonylamino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A
solution of 5-(3-tart-butoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester prepared of Preparation 5, Step A (2.06 g) and 10% Pd/C (1.03 g) in 50 mL MeOH was hydrogenated on a Parr shaker at 50 psi H2 for 16 h. The reaction 'was filtered through Celite~ with the aid of MeOH and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step B as a solid (1.93 g). MS 317 (M+18).
Step C
5-(3-Amino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A solution of 5-(3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester prepared of Preparation 5, Step B (0.118 g, 0.5 mmol) in 50 mL MeOH was cooled to 0°C and was saturated with HCI (g). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for minutes. The solution was concentrated to a solid which was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated NaHC03. The layers were separated, and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as an oil (399 mg). MS 200 (M+1 ).
Preaaration 6 5-(3-Amino-propel)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrochloride salt.
The compound of Preparation 6 was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 5 with the following exceptions:
(1 ) the hydrogenation performed in Step B was carried out for 5.5 h; and (2) in Step C, the reaction was stirred for 16 h at room temperature and was concentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound as the hydrochloride salt.
Preaaration 7 5-(3-Amino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester Std Proa-2-ynyl-carbamic acid benzyl ester. To a solution of propargylamine (6.4 g, 71.2 mmol) in pyridine (100 mL) was added benzylchloroformate (13.37 g, 78.2 mmol) in 100 mL CH2CI2 over 0.5 h. The reaction was stirred for 16 h and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and the organic solution was washed with water (2x). The organic solution was washed with dilute aqueous HCI
followed by saturated NaHC03. The organic solution was dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound of Step A(4.43 g).
Stea B
5-(3-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tent-butyl ester. The title compound of Step B was prepared from the appropriate starting material in a manner analagous to the method used in Step A of Preparation 5.
Step C
5-(3-Amino-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester. To a solution of 5-(3-benzyloxycarbonylamino-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butyl ester prepared of Preparation 7, Step B (1.0 g, 2.69 mmol) in 15 mL MeOH and 2.69 mL
1 N HCI (aq) was added Pd(OH)2. The mixture was hydrogenated on a Parr shaker at 45 psi H2 for 16 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite~, the catalyst was replaced, and the reaction was shaken for another 6 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite~ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chased with CCI4 and was triturated with EtzO. The product was isolated as a solid (360 mg).
Preparation 8 5-(3-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propel)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A solution of 5-(3-amino-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 5, Step C, 0.118 g, 0.5 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.071 g, 0.55 mmol) in 10 mL MeOH was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and 3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propionaldehyde (from Preparation 3, 0.093 g, 0.55 mmol) was added.
The mixture was stirred for 90 minutes. The reaction was cooled to 0°C, NaBH4 (30.3 mg, 0.801 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes.
The reaction was quenched with 1:1 NaHC03:H20 and was washed with CHZCh. The CH2CI2 extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as an oil (171 mg). MS 352 (M+1 ).
Preparations 9-10 The compounds of Preparations 9 and 10 were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 8.
Preparation 9 5-(3-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tart-butLrl ester Preparation 10 5-(3-(3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino)-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester MS 336 (M+1 ).
Preparation 11 (3-Formyl-phenoxY)-acetic acid methyl ester. A mixture of (3-formyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid (3.6 g, 20.0 mmol), potassium carbonate (3.30 g, 23.9 mmol) and methyl iodide (1.86 g, 30.0 mmol) in 25 mL DMF was heated to 110°C for 2 hours and was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with water and the aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified via silica gel chromatography (4:1 hexanes: EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (3.4 g).'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.94 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.33 (s, 1 H), 7.23 (m, 1 H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H).
Preparation 12 3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamine STEP A
3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-acrylamide. A solution of 3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-acrylic acid (Aldrich, 15.0 g, 82.15 mmol) in 50 mL thionyl chloride was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. The excess thionyl chloride was removed via distillation at atmospheric pressure. The residue was azeotroped with benzene in vacuo to give 17.288 g of an orange oil. The oil was dissolved in 25 mL CHZCI2 and the solution was added slowly to liquid NH3 (20 mL, 80.07 mmol) in CHCI3 (50 mL) at -78° C. The resulting suspension was warmed t~ room temperature and was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step A as a gray solid (19.38 g). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) S 7.57 (s, 1 H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, 1 H), 6.64 (d, 1 H); MS 182 (M+1 ), 180 (M-1 ).
STEP B
3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-taropylamine. A 1.0 M solution of LiAIH4 in THF (6.0 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of 3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-acrylamide prepared of Preparation 12, Step A (1.0 g, 5.51 mmol) in 30 mL THF at 0°C. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 5 h. An additional 4 mL of 1 M
LiAIH4 was added and the reaction was stirred for 18 h. An additional 2 mL of LiAIH4 was added and the reaction was stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by dropwise addition of water. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove THF and was diluted with water. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo: The residue was dissolved in CHCI3 and the organic solution was washed with 1 M HCI. The aqueous solution was basified to pH 11 with 1 M
NaOH and the product was extracted into CHCI3. The organic solution was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (0.134 g). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.20-7.22 (m, 3H),7.16 {m, 1 H), 2.74 (t, 2H), 2.61 (t, 2H), 1.74 (m, 2H); MS 170 (M+1 ).
Preparation 13 C3-Formyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester Step A
C3-Cyano-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. Nitrogen was bubbled through a mixture of (3-bromo-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (22.85 g, 99.78 mmol), Zn(CN)Z
(7.25 g, 61.75 mmol), and DMF (100 mL) for about 5 minutes followed by addition of tetrakistriphenylphosphine(0) palladium {4.60 g, 3.98 mmol). The mixture was heated for 3 h at 80°C and was cooled to room temperature. Aqueous 2N NH40H
was added and the product was extracted into EtOAc (3x). The organic solution was washed with 2N NH40H (2x) followed by brine (2x). The organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (6:1 hexanes:EtOAc) provided the title compound of Step A as an oil (15.19 g).'H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 7.57-7.41 (m, 4H), 3.706 (s, 3H), 3.703 (s, 2H).
St, ep B
!3-Formyl_phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. A mixture of (3-cyano-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester prepared of Preparation 13, Step A (1.56 g, 8.91 mmol), aluminum-nickel alloy (1.63 g) and 75% formic acid (25 mL) was heated at reflux for 1.75 h.
The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solids were removed by filtration through Celite~ with the aid of boiling EtOH. Water was added, and the aqueous solution was washed with CH2CI2 (3x). Aqueous saturated NaHC03 was carefully added to the organic solution until the pH was about 8-9. The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, and concentrated.
Purification by flash chromatography (5:1 hexanes:EtOAc) provided the title compound as a clear and colorless oil {870 mg). ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.98 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.46 (m, 2H), 3.68 (s, 5H).
Preparation 14 (3-(lPyridine-3-sulfonvlamino)-methyl)-pher~l)-acetic acid methyl ester. To a solution of (3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (from Preparation 18, 0.56 g) and diisopropylamine (2.2 mL) in 10 mL dichloromethane was added pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride (from Preparation 2, 0.601 g, 2.83 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Aqueous 1 N HCI was added and the solution was washed with CH2Ch. The organic solution was washed with saturated NaHC03, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound. Purification via flash chromatography on silica gel (2:1 hexanes:EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a white solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 8.91 .(s, 1 H), 8.71 (d, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1 H), 7.37 (m, 1 H),7.05-7.24 (m, 4H), 5.87-(bs, 1 H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 2H).
Preparation 15 Method A
4-Butylbenzylamine. A solution of 4-butylbenzonitrile (3.63 g, 22.8 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was placed in a three-neck round bottom flask equipped with a Vigreux column and short-path distillation head. The solution was heated to reflux and BH3-methyl sulfide complex (2.0 M in THF, 15 mL, 30 mmol) was added dropwise over 15 minutes. Methyl sulfide was distilled off from the reaction mixture over 1 h and the solution was cooled to room temperature. Aqueous HCI (6N, 25 mL) was added slowly via an addition funnel and the mixture was heated at reflux for 30 minutes.
The reaction was cooled to 0°C and NaOH (7.0 g) was added portionwise. The aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc (3x) and the organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to provide the title compound of Method A
(4.01, g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) S 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 2.62 (t, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.34 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H).
Method B
4-Butylbenzylamine hydrochloride. A solution of 4-bufylbenzonitrile (30.09 g) in EtOH
(380 mL) and HCI (4N in dioxane, 50 mL, 200 mmol) was hydrogenated at 50 psi on a Parr shaker in the presence of 10% palladium on carbon (6.09 g). The catalyst was removed via filtration through Celite~ and the solution was concentrated in vacuo.
The residue was suspended in Et20 and filtered to provide 4-butylbenzylamine hydrochloride as an off-white solid (32.47 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) b 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 2.60 (t, 2H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.31 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, 3H).
Using the appropriate starting materials, the compounds of Preparations 16-18 were prepared in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 15.
2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethylamine. The title compound vvas prepared following Method A of Preparation 15.
2-(3-Chloro-phenoxyl-ethylamine. The title compound was prepared following Method A of Preparation 15.
(3-Aminomethyl-phenyl)-acetic acid meth~rl ester hydrochloride. The title compound was prepared from (3-cyano-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (from Preparation 13, Step A) using the procedure described for Preparation 15, Method B except the hydrogenation was performed in MeOH. The catalyst was removed via filtration and the organic solution was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting solid was stirred in EtOAc and filtered to provide the title compound as a white solid. 1 H NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) ~ 7.42-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.67 ~(s, 3H); MS 180 (M+1 ).
Preaaration 19 trans-1-(3-Bromo-~ropenyl)-3 5-dichloro-benzene STEP A
1-(3.5-Dichloro-phenyl)-prop-2-en-1 ~ ol. A solution of 3,5-dichlorobenzaldehyde (7.5 g, 43 mmol) in THF (75 mL) was cooled to 0°C and vinylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 48 mL, 48 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 16 h. Aqueous HCI (1 N) and EtOAc were added.
The aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc and the organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was used in the next step without further purification.
STEP B
The residue prepared in Step A was dissolved in Et20 and HBr gas was slowly bubbled into the solution for about 15 minutes. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 h and water and EtOAc were added. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc and the organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (hexanes) provided the title compound of Preparation 19 (6.91 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.24 (s, 3H), 6.53 (d, 1 H), 6.40 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (m, 2H).
Preparation 20 (3-Aminomethyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester Step A
{3-Formyl-phenoxy~ acetic acid tert-bull ester. To a solution of 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde (5.00 g, 40.9 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added 1 M potassium tert-butoxide in tert-butanol (40.9 mL, 40.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 minutes and tert-butyl bromoacetate (6.61 mL, 40.9 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour and was quenched with 200 mL water. The product was extracted into EtOAc and the organic solution was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification via flash chromatography on silica gel (9:1 hexanes:EtOAc) afforded the title compound of Step A as a clear oil (3.53 g).'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.94 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1 H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
Step B
(3- Hydrox~rimino-methyl~phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester. To a solution of (3-formyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester prepared of Preparation 20, Step A (2.05 g, 8.68 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was added NH20H~HCI (0.66 g, 9.54 mmol) and pyridine (3.5 mL, 43.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 2 hours. The MeOH was removed in vacuo and the residue was diluted with EtOAc and 1 N HCI. The layers were separated and the aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound of Step B (1.99 g).'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 1 H), 6.93 (d, 1 H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
St. ep C
(3-Aminomethyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester. To a solution of (3-(hydroxyimino-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid tent-butyl ester prepared of Preparation 20, Step B (2.25 g, 5.96 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added Raney Nickel {about 1 g, washed with water followed by EtOH) in 100 mL EtOH. Additional EtOH (90 mL) was required for the transfer. Ammonium hydroxide (10 mL) was added and the mixture was shaken under 45 psi of H2 for 4 hours. The catalyst was removed via filtration through Celite~ and the solution was concentrated to a clear oil. Purification via flash chromatography on silica gel (96.5/3.5/0.1 to 9/1/0.1 CH2CI2iMeOH/NH40H) afforded the title compound as a yellow oil.'H NMR {400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 7.23 (m, 1 H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 6.72 (d, 1 H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H); MS 238 (M+1 ).
Preparation 21 4-Pyrimidin-2-yl-benzaldehyde A solution of 2-bromopyrimidine (1.00 g, 6.3 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine(0) palladium (0.218 g, 0.189 mmol) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (30 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. A solution of 4-formylbenzene boronic acid (1.14 g, 7.61 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (1.58 g, 18.9 mmol) in 15 mL water was added and the reaction was heated at reflux for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with water and CH~CIz. The layers were separated, and the aqueous solution was washed with CH~CI2. The combined organic layers were dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via flash chromatography on silica gel (10% to 30% hexanes in EtOAc) to afford the title compound (0.979 g). ~H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.11 (s, 1 H), 8.83 (s, 2H), 8.82 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (s, 2H), 7.23 (s, 2H).
Preparations 22-27 Preparations 22-27 were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 21.
' Preparation 22 4-Pyridin-2-yl-benzaldehyde ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) b 10.09 (s, 1 H), 8.72 (s, 1 H),8.16 (s, 2H), 7.95 (s, 2H), 7.79 (s, 2H), 7.29 (m, 1 H); MS 184 (M+1 ).
Preparation 23 4-Pyridin-3-yl-benzaldehyde 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.04 (s, 1 H), 8.88 (s, 1 H),8.64 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (s, 2H), 7.91 (m, 1 H), 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.39 (m, 1 H); MS 184 (M+1 ).
Preaaration 24 4-Pyridin-4-yl-benzaldehyde 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.03 (s, 1 H), 8.70 (s, 2H),7.99 (s, 2H), 7.79 (s, 2H), 7.52 (s, 2H); MS 184 (M+1 ).
Preparation 25 4-Thiazol-2-yl-benzaldehyde MS 189 (M+).
Preparation 26 4-Pyrimidin-5-yl-benzaldehyde 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.03 (s, 1 H), 9.26 (s, 1 H), 9.00 (s, 2H), 8.03 (m, 2H), 7.76 (m, 2H).
Preparation 27 4-Pyrazin-2-yl-benzaldehyde ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.03 (s, 1 H), 9.10 (s, 1 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.21 (d, 2H), 8.03 (d, 2H).
Preparation 28 1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3,5-dichloro-benzene. To a solution of NaOH (2.45 g, 61.3 mmol) in water (20 mL) was added 3,5-dichlorophenol (5 g, 30.7 mmol). The solution was heated at reflux for 1 h and was cooled to room temperature. 1,2-Dibromoethane (11.52 g, 61.3 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at reflux for 24 h. The cooled solution was diluted with EtOAc and the organic solution was washed sequentially with HCI (1N, 1x), water (1x), and brine (1x). The organic solution was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (hexanes to 5% EtOAc in hexanes ) provided the title compound (3.79 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 6.98 (m, 1 H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 4.25 (t, 2H), 3.61 (t, 2 H ).
Pret~aration 29 1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-chlorobenzene. The compound of Preparation 29 was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to the method of Preparation 28.
Preparation 30 4-f(1-Acetyloxy-hexyll-benzyl bromide STEP A: Grignard Reaction and Protection 4-((1-Acetyloxy)-hexyl)-toluene. Pentylmagnesium bromide (2.0 M in Et20, 25 mL, 50 mmol) was added slowly to p-tolylbenzaldehyde (5.0 mL, 42.4 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at 0°C. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 3 h.
Aqueous 1 N HCI was added and the aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc.
The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in pyridine (35 mL) and Ac20 (10 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for 24 h and was diluted with water. The product was extracted into EtOAc (3x) and the organic solution was washed with 1 N HCI
followed by brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 4-((1-acetyloxy)-hexyl)-toluene (2.082 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.12-7.28 (m, 4H), 5.69 (t, 1 H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s,3H), 1.88 (m, 1 H), 1.74 (m, 1 H), 1.27 (m, 6H), 0.86 (m, 3H);
MS 252 (M+18).
STEP B: Benzrlic Bromination A mixture of 4-[(1-acetyloxy)-hexyl]-toluene prepared of Preparation 30, Step A
(2.082 g, 8.89 mmol), N-bromosuccinimide (1.58 g, 8.89 mmol), and catalytic 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile in carbon tetrachloride (30 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 h.
The reaction was cooled and was washed with aqueous NaHC03 (saturated), dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography (5% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the title compound of Preparation (2.67 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) ~ 7.34-7.40 (m, 4H), 5.70 (t, 1 H), 4.47 {s, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 1.86 (m, 1 H), 1.73 (m, 1 H), 1.27 (m, 6H), 0.85 (m, 3H).
Preparation 31 1-Methyl-1 H-indole-2-carbaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Comins and coworkers in J. Org. Chem., 52, 1, 104-9, 1987.
Preparation 32 5-Phenyl-furan-2-carbaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by D'Auria and coworkers in Heterocycles, 24, 6, 1575-1578, 1986.
Preparation 33 4-Phenethylsulfanyl-benzaldeh r, de. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Clark and coworkers in EP 332331.
Preparation 34 3-Hydroxy-4-propoxy-benzaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Beke in Acta Chim. Acad. Sci. Hung., 14, 325-8, 1958.
Preparation 35 4-Formyl-N-methyl-benzenesulfonamide. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Koetschet in Helv. Chim. Acta., 12, 682, 1929.
Preparation 36 4-Chloro-thiophene-2-carbaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Raggon and coworkers in Org. Prep. Proced. Int.; EN, 27 , 2, 233-6, 1995.
Preparation 37 4-Cyclohexyl-benzylamine. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Meglio and coworkers in Farmaco Ed. Sci.; IT; 35, 3, 191-202, 1980.
Preparation 38 4-Imidazol-1-yl-benzaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Sircar and coworkers in J. Med. Chem. 30, 6, 1023-9, 1987.
Preparation 39 4~2-Oxo-pyrrolidin-1-~)-benzaldehyde. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Kukalenko in Chem. Heterocycl. Compd. (Engl. Transl.), 8, 43, 1972.
Precaration 4.0 2-(3-Chloro-ahenylsulfanyll-ethylamine. The title compound can be prepared using the method described by Elz and coworkers in Fed. Rep. Ger. Sci. Pharm., 56, 4, 229-234, 1988.
Preparation 41 Prop-2-ynyl-carbamic acid t-butyl ester. The title compound can be prepared using the method described in J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I, 1985, 2201-2208.
Unless otherwise specified, all reactions were performed under an inert atmosphere such as nitrogen (NZ).
NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian XL-300 (Varian Co., Palo Alto, California), a Bruker AM-300 spectrometer (Bruker Co., Billerica, Massachusetts) or a Varian Unity 400 at about 23°C at 300 or 400 MHz for proton and 75.4 MHz for carbon nuclei.
Chemical shifts are expressed in parts per million downfield from trimethylsilane. The peak shapes are denoted as follows: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet, q, quartet; m, multiplet; bs=broad singlet. Resonances designated as exchangeable did not appear in a separate NMR experiment where the sample was shaken with several drops of DSO in the same solvent. Atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) mass spectra were obtained on a Fisons Platform II Spectrometer. Chemical ionization mass spectra were obtained on a Hewlett-Packard 5989 instrument (Hewlett-Packard Co., Palo Alto, California) (ammonia ionization, PBMS). Where the intensity of chlorine or bromine-containing ions are described the expected intensity ratio was observed (approximately 3:1 for 35CI/3'CI-containing ions) and 1:1 for'9Br/8'Br-containing ions) and the intensity of only the lower mass ion is given.
Column chromatography was performed with either Baker Silica Gel (40 ~.m) (J.T.
Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.) or Silica Gel 60 (EM Sciences, Gibbstown, N.J.) in glass columns under low nitrogen pressure. Radial Chromatography was performed, using a Chromatotron~ (model 7924T, Harrison Research). Medium pressure chromatography was performed on a Flash 40 Biotage System (Biotage Inc, Dyax Corp., Charlottesville, Virginia). Unless otherwise specified, reagents were used as obtained from commercial sources. Dimethylformamide, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, methanol, tetrahydrofuran, and dichloromethane, when used as reaction solvents, were the anhydrous grade supplied by Aldrioh Chemical Company (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The terms "concentrated" and "coevaporated" refer to removal of solvent at water aspirator pressure on a rotary evaporator with a bath temperature of less than 45°C. Reactions conducted at "0-20°C" or "0-25°C"
were conducted with initial cooling of the vessel in an insulated ice bath which was allowed to warm to room temperature over several hours. The abbreviation "min" and "h" stand for "minutes"
and "hours" respectively. DTT means dithiothreitol. DMSO means dimethyl sulfoxide.
EDTA means ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid.
Some of the preparation methods useful for the preparation of the compounds described herein may require protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary amine, secondary amine, carboxyl in Formula I precursors). The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art. The use of such protection/deprotection methods is also within the skill in the art. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T.W.
Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.
Biological Assays Determination of cAMP Elevation in 293-S Cell Lines Stably Overexpressing Recombinant Human EPA and EP4 Receptors cDNAs representing the complete open reading frames of the human EP2 and EP4 receptors are generated by reverse transcriptase polymerise chain reaction using oligonucleotide primers based on published sequences (1, 2) and RNA from primary human kidney cells (EP2) or primary human lung cells (EP4) as templates.
cDNAs are cloned into the multiple cloning site of pcDNA3 (Invitrogen Corporation, 3985B Sorrento Valley Blvd., San Diego, CA 92121 ) and used to transfect 293-S
human embryonic kidney cells via calcium phosphate co-precipitation. 6418-resistant colonies are expanded and tested for specific [3H]PGEz binding. Transfectants demonstrating high levels of specific [3H]PGEz binding are further characterized by Scatchard analysis to determine Bmax and Kds for PGE2. The lines selected for compound screening have approximately 338,400 receptors per cell and a Kd = 12 nM for PGE2 (EP2), and approximately 256,400 receptors per cell and a Kd = 2.9 nM
for PGE~ (EP4). Constituitive expression of both receptors in parental 293-S
cells is negligible. Cells are maintained in RPMI supplemented with fetal bovine serum (10%
final) and 6418 (700 ug/ml final).
cAMP responses in the 293-S/EP2 and 293-S/EP4 lines are determined by detaching cells from culture flasks in 1 ml of Ca++ and Mg++ deficient PBS via vigorous pounding, adding serum-free RPMI to a final concentration of 1 X 106 cells/ml, and adding 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (IBMX) to a final concentration of 1 mM. One milliliter of cell suspension is immediately aliquoted into individual 2 ml screwcap microcentrifuge and incubated for 10 minutes, uncovered, at 37 °C, 5%
C02,95% relative humdity. The compound to be tested is then added to cells at 1:100 dilutions such that final DMSO or ethanol concentrations is 1 %. Immediately after adding compound, the tubes are covered, mixed by inverting two times, and incubated at 37 °C for 12 minutes. Samples are then lysed by incubation at 100 °C for 10 minutes and immediately cooled on ice for 5 minutes. Cellular debris is pelleted by centrifugation at 1000 X g for 5 minutes, and cleared lysates are transferred to fresh tubes. cAMP concentrations are determined using a commercially available cAMP
radioimmunoassay kit RIA (NEK-033, DuPont/NEN Research Products, 549 Albany St., Boston, MA 02118) after diluting cleared lysates 1:10 in cAMP RIA assay buffer (included in kit). Typically, one treats cells with 6-8 concentrations of the compound to be tested in 1 log increments. EC50 calculations are performed on a calculator using linear regression analysis on the linear portion of the dose response curves.
References 1. Regan, J.W. Bailey, T.J. Pepperl, D.J. Pierce, K.L. Bogardus, A.M. Donello, J.E. Fairbairn, C.E. Kedzie, K.M. Woodward, D.F. and Gil, D.W. 1994 Cloning of a Novel Human Prostaglandin Receptor with Characteristics of the Pharmaclogically Defined EPA Subtype. Mol. Pharmacology 46:213-220.
2. Bastien, L., Sawyer, N., Grygorczyk, R., Metters, K., and Adam, M. 1994 Cloning, Functional Expression, and Characterization of the Human Prostaglandin E2 Receptor EP2 Subtype. J. Biol. Chem. Vol 269, 16:11873-11877.
Assay for Bindinct to Prostaglandin E~ Receptors Membrane Preparation:
All operations are performed at 4 °C. Transfected cells expressing prostaglandin E~ type 1 receptors (EPA), type 2 (EP2), type 3 (EP3) or type 4 {EP4) receptors are harvested and suspended to 2 million cells per ml in Buffer A
[50 mM
Tris-HCI (pH 7.4), 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM Pefabloc peptide, (Boehringer Mannheim Corp., Indianapolis, IN), 10 uM Phosporamidon peptide, (Sigma, St.
Louis, MO), 1 uM pepstatin A peptide, (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), 10 uM elastatinal peptide, (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), 100 uM antipain peptide, (Sigma, Sfi. Louis, MO)]. The cells are lysed by sonification with a Branson Sonifier (Model #250, Branson Ultrasonics Corporation, Danbury, CT) in 2 fifteen second bursts. Unlysed cells and debris are removed by centrifugation at 100 x g for 10 min. Membranes are then harvested by centrifugation at 45,000 x g for 30 minutes. Pelleted membranes are resuspended to 3-10 mg protein per ml, protein concentration being determined of the method of Bradford [Bradford, M., Anal. Biochem., 72, 248 (1976)]. Resuspended membranes are then stored frozen at -80 °C until use.
Binding Assay:
Frozen membranes prepared as above are thawed and diluted to 1 mg protein per ml in Buffer A above. One volume of membrane preparation is combined with 0.05 volume test compound or buffer and one volume of 3 nM 3H-prostaglandin E2 ( #TRK
431, Amersham, Arlington Heights, IL) in Buffer A. The mixture (205 ~,L total volume) is incubated for 1 hour at 25°C. The membranes are then recovered by filtration through type GF/C glass fiber filters ( #1205-401, Wallac, Gaithersburg, MD ) using a Tomtec harvester ( Model Mach II/96, Tomtec, Orange, CT). The membranes with bound 3H-prostaglandin E2 are trapped by the filter, while the buffer and unbound 3H-prostaglandin E~ pass through the filter into waste. Each sample is then washed 3 times with 3 ml of [50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.4), 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EDTA]. The filters are then dried by heating in a microwave oven. To determine the amount of 3H-prostaglandin bound to the membranes, the dried filters are placed into plastic bags with scintillation fluid and counted in a LKB 1205 Betaplate reader (Wallac, Gaithersburg, MD). IC50s are determined from the concentration of test compound required to displace 50% of the specifically bound 3H-prostaglandin E2.
The full length EPA receptor is made as disclosed in Funk et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry, 1993, 268, 26767-26772. The full length EPA receptor is made as disclosed in Regan et al., Molecular Pharmacology, 1994, 46, 213-220. The full length EP3 receptor is made as disclosed in Regan et al., British Journal of Pharmacology, 1994, 112, 377-385. The full length EPA receptor is made as disclosed in Bastien, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 1994, 269, 11873-11877.
These full length receptors are used to prepare 293S cells expressing the EPA, EPA, EP3 and EP4 receptors.
293S cells expressing either the human EPA, EP2, EP3 or EP4 prostaglandin E~ receptors are generated according to methods known to those skilled in the art.
Typically, PCR (polymerise chain reaction) primers corresponding to the 5' and 3' ends of the published full length receptor are made according to the well known methods disclosed above and are used in an RT-PCR reaction using the total RNA
from human kidney (for EPA), human lung (for EP2), human lung (for EP3) or human lymphocytes (for EP4) as a source. PCR products are cloned by the TA overhang method into pCR2.1 (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) and identity of the cloned receptor is confirmed by DNA sequencing.
293S cells (Mayo, Dept. of Biochemistry, Northwestern Univ.) are transfected with the cloned receptor in pcDNA3 by electroporation. Stable cell lines expressing the receptor are established following selection of transfected cells with 6418.
Clonal cell lines expressing the maximal number of receptors are chosen following a whole cell 3H-PGEZ binding assay using unlabeled PGE2 as a competitor.
EXample EPZ( nM) Example NumberEP2 (nM) Number 1 395 lal 17 la 2200 lan 94 lb 160 2 45 lc 24 2a 37 ld 885 2b 385 le 760 3 650 if 52 3a 440 lg 109 3b 7.83 lh 745 4 225 1 i 72 4a 795 lj 385 4b 440 lk 1755 4c 885 11 600 4d 175 lm 245 4e 410 In 140 4f 705 l0 550 4g 720 lp 44 4h 210 lq 39 5 980 lr 308 5a 355 is 165 5b 640 It 8 6 315 lu 7 6a 325 lv 9 6c 300 1 w 24 6d 170 lx 160 6e 325 ly 13 6f 490 lz 19 6g 350 laa 335 6h 140 1 ab 110 6i 270 1 ac 335 6j 375 lad 195 7a 400 lae 121 7b 140 1 of 106.5 7c 260 lag 169 7d 52 1 ah 180.5 7f 344 1 ai 125 7g 412 1 aj 25.5 7h 172 1 ak 6.19 8 71 Example EPZ( nM) Example Number EPZ (nM) Number 8a 180 12i 16 8b 266 12k 31 9 17 12m 38 9a 84.5 12n 10 9b 94.5 120 10 9c 490 12p 29 9d 202.5 12q 10 l la 8.2 12r 10 l lb 12.75 12s 10 i llc 13.2 12t 57 lld 45 12u 63 11 a 6.3 12v 10 l if 25.68 12w 47 l lg 25.04 12x 10 l lh 7.5 12y 55 111 89 12z 200 l lm 10 13a 10 lln 10 13b 22 lio 10 13c 10 llp 10 13d 10 llq 10 13e 10 llr 10 13f 10 l is 10 13g 34.0 l It 10 13h 10 l lu 10.5 13i 10.4 l lv 10 13j 26 l lw 36.5 13k 99 11 x 63.5 131 47.5 l ly 10 13m 155 llz 13 130 10 12a 65 13r 10 12b 14.3 13s 10 12c 25 13t 230 12d 515 13u 7.99 12e 118.5 13v 25.83 12f 10 13w 12 12g 10 13x 15.5 12h 10 13y 10 Exam le NumberEPZ nM
13z 24.5 14a 13.5 14b 10 14c 68 14d 10 14e 13 15a 10 15b 10 15c 35 15d 10 15e 39 15f 10 16a 110 16b ~ 215
Claims (15)
1. A method of treating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension or repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an EP2 selective receptor agonist.
2. A method of treating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension or repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of compound of Formula I
or a prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is SO2 or CO;
G is Ar, Ar1-V-Ar2, Ar-(C1-C6)alkylene, Ar-CONH-(C1-C6)alkylene, R1R2-amino, oxy(C1-C6)alkylene, amino substituted with Ar, or amino substituted with Ar(C1-C4)alkylene and R11, wherein R11 is H or (C1-C8)alkyl, R1 and R2 may be taken separately and are independently selected from H and (C1-C8)alkyl, or R1 and are taken together with the nitrogen atom of the amino group to form a five-or six-membered azacycloalkyl, said azacycloalkyl optionally containing an oxygen atom and optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with up to two oxo, hydroxy, (C1-C4)alkyl, fluoro or chloro;
B is N or CH;
Q is -(C2-C6)alkylene-W-(C1-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C4-C8)alkylene-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -X-(C1-C5)alkylene-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C5)alkylene-X-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C3)alkylene-X-(C1-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C2-C4)alkylene-W-X-(C0-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C0-C4)alkylene-X-W-(C1-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C2-C5)alkylene-W-X-W-(C1-C3)alkylene-, wherein the two occurrences of W
are independent of each other, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(C1-C4)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(C0-C2)alkylene-X-(C0-C5)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(C0-C2)alkylene-X-W-(C1-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene optionally each substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethynylene-(C1-C4)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethynylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl,or -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C0-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethynylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl;
Z is carboxyl, (C1-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxo-1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxo-1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonylcarbamoyl or phenylsulfonylcarbamoyl;
K is a bond, (C1-C9)alkylene, thio(C1-C4)alkylene, (C1-C4)alkylenethio(C1-C4)alkylene, (C1-C4)alkyleneoxy(C1-C4)alkylene or oxy(C1-C4)alkylene, said (C1-C9)alkylene optionally mono-unsaturated and wherein, when K is not a bond, K
is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with chloro, fluoro, hydroxy or methyl;
M is -Ar3, -Ar4-V1-Ar5, -Ar4-S-Ar5, -Ar4-SO-Ar5, -Ar4-SO2-Ar5 or -Ar4-O-Ar5;
Ar is a partially saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur; or Ar is a fully saturated five to seven membered ring having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen;
Ar1 and Ar2 are each independently a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur;
said Ar, Ar1 and Ar2 moieties are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen, on one ring if the moiety is monocyclic, on one or both rings if the moiety is bicyclic, or on one, two or three rings if the moiety is tricyclic, with up to three substituents per moiety independently selected from R3, R4 and R5 wherein R3, and R5 are independently hydroxy, nitro, halo, carboxy, (C1-C7)alkoxy, (C1-C4)alkoxy(C1-C4)alkyl, (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, (C1-C7)alkyl, (C2-C7)alkenyl, (C2-C7)alkynyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkanoyl, formyl, (C1-C8)alkanoyl, (C1-C6)alkanoyl(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C4)alkanoylamino, (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonylamino, hydroxysulfonyl, aminocarbonylamino or mono-N-, di-N,N-, di-N,N'- or tri-N,N,N'-(C1-C4)alkyl substituted aminocarbonylamino, sulfonamido, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonamido, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylamino, carbamoyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylcarbamoyl, cyano, thiol, (C1-C6)alkylthio, (C1-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylaminosulfinyl;
Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are each independently a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur; said Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 moieties are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen, on one ring if the moiety is monocyclic, on one or both rings if the moiety is bicyclic, or on one, two or three rings if the moiety is tricyclic, with up to three substituents per moiety independently selected from R31, R41 and R51 wherein R31, R41 and R51 are independently hydroxy, nitro, halo, carboxy, (C1-C7)alkoxy, (C1-C4)alkoxy(C1-C4)alkyl, (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, (C1-C7)alkyl, (C2-C7)alkenyl, (C2-C7)alkynyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkanoyl, formyl, (C1-C8)alkanoyl, (C1-C6)alkanoyl(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C4)alkanoylamino, (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonylamino, hydroxysulfonyl, aminocarbonylamino or mono-N-, di-N,N-, di-N,N'- or tri-N,N,N'-(C1-C4)alkyl substituted aminocarbonylamino, sulfonamido, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonamido, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylamino, carbamoyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylcarbamoyl, cyano, thiol, (C1-C6)alkylthio, (C1-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylaminosulfinyl;
W is oxy, thio, sulfino, sulfonyl, aminosulfonyl-, -mono-N-(C1-C4)alkyleneaminosulfonyl-, sulfonylamino, N-(C1-C4)alkylenesulfonylamino, carboxamido, N-(C1-C4)alkylenecarboxamido, carboxamidooxy, N-(C1-C4)alkylenecarboxamidooxy, carbamoyl, -mono-N-(C1-C4)alkylenecarbamoyl, carbamoyloxy, or -mono-N-(C1-C4)alkylenecarbamoyloxy, wherein said W alkyl groups are optionally substituted on carbon with one to three fluorines;
X is a five or six membered aromatic ring optionally having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; said ring optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with halo, (C1-C3)alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethyloxy, difluoromethyloxy, hydroxyl, (C1-C4)alkoxy, or carbamoyl;
R1, R2, R3, R4 R5, R11, R31, R41 and R51, when containing an alkyl, alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene moiety, are optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted on carbon independently with halo or hydroxy; and V and V1 are each independently a bond, thio(C1-C4)alkylene, (C1-C4)alkylenethio, (C1-C4)alkyleneoxy, oxy(C1-C4)alkylene or (C1-C3)alkylene optionally mono- or di-substituted independently with hydroxy or fluoro;
with the provisos that:
a. when K is (C2-C4)alkylene and M is Ar3 and Ar3 is cyclopent-1-yl, cyclohex-1-yl, cyclohept-1-yl or cyclooct-1-yl then said (C5-C8)cycloalkyl substituents are not substituted at the one position with hydroxy; and b. when K is a bond; G is phenyl, phenylmethyl, substituted phenyl or substituted phenylmethyl; Q is (C3-C8)alkylene; and M is Ar3 or Ar4-Ar5, then A is sulfonyl.
or a prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is SO2 or CO;
G is Ar, Ar1-V-Ar2, Ar-(C1-C6)alkylene, Ar-CONH-(C1-C6)alkylene, R1R2-amino, oxy(C1-C6)alkylene, amino substituted with Ar, or amino substituted with Ar(C1-C4)alkylene and R11, wherein R11 is H or (C1-C8)alkyl, R1 and R2 may be taken separately and are independently selected from H and (C1-C8)alkyl, or R1 and are taken together with the nitrogen atom of the amino group to form a five-or six-membered azacycloalkyl, said azacycloalkyl optionally containing an oxygen atom and optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with up to two oxo, hydroxy, (C1-C4)alkyl, fluoro or chloro;
B is N or CH;
Q is -(C2-C6)alkylene-W-(C1-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C4-C8)alkylene-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -X-(C1-C5)alkylene-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C5)alkylene-X-, said alkylene optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C3)alkylene-X-(C1-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C2-C4)alkylene-W-X-(C0-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C0-C4)alkylene-X-W-(C1-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C2-C5)alkylene-W-X-W-(C1-C3)alkylene-, wherein the two occurrences of W
are independent of each other, said alkylenes each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(C1-C4)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(C0-C2)alkylene-X-(C0-C5)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethenylene-(C0-C2)alkylene-X-W-(C1-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethenylene optionally each substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl, -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethynylene-(C1-C4)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethynylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl,or -(C1-C4)alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C0-C3)alkylene-, said alkylenes and said ethynylene each optionally substituted with up to four substituents each independently selected from fluoro or (C1-C4)alkyl;
Z is carboxyl, (C1-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxo-1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxo-1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonylcarbamoyl or phenylsulfonylcarbamoyl;
K is a bond, (C1-C9)alkylene, thio(C1-C4)alkylene, (C1-C4)alkylenethio(C1-C4)alkylene, (C1-C4)alkyleneoxy(C1-C4)alkylene or oxy(C1-C4)alkylene, said (C1-C9)alkylene optionally mono-unsaturated and wherein, when K is not a bond, K
is optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with chloro, fluoro, hydroxy or methyl;
M is -Ar3, -Ar4-V1-Ar5, -Ar4-S-Ar5, -Ar4-SO-Ar5, -Ar4-SO2-Ar5 or -Ar4-O-Ar5;
Ar is a partially saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur; or Ar is a fully saturated five to seven membered ring having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen;
Ar1 and Ar2 are each independently a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur;
said Ar, Ar1 and Ar2 moieties are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen, on one ring if the moiety is monocyclic, on one or both rings if the moiety is bicyclic, or on one, two or three rings if the moiety is tricyclic, with up to three substituents per moiety independently selected from R3, R4 and R5 wherein R3, and R5 are independently hydroxy, nitro, halo, carboxy, (C1-C7)alkoxy, (C1-C4)alkoxy(C1-C4)alkyl, (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, (C1-C7)alkyl, (C2-C7)alkenyl, (C2-C7)alkynyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkanoyl, formyl, (C1-C8)alkanoyl, (C1-C6)alkanoyl(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C4)alkanoylamino, (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonylamino, hydroxysulfonyl, aminocarbonylamino or mono-N-, di-N,N-, di-N,N'- or tri-N,N,N'-(C1-C4)alkyl substituted aminocarbonylamino, sulfonamido, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonamido, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylamino, carbamoyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylcarbamoyl, cyano, thiol, (C1-C6)alkylthio, (C1-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylaminosulfinyl;
Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 are each independently a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight membered ring optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, or a bicyclic ring consisting of two fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, taken independently, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, or a tricyclic ring consisting of three fused independently partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five or six membered rings, optionally having one to four heteroatoms selected independently from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, said partially or fully saturated ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring optionally having one or two oxo groups substituted on carbon or one or two oxo groups substituted on sulfur; said Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 moieties are optionally substituted on carbon or nitrogen, on one ring if the moiety is monocyclic, on one or both rings if the moiety is bicyclic, or on one, two or three rings if the moiety is tricyclic, with up to three substituents per moiety independently selected from R31, R41 and R51 wherein R31, R41 and R51 are independently hydroxy, nitro, halo, carboxy, (C1-C7)alkoxy, (C1-C4)alkoxy(C1-C4)alkyl, (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, (C1-C7)alkyl, (C2-C7)alkenyl, (C2-C7)alkynyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkanoyl, formyl, (C1-C8)alkanoyl, (C1-C6)alkanoyl(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C4)alkanoylamino, (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonylamino, hydroxysulfonyl, aminocarbonylamino or mono-N-, di-N,N-, di-N,N'- or tri-N,N,N'-(C1-C4)alkyl substituted aminocarbonylamino, sulfonamido, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonamido, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylamino, carbamoyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylcarbamoyl, cyano, thiol, (C1-C6)alkylthio, (C1-C6)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N,N-(C1-C4)alkylaminosulfinyl;
W is oxy, thio, sulfino, sulfonyl, aminosulfonyl-, -mono-N-(C1-C4)alkyleneaminosulfonyl-, sulfonylamino, N-(C1-C4)alkylenesulfonylamino, carboxamido, N-(C1-C4)alkylenecarboxamido, carboxamidooxy, N-(C1-C4)alkylenecarboxamidooxy, carbamoyl, -mono-N-(C1-C4)alkylenecarbamoyl, carbamoyloxy, or -mono-N-(C1-C4)alkylenecarbamoyloxy, wherein said W alkyl groups are optionally substituted on carbon with one to three fluorines;
X is a five or six membered aromatic ring optionally having one or two heteroatoms selected independently from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; said ring optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted independently with halo, (C1-C3)alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethyloxy, difluoromethyloxy, hydroxyl, (C1-C4)alkoxy, or carbamoyl;
R1, R2, R3, R4 R5, R11, R31, R41 and R51, when containing an alkyl, alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene moiety, are optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted on carbon independently with halo or hydroxy; and V and V1 are each independently a bond, thio(C1-C4)alkylene, (C1-C4)alkylenethio, (C1-C4)alkyleneoxy, oxy(C1-C4)alkylene or (C1-C3)alkylene optionally mono- or di-substituted independently with hydroxy or fluoro;
with the provisos that:
a. when K is (C2-C4)alkylene and M is Ar3 and Ar3 is cyclopent-1-yl, cyclohex-1-yl, cyclohept-1-yl or cyclooct-1-yl then said (C5-C8)cycloalkyl substituents are not substituted at the one position with hydroxy; and b. when K is a bond; G is phenyl, phenylmethyl, substituted phenyl or substituted phenylmethyl; Q is (C3-C8)alkylene; and M is Ar3 or Ar4-Ar5, then A is sulfonyl.
3. A method of treating pulmonary hypertension, facilitating joint fusion, facilitating tendon and ligament repair, reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture, treating avascular necrosis, facilitating cartilage repair, facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation, facilitating liver regeneration, facilitating wound healing, reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration, treating hypertension, facilitating the growth of tooth enamel or finger or toe nails, treating glaucoma, treating ocular hypertension or repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of (3-(((4-tert-butyl-benzyl)-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenoxy)-acetic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is treating hypertension or treating pulmonary hypertension.
5. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is facilitating joint fusion.
6. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is facilitating tendon and ligament repair or facilitating cartilage repair.
7. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is reducing the occurrence of secondary fracture.
8. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is treating avascular necrosis.
9. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is facilitating bone healing after limb transplantation.
10. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is facilitating liver regeneration.
11. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is facilitating wound healing.
12. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is reducing the occurrence of gastric ulceration.
13. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is facilitating the growth of tooth enamel, fingernails or toenails.
14. The method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is treating glaucoma or treating ocular hypertension.
15. A method of any of claims 1-3 wherein the method is repairing damage caused by metastatic bone disease.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US45188903P | 2003-03-04 | 2003-03-04 | |
US60/451,889 | 2003-03-04 | ||
PCT/IB2004/000553 WO2004078169A1 (en) | 2003-03-04 | 2004-02-23 | Use of ep2 selective receptor agonists in medical treatment |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2518193A1 true CA2518193A1 (en) | 2004-09-16 |
Family
ID=32962656
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002518193A Abandoned CA2518193A1 (en) | 2003-03-04 | 2004-02-23 | Use of ep2 selective receptor agonists in medical treatment |
Country Status (14)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1601351A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2006519250A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20050105511A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1859903A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2004216898A1 (en) |
BR (1) | BRPI0408061A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2518193A1 (en) |
CL (1) | CL2004000412A1 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA05009398A (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ541828A (en) |
PL (1) | PL378748A1 (en) |
TW (1) | TW200424176A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2004078169A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA200506532B (en) |
Families Citing this family (34)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB0302094D0 (en) | 2003-01-29 | 2003-02-26 | Pharmagene Lab Ltd | EP4 receptor antagonists |
JP4666257B2 (en) * | 2003-07-25 | 2011-04-06 | 小野薬品工業株式会社 | Cartilage-related disease treatment |
CA2605214C (en) | 2004-12-31 | 2016-07-12 | Reddy Us Therapeutics, Inc. | Benzylamine derivatives as cetp inhibitors |
US8604055B2 (en) | 2004-12-31 | 2013-12-10 | Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. | Substituted benzylamino quinolines as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors |
US7915316B2 (en) | 2005-08-22 | 2011-03-29 | Allergan, Inc | Sulfonamides |
US7696235B2 (en) | 2005-08-29 | 2010-04-13 | Allergan, Inc. | EP2 receptor agonists for treating glaucoma |
EP3424507A1 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2019-01-09 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Method to modulate hematopoietic stem cell growth |
KR101088942B1 (en) | 2006-07-28 | 2011-12-01 | 화이자 프로덕츠 인코포레이티드 | Ep2 agonists |
MX2009004164A (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2009-10-13 | Childrens Medical Center | Method to enhance tissue regeneration. |
CZ2010180A3 (en) * | 2007-08-21 | 2010-10-13 | Senomyx, Inc | Identification of human T2R receptors, which react to bitter compounds producing bitter taste in compositions, and their use in assays for the identification of compounds that inhibit (block) bitter taste of compositions as well as their use |
ES2718813T3 (en) * | 2008-03-12 | 2019-07-04 | Ube Industries | Pyridylaminoacetic acid compound |
WO2010096264A2 (en) | 2009-02-03 | 2010-08-26 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Methods for enhancing hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell engraftment |
US9051548B2 (en) | 2009-02-03 | 2015-06-09 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Methods for enhancing hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell engraftment |
ES2564010T3 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2016-03-17 | Ube Industries, Ltd. | Pharmaceutical composition to treat or prevent glaucoma |
WO2010116270A1 (en) | 2009-04-10 | 2010-10-14 | Pfizer Inc. | Ep2/4 agonists |
WO2011030865A1 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-17 | 宇部興産株式会社 | Substituted zenzyl compounds |
WO2011030868A1 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-17 | 宇部興産株式会社 | Substituted carbonyl compounds |
KR20120068902A (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2012-06-27 | 우베 고산 가부시키가이샤 | Aniline compounds |
JP2011057633A (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-24 | Ube Industries Ltd | Medicine containing pyridylaminoacetic acid compound |
WO2011030872A1 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-17 | 宇部興産株式会社 | Sulfonamide compounds |
WO2011030871A1 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-17 | 宇部興産株式会社 | N-substituted heteroaryl compounds |
WO2011030873A1 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-17 | 宇部興産株式会社 | Benzyl compounds |
EP2520570A4 (en) * | 2009-12-25 | 2013-07-17 | Ube Industries | Aminopyridine compound |
WO2013024358A2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2013-02-21 | Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. | Substituted heterocyclic amine compounds as cholestryl ester-transfer protein (cetp) inhibitors |
MX352074B (en) | 2011-09-27 | 2017-11-08 | Dr Reddys Laboratories Ltd | 5 - benzylaminomethyl - 6 - aminopyrazolo [3, 4 -b] pyridine derivatives as cholesteryl ester -transfer protein (cetp) inhibitors useful for the treatment of atherosclerosis. |
PT2785834T (en) | 2011-12-02 | 2020-11-13 | Fate Therapeutics Inc | Enhanced stem cell composition |
WO2013082241A2 (en) | 2011-12-02 | 2013-06-06 | Fate Therapeutics, Inc. | Improved methods of treating ischemia |
JP2015505536A (en) * | 2012-01-20 | 2015-02-23 | アクセラ インク. | Substituted heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of diseases |
EP2919771A1 (en) * | 2012-11-16 | 2015-09-23 | Allergan, Inc. | Compounds and methods for skin repair |
WO2014150602A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Fate Therapeutics, Inc. | Cell potency assay for therapeutic potential |
MX2015013848A (en) | 2013-03-28 | 2016-03-01 | Ube Industries | Substituted biaryl compound. |
CN106459076B (en) | 2014-05-13 | 2019-01-04 | 诺华股份有限公司 | Compound and composition for inducing cartilage to occur |
CN106397149B (en) * | 2016-08-26 | 2019-05-21 | 大连奇凯医药科技有限公司 | The preparation method of pentafluorobenzaldehyde |
CN115636761B (en) * | 2021-07-20 | 2024-07-05 | 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 | Oil-soluble surfactant, oil displacement agent and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA2113787A1 (en) * | 1993-01-29 | 1994-07-30 | Nobuyuki Hamanaka | Carbocyclic sulfonamides |
CA2275595C (en) * | 1996-12-20 | 2003-08-05 | Pfizer Inc. | Prevention and treatment of skeletal disorder with ep2 receptor subtype selective prostaglandin e2 agonists |
UA67754C2 (en) * | 1997-10-10 | 2004-07-15 | Пфайзер, Інк. | Prostaglandin agonists and use thereof for the treatment of bone disorders |
US6376533B1 (en) * | 2000-10-20 | 2002-04-23 | Allergan Sales, Inc. | Omega-cycloalkyl 17-heteroaryl prostaglandin E2 analogs as EP2-receptor agonists |
-
2004
- 2004-02-23 CN CNA2004800085767A patent/CN1859903A/en active Pending
- 2004-02-23 BR BRPI0408061-0A patent/BRPI0408061A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2004-02-23 PL PL378748A patent/PL378748A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2004-02-23 EP EP04713611A patent/EP1601351A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2004-02-23 AU AU2004216898A patent/AU2004216898A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-02-23 NZ NZ541828A patent/NZ541828A/en unknown
- 2004-02-23 KR KR1020057016414A patent/KR20050105511A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2004-02-23 CA CA002518193A patent/CA2518193A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-02-23 WO PCT/IB2004/000553 patent/WO2004078169A1/en active Application Filing
- 2004-02-23 MX MXPA05009398A patent/MXPA05009398A/en unknown
- 2004-02-23 JP JP2006506276A patent/JP2006519250A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2004-03-01 TW TW093105312A patent/TW200424176A/en unknown
- 2004-03-02 CL CL200400412A patent/CL2004000412A1/en unknown
-
2005
- 2005-08-16 ZA ZA200506532A patent/ZA200506532B/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
BRPI0408061A (en) | 2006-02-14 |
CN1859903A (en) | 2006-11-08 |
KR20050105511A (en) | 2005-11-04 |
AU2004216898A1 (en) | 2004-09-16 |
PL378748A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 |
JP2006519250A (en) | 2006-08-24 |
CL2004000412A1 (en) | 2005-02-04 |
ZA200506532B (en) | 2007-03-28 |
WO2004078169A1 (en) | 2004-09-16 |
TW200424176A (en) | 2004-11-16 |
NZ541828A (en) | 2008-06-30 |
WO2004078169A8 (en) | 2005-04-21 |
EP1601351A1 (en) | 2005-12-07 |
MXPA05009398A (en) | 2005-12-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2518193A1 (en) | Use of ep2 selective receptor agonists in medical treatment | |
CA2305548C (en) | Prostaglandin agonists and their use to treat bone disorders | |
AU721260B2 (en) | Prevention of loss and restoration of bone mass by certain prostaglandin agonists | |
US20050203086A1 (en) | Methods of treatment using an EP2 selective receptor agonist | |
MXPA00003478A (en) | Prostaglandin agonists and their use to treat bone disorders | |
CZ20001280A3 (en) | Prostaglandin agonists and their use for treating bone diseases |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |